Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 0-9827
PHI, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
2001 SE Evangeline Thruway
Lafayette, Louisiana 70508
(337) 235-2452

(Address, including zip code and telephone number of principal executive office)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Voting Common Stock
Non-Voting Common Stock
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes: o No: þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes: o No: þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes: þ No: o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check One).
Large accelerated filer o           Accelerated filer: þ            Non-accelerated filer: o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes: o No: þ
     The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was $501,416,427 based upon the last sales price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2006, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market System.
     The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of February 28, 2007 was:
         
Voting Common Stock
2,852,616 shares.  
Non-Voting Common Stock
12,423,992 shares.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
     Portions of the registrant’s definitive Information Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 

 


 

PHI, INC.
INDEX – FORM 10-K
             
PART I
   
 
       
Item 1.       1  
Item 1.A.       4  
Item 1.B.       10  
Item 2.       11  
Item 3.       13  
Item 4.       13  
   
 
       
PART II
   
 
       
Item 5.       13  
Item 6.       15  
Item 7.       16  
Item 7.A.       26  
Item 8.       27  
   
PHI, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries:
       
        27  
        28  
        29  
        30  
        31  
        32  
Item 9.       54  
Item 9.A.       54  
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
       
Item 9.B.       56  
   
 
       
PART III
   
 
       
Item 10.       56  
Item 11.       56  
Item 12.       56  
Item 13.       56  
Item 14.       56  
   
 
       
PART IV
   
 
       
Item 15.       57  
        60  
  Amended Articles of Incorporation
  Amended 401(k) Retirement Plan
  Amended 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
  Officer Deferred Compensation Plan II
  Articles of Agreement
  Subsidiaries
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302
  Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302
  Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906
  Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906

i


Table of Contents

PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Form 10-K and other periodic reports filed by PHI, Inc. (the “Company” or “PHI”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and other written or oral statements made by it or on its behalf, are forward-looking statements. When used herein, the words “anticipates”, “expects”, “believes”, “goals”, “intends”, “plans”, “projects” and similar words and expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on a number of assumptions about future events and are subject to significant risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from the expectations, beliefs, and estimates expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such assumptions will prove correct or even approximately correct. Factors that could cause the Company’s results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements include but are not limited to the following: unexpected variances in flight hours, the effect on demand for our services caused by volatility of oil and gas prices and the level of exploration and production activity in the Gulf of Mexico, the effect on our operating costs of volatile fuel prices, the availability of capital required to acquire aircraft, environmental risks, hurricanes and other adverse weather conditions, the activities of our competitors, changes in government regulation, unionization, operating hazards, risks related to operating in foreign countries, the ability to obtain adequate insurance, at an acceptable cost and the ability of the Company to develop and implement successful business strategies. For a more detailed description of risks, see the “Risk Factors” section in Item 1A below. All forward-looking statements in this document are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this paragraph and the Risk Factors section below. PHI undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
Since our inception in 1949, our primary business has been the safe and reliable transportation of personnel and, to a lesser extent, parts and equipment, to, from, and among offshore platforms for customers engaged in the oil and gas exploration, development, and production industry, principally in the Gulf of Mexico. We are a leading provider of helicopter transportation services in the Gulf of Mexico. We also provide helicopter services to the oil and gas industry internationally, and to non-oil and gas customers such as health care providers and U.S. governmental agencies such as the National Science Foundation. We also provide helicopter maintenance and repair services to certain customers. At December 31, 2006, we owned or operated approximately 236 aircraft domestically and internationally.
Availability of SEC filings and other information
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to any of these reports are available free of charge through our web site: www.phihelico.com. These reports are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we file them with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may also read and copy any of the materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.
Description of Operations
We operate in four business segments: Domestic Oil and Gas, Air Medical, International, and Technical Services. For financial information regarding our operating segments and the geographic areas in which they operate, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

1


Table of Contents

Domestic Oil and Gas. Our Domestic Oil and Gas segment operates approximately 152 owned, leased, and customer-owned aircraft from several bases or heliports in the Gulf of Mexico region. Those operations serve facilities located in the Gulf of Mexico. Operating revenues from the Domestic Oil and Gas segment accounted for 60%, 60%, and 62% of consolidated operating revenues during the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004, respectively.
Oil and gas exploration and production companies and other offshore oil service companies use our services primarily for routine transportation of personnel and equipment, to transport personnel during medical and safety emergencies, and to evacuate personnel during the threat of hurricanes and other adverse weather conditions. Most of our customers have entered into contracts for transportation services for a term of one year or longer, although some hire us on an “ad hoc” or “spot” basis.
Most of our Domestic Oil and Gas aircraft are available for hire by any customer, but some are dedicated to individual customers. Our helicopters have flight ranges of up to 495 miles with a 30-minute fuel reserve and thus are capable of servicing many of the deepwater oil and gas operations that are from 50 to 200 miles offshore. (See Item 2. – Properties, for specific information by aircraft model.)
Air Medical. We provide air medical transportation services for hospitals and emergency service agencies where we operate as an independent provider of medical services in 12 states using approximately 68 aircraft at 55 separate locations, which includes locations prior to the expansion. The aircraft dedicated to this segment are specially outfitted to accommodate emergency patients and emergency medical equipment. Our helicopters transport patients between hospitals, as well as to hospitals from accident sites or rural locations where ground transportation would be prohibitively slow. We are paid by either commercial insurance companies, federal or state agencies such as Medicare and Medicaid, or the patient. The Air Medical segment’s operating revenues accounted for 32%, 31%, and 27% of consolidated operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004, respectively.
International. Our International segment uses approximately 16 aircraft to provide helicopter services in Angola, Antarctica, and the Democratic Republic of Congo. Aircraft operating internationally are typically dedicated to one customer, most of which are oil and gas customers. Operating revenues from our International segment accounted for 6% of consolidated operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, and 8% for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
Technical Services. We perform maintenance and repair services at our Lafayette facility pursuant to an FAA repair station license, primarily for our existing customers that own their aircraft. The license includes authority to repair airframes, powerplants, accessories, radios, and instruments and to perform specialized services.
Operating revenues from the Technical Services segment accounted for 2%, 1%, and 3% of consolidated operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004, respectively.
Seasonal Aspects
Seasonality affects our operations, in three principal ways: weather conditions are generally poorer in December, January, and February; tropical storms and hurricanes are prevalent in the Gulf of Mexico in late summer and early fall; and reduced daylight hours restrict our operations in winter, which result in reduced flight hours. When a tropical storm or hurricane is about to enter or begins developing in the Gulf of Mexico, flight activity may temporarily increase because of evacuations of offshore workers, but during the storms, we are unable to operate in the area of the storm and can incur significant expense in moving our aircraft to safer locations. For a more detailed discussion of these events, see the “Adverse Weather Conditions” paragraph in the “Risk Factors” section of Item 1A. Our operating results vary from quarter to quarter, depending on seasonal factors and other factors outside of our control. As a result, full year results are not likely to be a direct multiple of any particular quarter or combination of quarters.
Inventories
We carry a significant inventory of aircraft parts to support the maintenance and repair of our helicopters. Many of these inventory items are parts that have been removed from aircraft, refurbished according to manufacturers and FAA specifications, and returned to inventory. The cost to refurbish these parts is expensed as incurred. We use systematic procedures to estimate the value of these used parts, which includes consideration of their condition and

2


Table of Contents

continuing utility. The carrying values of inventory reported in our financial statements are affected by these estimates and may change from time to time if our estimated values change.
Customers
Our principal customers are major integrated energy companies and independent exploration and production companies. We also serve oil and gas service companies, hospitals and medical programs under the independent provider model, government agencies, and other aircraft owners and operators. Our largest customer is in our Domestic Oil and Gas segment and accounted for 17%, 14%, and 13% of operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. We have entered into contracts with most of our customers for terms of at least one year, although most contracts include provisions permitting earlier termination.
Competition
Our business is highly competitive in each of our markets, and many of our contracts are awarded after competitive bidding. Factors that impact competition include safety, reliability, price, availability of appropriate aircraft and quality of service. Some of our competitors recently have undertaken expansion and/or upgrades of their fleets.
We are a leading operator of helicopters in the Gulf of Mexico. There are two major and several small competitors operating in the Gulf of Mexico market. Although most oil companies traditionally contract for most specialty services associated with offshore operations, including helicopter services, certain of our customers and potential customers in the oil industry operate their own helicopter fleets, or have the capability to do so if they so elect.
In the air medical market, we compete against national and regional firms, and there is usually more than one competitor in each local market. In addition, we compete against hospitals that operate their own helicopters and, in some cases, against ground ambulances as well.
Our international operations primarily serve customers in the oil and gas industry, although we do service some U.S. governmental agencies, such as the National Science Foundation. Most of our international contracts are subject to competitive bidding, and certain of our principal competitors domestically also compete internationally. In addition, there is one additional major competitor internationally that does not compete domestically. Typically, in each international area there are firms that compete only in that region.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, we employed approximately 2,126 full-time employees and 41 part-time employees, including approximately 525 pilots and 1,373 aircraft maintenance and support personnel. At December 31, 2005, we employed 2,110 full-time employees and 65 part-time employees.
As previously reported, the pilots represented by the OPEIU (the Office and Professional Employees International Union) commenced a general strike on September 20, 2006, affecting both the Domestic Oil and Gas and Air Medical segments. Approximately 236 pilots initially participated in this strike, out of a total pilot work force of 597 as of the date the strike commenced. On November 10, the OPEIU made a purported “unconditional” offer for the strikers to return to work and an end to strike activities. To date, 196 of the 236 strikers (83%) have been rehired or have taken themselves out of consideration for reemployment. On January 11, 2007, the Federal Court for the Western District of Louisiana agreed to our return-to-work criteria and process for the remaining striking pilots, and we are committed to processing those pilots back to work by April 29, 2007. Pilots are currently working under the terms and conditions of employment set forth in the final implementation proposals made by the Company at the end of collective bargaining negotiations on August 28, 2006.
Other issues surrounding PHI’s allegations that the OPEIU engaged in bad faith bargaining, as well as the OPEIU’s counterclaims and claims arising out of the OPEIU’s offer to return to work, remain outstanding and are expected to be addressed by the same Federal Court. A trial on these matters is currently set to start on November 7, 2007. It is not possible to assess the outcome of the remaining claims and counterclaims.
In addition to processing the remaining striking pilots back to work, we are also hiring additional pilots. This process was interrupted November 10, 2006, when the union announced that the striking pilots would return to work unconditionally. In early January 2007, we again commenced hiring additional pilots based on the requirements due to new aircraft deliveries. As of February 28, 2007, the pilot work force was 648.

3


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters
We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish standards for the treatment, storage, recycling, and disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes. Operating and maintaining helicopters requires that we use, store, and dispose of materials that are subject to federal and state environmental regulation. We periodically conduct environmental site surveys at our facilities, and determine whether there is a need for environmental remediation based on these surveys.
ITEM 1.A. Risk Factors
All phases of our operations are subject to significant uncertainties, risks, and other influences. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from anticipated results or other expectations include the following:
RISKS INHERENT IN OUR BUSINESS
Our operations are affected by adverse weather conditions and seasonal factors.
We are subject to three types of weather-related or seasonal factors:
Ø   the tropical storm and hurricane season in the Gulf of Mexico;
 
Ø   poor weather conditions that often prevail during winter and can develop in any season; and;
 
Ø   reduced daylight hours during the winter months.
Poor visibility, high winds and heavy precipitation can affect the operation of helicopters and significantly reduce our flight hours. A significant portion of our operating revenue is dependent on actual flight hours and a substantial portion of our direct costs is fixed. Thus, prolonged periods of adverse weather can materially and adversely affect our operating revenues and net earnings.
In the Gulf of Mexico, the months of December, January and February have more days of adverse weather conditions than the other months of the year. Also, June through November is tropical storm and hurricane season in the Gulf of Mexico, with August and September typically being the most active months. During tropical storms, we are unable to operate in the area of the storm and can incur significant expense in moving our aircraft to safer locations. In addition, as most of our facilities are located along the Gulf of Mexico coast, tropical storms and hurricanes may cause substantial damage to our property, including helicopters that we are unable to relocate.
Because the fall and winter months have fewer hours of daylight, our flight hours are generally lower at those times, which typically results in a reduction in operating revenues during those months. Currently, only 44 of the 152 helicopters used in our oil and gas operations are equipped to fly under instrument flight rules, or IFR, which enables these aircraft, when manned by IFR-rated pilots and co-pilots, to operate when poor visibility or darkness prevents flight by aircraft that can fly only under visual flight rules, or VFR. Not all of our pilots are IFR rated.
We may not be able to obtain acceptable customer contracts covering some of our new helicopters, and there will be a delay between the time that a helicopter is delivered to us and the time that it can begin generating revenues.
We are substantially expanding our fleet of helicopters. Many of our new oil and gas helicopters may not be covered by customer contracts when they are placed into service, and we cannot assure you as to when we will be able to utilize these new helicopters or on what terms. In addition, with respect to those helicopters that will be covered by customer contracts when they are placed into service, our contract terms generally are too short to recover our cost of purchasing the helicopter at current rates. Thus, we are subject to the risk that we will be unable to recoup our investment in the helicopters.
Once a new helicopter is delivered to us, we generally spend between two and five months installing mission-specific and/or customer-specific equipment before we place it into service. As a result, there can be a significant delay between the delivery date for a new helicopter and the time that it is able to generate revenues for us.

4


Table of Contents

There is also a possibility that our customers may request new helicopters in lieu of our existing helicopters, which could adversely affect the utilization of our existing fleet.
Our contracts generally can be terminated or downsized by our customers without penalty.
Most of our fixed-term contracts contain provisions permitting early termination by the customer, sometimes with as little as 30 days’ notice for any reason and generally without penalty. In addition, many of our contracts permit our customers to decrease the number of aircraft under contract with a corresponding decrease in the fixed monthly payments without penalty. As a result, you should not place undue reliance on our customer contracts or the terms of those contracts.
Increased governmental regulations could increase our costs or reduce our ability to operate successfully.
Our operations are regulated by a number of federal and state agencies. All of our flight operations are regulated by the Federal Aviation Administration, or FAA. Aircraft accidents are subject to the jurisdiction of the National Transportation Safety Board. Standards relating to the workplace health and safety are monitored by the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA. We are also subject to various federal and state environmental statutes.
The FAA has jurisdiction over many aspects of our business, including personnel, aircraft and ground facilities. We are required to have an Air Taxi Certificate, granted by the FAA, to transport personnel and property in our helicopters. This certificate contains operating specifications that allow us to conduct our present operations, but it is potentially subject to amendment, suspension or revocation in accordance with procedures set forth in the Federal Aviation Act. The FAA is responsible for ensuring that we comply with all FAA regulations relating to the operation of our aviation business, and conducts regular inspections regarding the safety, training and general regulatory compliance of our U.S. aviation operations. Additionally, the FAA requires us to file reports confirming our continued compliance.
FAA regulations require that at least 75% of our voting securities be owned or controlled by citizens of the U.S. or one of its possessions, and that our president and at least two-thirds of our directors be U.S. citizens. Our Chief Executive Officer and all of our directors are U.S. citizens, and our organizational documents provide for the automatic reduction in voting power of each share of voting common stock owned or controlled by a non-U.S. citizen if necessary to comply with these regulations.
We are subject to significant regulatory oversight by OSHA and similar state agencies. We are also subject to the Communications Act of 1934 because of our ownership and operation of a radio communications flight-following network throughout the Gulf of Mexico.
Numerous other federal statutes and rules regulate our offshore operations and those of our customers, pursuant to which the federal government has the ability to suspend, curtail or modify certain or all offshore operations. A suspension or substantial curtailment of offshore oil and gas operations for any prolonged period would have an immediate and material adverse effect on us. A substantial modification of current offshore operations could adversely affect the economics of such operations and result in reduced demand for our services.
The helicopter services business is highly competitive.
All segments of our business are highly competitive. Many of our contracts are awarded after competitive bidding, and the competition for those contracts generally is intense. The principal aspects of competition are safety, price, reliability, availability and service.
We have two major competitors and several small competitors operating in the Gulf of Mexico, and most of our customers and potential customers could operate their own helicopter fleets if they chose to do so. At least one of our primary competitors is in the process of significantly expanding its fleet.
Our Air Medical segment competes for business primarily under the independent provider model and, to a lesser extent, under the hospital-based model. Under the independent provider model, we have no contracts and no fixed revenue stream, but must compete for transport referrals on a daily basis with other independent operators in the area. Under the hospital-based model, we contract directly with the hospital to provide their transportation services, with the contracts typically awarded on a competitive bid basis. Under both models, we compete against national

5


Table of Contents

and regional companies, and there is usually more than one competitor in each local market. In addition, we compete against hospitals that operate their own helicopters and, in some cases, against ground ambulances as well.
The failure to maintain our safety record would seriously harm our ability to attract new customers and maintain our existing customers.
A favorable safety record is one of the primary factors a customer reviews in selecting an aviation provider. If we fail to maintain our safety and reliability record, our ability to attract new customers and maintain our current customers will be materially adversely affected.
Helicopter operations involve risks that may not be covered by our insurance or may increase the cost of our insurance.
The operation of helicopters inherently involves a high degree of risk. Hazards such as aircraft accidents, collisions, fire and adverse weather are hazards that must be managed by providers of helicopter services and may result in loss of life, serious injury to employees and third parties, and losses of equipment and revenues.
We maintain hull and liability insurance on our aircraft, which insures us against physical loss of, or damage to, our aircraft and against certain legal liabilities to others. In addition, we carry war risk, expropriation, confiscation and nationalization insurance for our aircraft involved in international operations. In some instances, we are covered by indemnity agreements from our customers in lieu of, or in addition to, our insurance. Our aircraft are not insured for loss of use.
While we believe that our insurance and indemnification arrangements provide reasonable protection for most foreseeable losses, they do not cover all potential losses and are subject to deductibles, retentions, coverage limits and coverage exceptions such that severe casualty losses, or the expropriation or confiscation of significant assets could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. The occurrence of an event that is not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our air medical operations, which we are expanding, expose us to numerous special risks, including collection risks, high start-up costs and potential medical malpractice claims.
We recently have expanded our air medical business. These operations are highly competitive and expose us to a number of risks that we do not encounter in our oil and gas operations. For instance, the fees for our air medical services generally are paid by individual patients, insurance companies, or government agencies such as Medicare and Medicaid. As a result, our profitability in this business depends not only on our ability to generate an acceptable volume of patient transports, but also on our ability to collect our transport fees. We are not permitted to refuse service to patients based on their inability to pay.
As a result of our recent expansion, even if we are able to generate an acceptable volume of patient transports, we cannot assure you that our new markets will be profitable for us. We generally incurred significant startup costs and lower utilization rates when we entered new air medical markets, which impacted our profitability. Finally, we employ paramedics, nurses and other medical professionals for these operations, which can give rise to medical malpractice claims against us, which, if not fully covered by our medical malpractice insurance, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our international operations are subject to political, economic and regulatory uncertainty.
Our international operations, which represented approximately 6% of our total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006, are subject to a number of risks inherent in operating in lesser developed countries, including:
Ø   political, social and economic instability;
 
Ø   terrorism, kidnapping and extortion;
 
Ø   potential seizure or nationalization of assets;
 
Ø   import-export quotas; and
 
Ø   currency fluctuations or devaluation.

6


Table of Contents

Additionally, our competitiveness in international markets may be adversely affected by government regulation, including regulations requiring:
Ø   the awarding of contracts to local contractors;
 
Ø   the employment of local citizens; and
 
Ø   the establishment of foreign subsidiaries with significant ownership positions reserved by the foreign government for local ownership.
Our failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could adversely affect us.
Our ability to attract and retain qualified pilots, mechanics, nurses, paramedics and other highly trained personnel will be an important factor in determining our future success. Many of our customers require pilots of aircraft that service them to have inordinately high levels of flight experience. The market for these experienced and highly trained personnel is extremely competitive. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to attract and retain such persons. Some of our pilots and mechanics, and those of our competitors, are members of the U.S. military reserves and could be called to active duty. If significant numbers of such persons are called to active duty, it would reduce the supply of such workers, possibly curtailing our operations and likely increasing our labor costs.
RISKS SPECIFIC TO OUR COMPANY
We are highly dependent on the offshore oil and gas industry.
Approximately 60% of our 2006 operating revenue was attributable to helicopter support for domestic offshore oil and gas exploration and production companies. Our business is highly dependent on the level of activity by the oil and gas companies, particularly in the Gulf of Mexico. The level of activity by our customers operating in the Gulf of Mexico depends on factors that we cannot control, such as:
Ø   the supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and market expectations regarding supply and demand;
 
Ø   weather-related or other natural causes;
 
Ø   actions of OPEC, and Middle Eastern and other oil producing countries, to control prices or change production levels;
 
Ø   general economic conditions in the United States and worldwide;
 
Ø   war, civil unrest or terrorist activities;
 
Ø   governmental regulation; and
 
Ø   the price and availability of alternative fuels.
Any substantial or extended decline in the prices of oil and natural gas could depress the level of helicopter activity in support of exploration and production activity, and thus have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Additionally, the Gulf of Mexico is generally considered to be a mature area for oil and gas exploration, which may result in a continuing decrease in activity over time. This could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the concentrated nature of our operations subjects us to the risk that a regional event could cause a significant interruption in our operations or otherwise have a material affect on our profitability.
Moreover, companies in the oil and gas exploration and production industry continually seek to implement cost-savings measures. As part of these measures, oil and gas companies have attempted to improve operating efficiencies with respect to helicopter support services. For example, certain oil and gas companies have pooled helicopter services among operators, reduced staffing levels by using technology to permit unmanned production installations and decreased the frequency of transportation of employees offshore by increasing the lengths of shifts offshore. The continued implementation of such measures could reduce demand for helicopter services and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and our financial condition.

7


Table of Contents

Our pilot workforce represented by Office and Professional Employees International Union conducted a general strike beginning on September 20, 2006.
On September 20, 2006, approximately 236 pilots commenced a strike. On November 10, the OPEIU made a purported “unconditional” offer for the strikers to return to work and an end to strike activities. To date, 196 of the 236 strikers have been rehired or have taken themselves out of consideration for reemployment. On January 11, 2007, the Federal Court for the Western District of Louisiana agreed to PHI’s return to work criteria and process for the remaining strikers, and the processing of those pilots should be completed by the end of April. Pilots are currently working under the terms and conditions of employment set forth in the final implementation proposals made by the Company at the end of collective bargaining negotiations on August 28, 2006.
Other issues surrounding PHI’s allegations that the OPEIU engaged in bad faith bargaining, as well as the OPEIU’s counterclaims and claims arising out of the OPEIU’s purported “unconditional” offer to return to work remain outstanding and are expected to be addressed by the same Federal Court. A trial on these matters is currently set to start November 7, 2007. It is not possible to predict the outcome of the remaining claims and counterclaims
We depend on a small number of large oil and gas industry customers for a significant portion of our revenues, and our credit exposure within this industry is significant.
We derive a significant amount of our revenue from a small number of major and independent oil and gas companies. For the year ended December 31, 2006, 17% of our revenues were attributable to our largest customer. The loss of one of our significant customers, if not offset by revenues from new or other existing customers, would have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In addition, this concentration of customers may impact our overall credit risk in that these entities may be similarly affected by changes in economic and other conditions.
Our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer is also our principal stockholder and has voting control of the Company.
Al A. Gonsoulin, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns stock representing approximately 52% of our total voting power. As a result, he exercises control over the election of all of our directors and the outcome of most matters requiring a stockholder vote. This ownership also may delay or prevent a change in our management or a change in control of us, even if such changes would benefit our other stockholders and were supported by a majority of our stockholders.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and impair our ability to operate our business.
We are a highly leveraged company and, as a result, have significant debt service obligations. As of December 31, 2006, our total indebtedness was $205.5 million, including $200 million of our 7.125% Senior Notes due 2013. On April 12, 2006, we completed the sale of 4,287,920 non-voting common shares, and then on May 1, 2006 we completed the sale of the over-allotment of shares of 578,680 non-voting common shares. These transactions resulted in an increase in shareholder equity of $160.7 million, net of expenses. We also issued $200 million of 7.125% Senior Notes due April 15, 2013. Proceeds of the Notes were used to retire our existing $200 million 9 3/8% Senior Notes due May 1, 2009. These transactions are discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview” on page 14. As a result of these transactions, our debt to equity ratio at December 31, 2006 was 0.51 to 1.00, as compared to 0.85 to 1.00 at December 31, 2005.
At December 31, 2006, we had $5.5 million in borrowings and $5.1 million in letters of credit outstanding under our revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2006, availability for borrowings under our revolving credit facility was $24.3 million.
Our substantial indebtedness could have significant negative consequences to us that you should consider. For example, it could:
Ø   require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes, or to carry out other aspects of our business plan;

8


Table of Contents

Ø   increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures;
 
Ø   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and future business opportunities;
 
Ø   place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other aspects of our business plan.
 
Ø   limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other aspects of our business plan.
Our ability to meet our debt obligations and other expenses will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, regulatory and other factors, many of which we are unable to control. When our 7.125% Senior Notes come due in 2013, we will likely need to enter into new financing arrangements at that time to repay those notes. We may be unable to obtain that financing on favorable terms, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For more information on our indebtedness, please see the financial statements included elsewhere herein.
The DOJ investigation could result in criminal proceedings and the imposition of fines and penalties.
On June 15, 2005, we received a subpoena from the United States Department of Justice relating to a grand jury investigation of potential antitrust violations among providers of helicopter transportation services in the Gulf of Mexico. We are cooperating fully with the investigation and believe we have provided all documents and other information required by the subpoena. We will respond to any DOJ request for further information, and will continue to cooperate with the investigation.
We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the DOJ investigation. The outcome of the DOJ investigation and any related legal proceedings could include civil injunctive or criminal proceedings, the imposition of fines and other penalties, remedies and/or sanctions, referral to other governmental agencies and/or the payment of damages in civil litigation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the cost of defending such an action or actions against us could be significant.
Our stock has a low trading volume.
Our common stock is listed for trading on The NASDAQ National Market System under the symbol ‘‘PHIIK’’ for our non-voting common stock and ‘‘PHII’’ for our voting common stock. Both classes of common stock have low trading volume. As a result, a stockholder may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at the time, in the amounts, or at the price desired.
We do not pay dividends.
We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since 1999 and do not anticipate that we will pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the indenture governing our 7.125% Senior Notes due 2013 and our bank credit facility.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and by-laws and Louisiana law make it more difficult to effect a change in control of us, which could discourage a takeover of our company and adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Although an attempted takeover of our company is unlikely by virtue of the ownership by our chief executive officer of more than 50% of the total voting power of our capital stock, there are also provisions in our articles of incorporation and by-laws that may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would result in the purchase of your shares at a premium to the market price or would otherwise be beneficial to you. For example, our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for, or discourage, a third party to acquire us.

9


Table of Contents

In addition, provisions of our by-laws, such as giving the board the exclusive right to fill all board vacancies, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. In addition to the provisions contained in our articles of incorporation and by-laws, the Louisiana Business Corporation Law (‘‘LBCL”), includes certain provisions applicable to Louisiana corporations, such as us, which may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect. Such provisions give stockholders the right to receive the fair value of their shares of stock following a control transaction from a controlling person or group and set forth requirements relating to certain business combinations. Our descriptions of these provisions are only abbreviated summaries of detailed and complex statutes. For a complete understanding of the statutes, you should read them in their entirety.
The LBCL’s control share acquisition statute provides that any person who acquires ‘‘control shares’’ will be able to vote such shares only if the right to vote is approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of both (i) all the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders and (ii) all the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders excluding ‘‘interested shares.’’ The control share acquisition statute permits the articles of incorporation or bylaws of a company to exclude from the statute’s application acquisitions occurring after the adoption of the exclusion. Our by-laws do contain such an exclusion; however, our board of directors or stockholders, by an amendment to our by-laws, could reverse this exclusion.
Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our non-voting common stock.
The market price of our non-voting common stock could decline as a result of issuances and sales by us of additional shares of non-voting or voting common stock pursuant to our existing shelf registration statement or otherwise. The market price of our non-voting common stock could also decline as the result of the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
ITEM 1.B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

10


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Aircraft
Information regarding our owned and leased aircraft fleet as of December 31, 2006 is set forth in the following table:
                                         
                            Cruise   Appr.
        Number               Speed   Range
Manufacturer   Type   in Fleet   Engine   Passengers   (mph)   (miles) (2)
Light Aircraft
                                       
Bell
  206 / 407     93     Turbine     4 – 6       130 – 150       300 – 420  
Eurocopter
  BK-117 / BO-105     15     Twin Turbine     4 – 6       135       255 – 270  
Eurocopter
  EC-135 (1)     20     Twin Turbine     7       143       382  
Aerospatiale
  AS350 B2 / B3     24     Turbine     5       140       337 – 385  
 
                                       
Medium Aircraft
                                       
Bell
  212 (1) / 222 (1)                                    
 
  230 (1) / 412 (1)     25     Twin Turbine     8 – 13       115 – 160       300 – 370  
Sikorsky
  S-76 (1) A, A++, C+     28     Twin Turbine     12       150       400  
 
                                       
Transport Aircraft
                                       
Bell
  214ST (1)     4     Twin Turbine     18       155       429  
Sikorsky
  S-92A (1)     8     Twin Turbine     19       160       495  
 
                                       
 
                                       
 
  Total Helicopters     217                              
 
                                       
 
                                       
Fixed Wing
                                       
Rockwell (3)
  Aero Commander     2     Turboprop     6       300-340       1,200-1,600  
Lear Jet (3)
  31A (1)     1     Turbojet     8       527       1,437  
Cessna (4)
  Conquest 441 (1)     3     Turboprop     6       330       1,200  
Beech (4)
  King Air (1)     1     Turboprop     8       300       1,380  
 
                                       
 
                                       
 
  Total Fixed Wing     7                              
 
                                       
 
                                       
 
  Total Aircraft     224                              
 
                                       
 
(1)   Equipped to fly under instrument flight rules (“IFR”). All other types listed can only fly under visual flight rules (“VFR”). See Item 1A. “Business – Risk Factors, Risks Inherent In Our Business – Our operations are affected by adverse weather conditions and seasonal factors.”
 
(2)   Based on maintaining a 30-minute fuel reserve.
 
(3)   Aircraft used for corporate purposes.
 
(4)   Aircraft used in the Air Medical segment.
Of the 224 aircraft listed, we own 206 and lease 18. Additionally, we operate 12 aircraft owned by customers that are not reflected in the above table. In total, we own or operate 236 aircraft.
We sell aircraft whenever they (i) become obsolete or (ii) do not fit into future fleet plans.

11


Table of Contents

Facilities
Our principal facilities are located on property leased from the Lafayette Airport Commission at Lafayette Regional Airport in Lafayette, Louisiana. The lease covers approximately 28 acres and two buildings, with an aggregate of approximately 256,000 square feet, housing our main operational, executive, and administrative offices and the main repair and maintenance facility. The lease for this facility commenced in 2001, expires in 2021 and contains three five-year renewal options following the expiration date.
We own our Boothville, Louisiana operating facility. The property has a 23,000 square foot building, a 7,000 square foot hangar, and landing pads for 35 helicopters. This facility was extensively damaged by Hurricane Katrina, but was repaired and returned to service in 2006.
We also lease property for an Executive and Marketing office in Houston, Texas and 12 additional bases to service the oil and gas industry throughout the Gulf of Mexico. Those bases that represent a significant investment in leasehold improvements and are particularly important to our operations are:
                 
Facility   Lease Expiration   Area   Facilities   Comments
Morgan City
(Louisiana)
  June 30, 2008   53 acres   Operational and maintenance facilities, landing pads for 46 helicopters   Options to extend to June 30, 2018
 
               
Intracoastal City
(Louisiana)
  December 31, 2008   18 acres   Operational and maintenance facilities, landing pads for 45 helicopters   Options to extend to December 31, 2010
 
               
Houma-Terrebonne
Airport (Louisiana)
  August 31, 2008   14 acres   Operational and maintenance facilities, landing pads for 30 helicopters   Three renewal options to extend for one year each
 
               
Galveston (Texas)
  May 31, 2021   4 acres   Operational and maintenance facilities, landing pads for 30 helicopters   Lease period to May 31, 2021 with certain cancellation provisions
 
               
Fourchon
(Louisiana)
  February 28, 2008   8 acres   Operational and maintenance facilities, landing pads for 10 helicopters   Facility under three separate leases, of which two contain options to extend thru 2026 and 2028.
Our other operations-related facilities in the United States are located at New Orleans and Lake Charles, Louisiana; at Port O’Connor and Sabine Pass, Texas; and at Theodore, Alabama.
We also operate from offshore platforms that are provided without charge by the owners of the platforms, although in certain instances we are required to indemnify the owners against loss in connection with our use of their facilities.
We also lease office and hangar space for our Air Medical operations in Phoenix, Arizona. The two buildings are held under separate leases and collectively provide 5,000 square feet of hangar space and 26,000 square feet of office space. The leases expire in 2009, subject to options to extend for up to ten additional years. Other Air Medical bases are located in California, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, New Jersey, New Mexico, Texas and Virginia. Other bases for our International and other Air Medical operations are generally furnished by customers.

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We have been named as a defendant in various legal actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business and have not been finally adjudicated. In the opinion of management, the amount of the ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
As previously reported, on June 15, 2005, we received a subpoena from the United States Department of Justice relating to a grand jury investigation of potential antitrust violations among providers of helicopter transportation services in the Gulf of Mexico. We are cooperating fully with the investigation and believe we have provided all documents and other information required by the subpoena. We have not received any further communications from the Department of Justice since shortly after providing the requested information. At this stage, it is not possible to predict the outcome of this investigation, although based on the information available to us to date, management does not expect the outcome of the investigation to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None.
PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our voting and non-voting common stock trades on The Nasdaq National Market System, under the symbols PHII and PHIIK, respectively. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share, as reported by Nasdaq, for our voting and non-voting common stock for the fiscal quarters indicated.
                                 
    Voting     Non-Voting  
Period   High     Low     High     Low  
January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006
  $ 41.00     $ 29.00     $ 39.48     $ 30.00  
April 1, 2006 to June 30, 2006
    38.00       29.99       38.54       29.00  
July 1, 2006 to September 30, 2006
    34.24       29.01       34.39       26.69  
October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006
    34.10       27.29       33.06       27.56  
 
                               
January 1, 2005 to March 31, 2005
  $ 30.25     $ 23.42     $ 30.11     $ 20.75  
April 1, 2005 to June 30, 2005
    30.95       24.10       30.50       23.12  
July 1, 2005 to September 30, 2005
    35.48       23.90       32.48       23.02  
October 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005
    34.59       27.25       32.40       26.35  
 
                       
We have not paid dividends on either class of our common stock since 1999 and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
In addition, the indenture governing our 7.125% Series B Senior Notes due 2013 and our revolving credit facility with a commercial bank restrict the payment of dividends. See Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3.
Stock Performance Graph
The following performance graph compares PHI’s cumulative total stockholder return on its Voting Stock for the last five years with the cumulative total return on the Russell 2000 Index and the Oil Service Index, assuming the investment of $100 on January 1, 2001, at closing prices on December 31, 2000, and reinvestment of dividends.

13


Table of Contents

The Russell 2000 Index consists of a broad range of publicly-traded companies with small market capitalizations of $0.5 billion to $1.07 billion, and is published daily in the Wall Street Journal. The peer group companies are Bristow Group, Inc.; Tidewater, Inc.; Gulfmark Offshore, Inc.; CHC Helicopter Corp.; Seacor Holdings, Inc.; and Air Methods Corp.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                                 
 
  Index     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
 
PHI
      100.00         148.20         122.50         128.90         155.00         165.00    
 
Peer Group
      100.00         94.64         100.71         135.61         147.59         187.73    
 
OSX
      100.00         99.50         107.82         142.23         209.02         229.40    
 
Russell 2000
      100.00         79.30         115.60         135.25         139.75         163.50    
 
As of February 28, 2007, there were approximately 932 holders of record of our voting common stock and 62 holders of record of our non-voting common stock.
Information regarding our stock based compensation plan is included in Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note (5) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS – Stock Based Compensation.
On April 12, 2006, we issued $200.0 million of 7.125% Senior Notes that mature in 2013. These Notes were offered and sold in a private placement under Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933. Net proceeds of $196.0 million were used to repurchase $184.8 million of our outstanding 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2009 pursuant to a tender offer that also closed on April 12, 2006. Our total cost to repurchase those notes was $201.6 million, including the tender offer premium and accrued interest. We called for redemption on May 1, 2006, the remaining $15.2 million of 9 3/8% notes outstanding, at a redemption price of 104.688% of their face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Interest on the 7.125% notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15, and those notes mature April 15, 2013. The estimated annual interest cost of the new notes is $14.3 million, excluding amortization of issuance costs, which represents a reduction in annual interest cost on the notes of $4.5 million. As a result of the early redemption of the 9 3/8% notes, a pretax charge of $12.8 million ($7.7 million, net of tax) was recorded as a charge for debt restructuring in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, which consisted of $9.8 million for the early call premium, $2.6 million of unamortized issuance costs, and $0.4 million in related expenses for the tender of outstanding notes.
The new notes contain restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, dividends, repurchases of capital stock and other payments affecting restricted subsidiaries, issuance and sales of restricted subsidiary stock, dispositions of proceeds of asset sales, and mergers and consolidations or sales of assets. We were in compliance with the covenants applicable to these notes as of December 31, 2006.

14


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected financial data presented below for each of the past five fiscal periods should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
                                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
    (Thousands)
Income Statement Data
                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 413,118     $ 363,610     $ 291,308     $ 269,392     $ 283,751  
Net earnings (loss)
    (667 )     14,154       3,972       1,139       9,231  
Net earnings (loss) per share
                                       
Basic
    (0.05 )     1.76       0.74       0.21       1.73  
Diluted
    (0.05 )     1.76       0.72       0.21       1.70  
Weighted average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    13,911       8,040       5,383       5,383       5,334  
Diluted
    13,911       8,063       5,486       5,486       5,438  
Cash dividends declared per share
                             
 
                                       
Cash Flow Data
                                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 30,324     $ 28,020     $ 10,905     $ 29,415     $ 39,529  
Net cash used in investing activities (1)
    (178,928 )     (137,464 )     (18,594 )     (30,943 )     (169,760 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    146,388       108,947       8,275       2,026       127,245  
 
                                       
Balance Sheet Data (2)
                                       
Current assets
  $ 307,689     $ 224,265     $ 128,405     $ 110,135     $ 103,851  
Working capital
    254,099       162,527       88,716       70,300       72,751  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    369,465       311,678       253,241       258,526       252,577  
Total assets
    700,970       549,209       394,173       377,454       366,707  
Total debt
    205,500       204,300       210,275       202,000       200,000  
Shareholders’ equity
    400,125       239,051       109,975       105,993       104,854  
 
 
(1)   See “Restatement” in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2)   As of the end of the period.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes included elsewhere in this report.
Overview
As previously reported, the pilots represented by the OPEIU (the Office and Professional Employees International Union), commenced a general strike on September 20, 2006, affecting both the Domestic Oil and Gas and Air Medical segments. Approximately 236 pilots initially participated in this strike, out of a total pilot work force of 597.
Shortly after the strike began and until November 10, 2006, the Company began aggressively hiring new pilots, while also processing an increasing number of pilots who voluntarily elected to return to work from the strike. On November 10, 2006, the OPEIU notified the Company that it was ending the strike, purportedly offering an “unconditional” return to work of the remaining striking pilots. Thereafter, questions arose over whether the OPEIU’s offer was indeed unconditional. As a result, the parties were unable to agree on a return to work process, and the OPEIU subsequently filed suit seeking injunctive relief in the United States District Court for the Western District of Louisiana.
On January 11, 2007, Federal Court conducted a hearing relating to our handling of the return to work of the approximately sixty remaining strikers. At the Judge’s request, an agreement was reached on a return to work process for those strikers. The agreement provides for a phased-in process (which returns striking pilots by groups, and then by aircraft type as determined by PHI, and then by seniority) that is consistent with the methodology PHI has used with the greater number of former strikers who had already individually offered to return to work. PHI’s court-approved methodology focuses on pilot qualifications and currency, safety, customer requirements, training status and certain other criteria. The return-to-work process commenced January 29, 2007 and is expected to conclude by April 29, 2007, although processing of a few pilots who require flight simulator training at third party training facilities may extend the process. To date, 196 of 236 pilots (83%) have been rehired or have taken themselves out of consideration for employment. We continue to operate without a collective bargaining agreement and under a pilot compensation program and other terms and conditions of employment based on the final proposals that were made by the Company at the end of collective bargaining negotiations on August 28, 2006.
Other issues surrounding PHI’s allegations that the OPEIU engaged in bad faith bargaining, as well as the OPEIU’s counterclaims and claims arising from the OPEIU’s offer to return to work remain outstanding and are expected to be addressed by the same Federal Court. A trial on these matters is currently set to start November 7, 2007. It is not possible to predict the outcome of the remaining claims and counterclaims.
In addition to processing the remaining striking pilots back to work, we continue to hire additional pilots. That process was interrupted November 10, 2006, when the union announced that the striking pilots would return to work unconditionally, but in early January 2007, we again commenced hiring pilots based on increasing needs due to new aircraft deliveries. As of February 28, 2007, the pilot work force was 648, compared to a total pilot work force on the date the strike commenced of 597.
Total flight hours were 150,980 for 2006 compared to 154,643 for 2005. The decrease in flight hours was due to the pilots’ strike. The number of aircraft in service at December 31, 2006, was 236 compared to 235 at December 31, 2005. Twenty-two new aircraft were delivered in 2006, twenty for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment and two for service in Air Medical segment. Twenty-one light aircraft were sold, eighteen from the Domestic Oil and Gas segment and three from the Air Medical segment. These were older aircraft and had little flight time in 2006. In addition, five aircraft were converted from Domestic Oil and Gas use to Air Medical use.
Operating revenues for 2006 were $413.1 million compared to $363.6 million for 2005, an increase of $49.5 million. Domestic Oil and Gas operating revenues increased $28.4 million due primarily to customer requirements for additional aircraft and contractual rate increases. Operating revenues in the Air Medical segment increased $21.3 million, or 19%, due to the additional Air Medical operations established during 2005 that were in operation for a full year in 2006. Although Domestic Oil and Gas and Air Medical segments reflected increased revenues compared to 2005, both segments were adversely affected by the pilots’ strike. International segment revenues

16


Table of Contents

decreased $2.6 million due to the scheduled release of one aircraft from contract by the customer and a decrease in flight hour activity. Technical Services operating revenues increased $2.4 million due to recategorization of certain contractual work for third parties to Technical Services previously recorded in Domestic Oil and Gas.
In the fourth quarter 2006, operating revenues were $95.3 million compared to operating revenues in the same quarter 2005 of $102.6 million. The net loss in the fourth quarter 2006 was $5.3 million or $0.34 per share diluted share compared to net earnings of $6.4 million or $0.62 per diluted share in the fourth quarter 2005. There were 4.9 million additional shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 than were outstanding at December 31, 2005. The loss in the fourth quarter was a result of the pilots’ strike.
Although substantial progress has been made in rebuilding the pilot workforce, we expect to report a loss from operations in the first quarter 2007. Although it is not possible to reliably estimate the amount of loss, we expect it to be substantially less than the loss in the fourth quarter 2006. The total pilot work force has continued to increase subsequent to December 31, 2006.
On April 12, 2006, we completed the sale of 4,287,920 non-voting common shares at $35.00 per share and on May 1, 2006, we completed the sale of another 578,680 shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, also at $35.00 per share. Proceeds from the sales were $160.7 million, net of underwriting fees and expenses, and were used to fund the acquisition of aircraft delivered in 2006 and may be used to fund the acquisition of aircraft being delivered in 2007 and 2008. We also issued $200 million of 7.125% Senior Notes due April 15, 2013 pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933. Proceeds were $196.0 million net of underwriting fees and expenses, and were used to retire $184.8 million of our existing 9 3/8% Senior Notes pursuant to a tender offer, at a total cost of $201.6 million including an early call premium and accrued interest. We subsequently redeemed the remaining $15.2 million of Senior Notes outstanding on May 1, 2006, at a redemption price of 104.688% of the face amount plus accrued interest. As a result of the early redemption of the 9 3/8% Senior Notes, we recorded a pretax charge of $12.8 million ($7.7 million, net of tax), which consisted of a $9.8 million early call premium, $2.6 million of unamortized issuance costs, and $0.4 million in related expenses for the tender of outstanding notes. On December 8, 2006, we filed a registration statement for an offer to exchange these Notes for debt securities with identical terms.
In 2006, we took delivery of three transport category aircraft, eight medium aircraft and nine light aircraft for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment. We also took delivery of two light aircraft for service in the Air Medical segment.
At December 31, 2006, we had an order for two additional transport category aircraft, at an approximate cost of $37.2 million. We intend to execute an operating lease for these two aircraft.
In addition, at December 31, 2006, we had orders for 34 other aircraft for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas and Air Medical segments, with a total cost of $144.6 million and scheduled delivery dates throughout 2007 and 2008. Of this total, five aircraft totaling $16.7 million have been delivered in 2007.
As previously reported, on June 15, 2005, we received a subpoena from the United States Department of Justice relating to a grand jury investigation of potential antitrust violations among providers of helicopter transportation services in the Gulf of Mexico. We are cooperating fully with the investigation and believe we have provided all documents and other information required by the subpoena. We have not received any further communications from the Department of Justice since shortly after providing the requested information. At this stage, it is not possible to predict the outcome of this investigation, although based on the information available to us to date, management does not expect the outcome of the investigation to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

17


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table presents segment operating revenues, expense and operating profit before tax, along with certain non-financial operational statistics, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
    Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Segment operating revenues
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
  $ 248,035     $ 219,644     $ 180,102  
Air Medical
    133,397       112,123       77,476  
International
    25,588       28,192       24,342  
Technical Services
    6,098       3,651       9,388  
 
                 
Total operating revenues
    413,118       363,610       291,308  
 
                 
 
                       
Segment direct expense
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    213,279       173,177       151,107  
Air Medical
    130,412       104,465       67,664  
International
    18,456       19,099       18,668  
Technical Services
    4,125       2,522       7,935  
 
                 
Total direct expense
    366,272       299,263       245,374  
 
                       
Segment selling, general and administrative expense
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    1,010       1,003       1,499  
Air Medical
    7,384       6,503       6,525  
International
    96       214       49  
Technical Services
    82       7       12  
 
                 
Total selling, general and administrative expense
    8,572       7,727       8,085  
 
                 
Total direct and selling, general and administrative expense
    374,844       306,990       253,459  
 
                 
 
                       
Net segment profit (loss)
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    33,746       45,464       27,496  
Air Medical
    (4,399 )     1,155       3,287  
International
    7,036       8,879       5,625  
Technical Services
    1,891       1,122       1,441  
 
                 
Total
    38,274       56,620       37,849  
 
                       
Other, net (1)
    9,946       3,230       2,961  
Unallocated selling, general and administrative costs
    (19,267 )     (17,169 )     (12,949 )
Interest expense
    (17,243 )     (20,448 )     (20,109 )
Loss on debt restructuring
    (12,790 )            
 
                 
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
  $ (1,080 )   $ 22,233     $ 7,752  
 
                 
 
                       
Flight hours
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    107,735       111,236       100,814  
Air Medical
    29,980       26,619       19,595  
International
    13,265       16,788       15,871  
Total
    150,980       154,643       136,280  
 
                 
 
                       
Air Medical Transports
    20,808       17,200       11,390  
 
                 
 
                       
Aircraft operated at period end
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    152       155       151  
Air Medical
    68       64       51  
International
    16       16       19  
 
                 
Total (2)
    236       235       221  
 
                 
 
(1)   Including gains on disposition of property and equipment, and other income.
 
(2)   Includes 12, 12, and 14 aircraft as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively that are customer owned or leased by customers but operated by us.

18


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 compared with Year Ended December 31, 2005
Combined Operations
Revenues — Operating revenues for 2006 were $413.1 million compared to $363.6 million for 2005, an increase of $49.5 million, or 14%. Operating revenues increased in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment $28.4 million due to an increase in contracted aircraft and an increase due to contractual rate increases. Although revenues increased in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment, flight hours were negatively impacted in the fourth quarter by the pilots’ strike, resulting in an estimated revenue decrease of $4.7 million. Operating revenues in the Air Medical segment also increased $21.3 million in 2006, due to the additional operating locations established in 2005 that were in service for all of 2006, although patient transport volume and operating revenues were also negatively impacted in the fourth quarter by the pilots’ strike. We estimate a decrease in operating revenues in the Air Medical segment of $4.2 million as a result of the strike. Operating revenues in the International segment decreased $2.6 million due to the scheduled release of one aircraft from contract and decreased flight hours. Revenues in the Technical Services segment increased $2.4 million due to recategorization of certain contractual work for third parties to Technical Services that was previously recorded in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment. These items are discussed in the Segment Discussion below.
Other Income and Losses — Gain on equipment dispositions was $1.9 million for 2006 compared to $1.2 million for 2005. Gain or loss on equipment dispositions is related to dispositions of aircraft. Other income increased approximately $6.0 million in 2006 due to interest income on unspent proceeds from securities offerings.
Direct Expenses — Direct expense was $366.3 million for 2006 compared to $299.3 million for 2005, an increase of $67.0 million, or 22%. Included in direct expense are costs incurred as a result of the strike which includes overtime pay and a work completion bonus for working pilots ($5.7 million), other pilot associated costs ($1.9 million), and security costs ($0.6 million).
Direct expense in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment increased by $40.1 million due to increased employee costs ($7.2 million) including the strike related amount mentioned above, aircraft parts and repair costs ($3.9 million), aircraft warranty costs ($5.4 million), aircraft rent ($6.7 million), insurance expense ($3.0 million), aircraft fuel ($1.7 million), outside services ($5.1 million), also including ($1.9 million) pilot associated costs mentioned above, and training costs ($3.3 million). The remaining increase ($3.8 million) was due to travel expenses, security services, temporary labor and property taxes. The effect of the strike on this segment, as well as a further discussion of the above items, is described in the Segment Discussion.
Air Medical segment direct expense increased ($25.9 million) due to new locations opened in 2005 being in service for a full twelve months in 2006 as well as an increase related to the pilots’ strike, which is discussed in the Segment Discussion below.
There was also an increase in the Technical Services segment ($1.6 million), and a decrease in the International segment due to the release of one aircraft from contract as mentioned above ($0.6 million). These items are also discussed in the Segment Discussion below.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses — Selling, general and administrative expense was $27.8 million for 2006 compared to $24.9 million for 2005, an increase of $2.9 million, or 12%. This increase resulted from legal costs and other expenses ($1.5 million) related to the pilots’ strike and other union issues, increased employee costs ($0.5 million), and increased insurance expense ($0.9 million).
Income Taxes — Income tax benefit for 2006 was $0.4 million, compared to income tax expense of $8.1 million for 2005. The effective tax-rate was 38% for 2006 compared to 36% for 2005. The 2005 rate benefited from a Hurricane Katrina tax credit of $0.8 million in 2005 .
Earnings — Our net loss for 2006 was $0.7 million, compared to net earnings of $14.2 million for 2005. Losses before tax for 2006 were $1.1 million compared to earnings before tax of $22.2 million in 2005. Losses per diluted share were $0.05 for 2006 as compared to earnings per diluted share of $1.76 for 2005. The loss for 2006 included $12.8 million related to the early call premium and associated costs for redemption of our 9 3/8% Senior Notes, and also the impact of the pilots’ strike.

19


Table of Contents

Segment Discussion
Domestic Oil and Gas — Domestic Oil and Gas segment revenues for 2006 were $248.0 million compared to $219.6 million for 2005, an increase of $28.4 million or 13%. The increase was due to increased use of medium and transport aircraft and an increase in contracted aircraft prior to the pilots’ strike and contractual rate increases. Flight hours were 107,735 for 2006 compared to 111,236 for 2005, a decrease of 3,501 hours, which was also attributable to the strike, resulting in an estimated revenue decrease of $4.7 million. The number of aircraft in the segment at December 31, 2006 was 152 compared to 155 aircraft at December 31, 2005. In 2006, we sold 18 light aircraft, which had little flight time in 2006, and had 20 new aircraft delivered. We also converted five aircraft from the Domestic Oil and Gas segment for Air Medical use. We have deliveries scheduled throughout 2007 and 2008 for two additional transport category aircraft and 30 additional medium and light aircraft for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment to meet contracted and anticipated customer requirements. Of this amount, four aircraft totaling $12.8 million have been delivered in 2007.
Direct expenses in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment were $213.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $173.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $40.1 million, or 23%. Included in this increase were increases in employee costs ($7.2 million). Of this amount, $2.5 million was related to increased pilot compensation expense, related to overtime and a work completion bonus, due to the pilots’ strike. There was also an increase in outside services ($5.1 million). Of this amount, $1.9 million was other pilot associated costs related to the strike. Other increases include aircraft parts usage ($2.1 million), aircraft rent ($6.7 million) due to additional aircraft on lease, aircraft warranty costs ($5.4 million) due to additional aircraft covered under the manufacturers’ warranty programs, fuel ($1.7 million) due to increased prices and increased use of medium and transport aircraft, component repair costs ($1.9 million), and insurance expense ($3.0 million) due to a contractual premium refund in 2005 due to favorable loss experience. There were also increases in training costs ($3.3 million), travel expenses ($1.7 million), security services ($0.6 million), which were also partially strike related costs, and other items ($1.4 million).
The Domestic Oil and Gas segment’s operating income was $33.7 million for 2006 compared to $45.5 million for 2005. The decrease was due to decreased flight hours and revenues, and increased employee and other strike related costs in the fourth quarter due to the pilots’ strike.
Air Medical — Air Medical segment revenues were $133.4 million for 2006 compared to $112.1 million for 2005. The increase was due to the additional operations established in 2005 that were in service for all of 2006. Operating revenues in 2006 from the locations opened in 2005 were $37.2 million. Flight hours were 29,980 for 2006 compared to 26,619 for 2005. Patient transports were 20,808 for 2006, compared to 17,200 for 2005. Patient transport volume was negatively impacted by the pilots’ strike in the fourth quarter 2006. We estimate a decrease of approximately 700 transports related to the strike in the fourth quarter resulting in an estimated revenue decrease of $4.2 million. The number of aircraft in the segment was 68 at December 31, 2006, compared to 64 at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, we had four aircraft deliveries scheduled throughout 2007 and 2008. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, one of these aircraft totaling $3.9 million was delivered for service in the Air Medical segment.
Direct expenses in the Air Medical segment increased to $130.4 million for 2006 compared to $104.5 million for 2005. During fiscal year 2005, we opened 15 locations, and the increase in direct expense in 2006 reflects a full year of operations at those locations. The $25.9 million increase includes increases in employee costs ($13.8 million) primarily due to new locations opened in the prior year being in service for a full twelve months, but also pilot compensation expenses related to the strike ($3.2 million). There were also increases in fuel costs ($2.3 million), aircraft rent ($0.3 million) and aircraft warranty costs ($1.7 million) as additional aircraft were added to the manufacturers’ warranty programs, insurance expense ($1.2 million), depreciation expense ($2.5 million), and other operating costs ($0.9 million).
Selling, general and administrative expense was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
The Air Medical segment operating loss was $4.4 million for 2006 compared to operating income of $1.2 million for 2005. Although the Air Medical segment revenues increased in 2006, the decrease in transports in the fourth quarter related to the strike resulted in an estimated revenue decrease of $4.2 million. Expenses related to the strike also increased an estimated $3.2 million.
International — International segment revenues were $25.6 million for 2006, compared to $28.2 million for 2005, a decrease of $2.6 million, or 9%. The decrease was due to the scheduled release of one aircraft from contract by the customer in the second quarter. Flight hours decreased in 2006 to 13,265 as compared to 16,788 for 2005.

20


Table of Contents

Direct expenses were $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a decrease of $0.6 million. The decrease was due to decreased flight hours in 2006.
Selling, general and administrative expense was $0.1 million for 2006 compared to $0.2 million for 2005.
International segment operating income for 2006 was $7.0 million compared to $8.9 million for 2005. The decrease was due to the scheduled release of one aircraft from contract by the customer in the second quarter and a decrease in flight hour activity.
Technical Services — Technical Services segment revenues for 2006 were $6.1 million compared to $3.7 million for 2005. The increase in Technical Services revenues was due to recategorization of certain contractual work for third parties that was previously recorded in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment.
Direct expenses were $4.1 million for 2006 compared to $2.5 million for 2005, which was also due to the recategorization of contract revenue and expense.
The Technical Services segment had operating income of $1.9 million for December 31, 2006, compared to $1.1 million for December 31, 2005. The increase was due to recategorization of the contractual work.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 compared with Year Ended December 31, 2004
Combined Operations
Revenues — Operating revenues for 2005 were $363.6 million compared to $291.3 million for 2004, an increase of $72.3 million, or 25%. Operating revenues increased in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment $39.5 million due to increased flight hours and an increase in contracted aircraft. Operating revenues in the Air Medical segment also increased $34.6 million, due to the additional operating locations. Operating revenues in the International segment increased $3.9 million due primarily to increased flight hours. Revenues in the Technical Services segment decreased $5.7 million due to completion of a contract in 2004. These items are discussed in the Segment Discussion below.
Other Income and Losses — Gain on equipment dispositions was $1.2 million for 2005 compared to $2.6 million for 2004. Gain or loss on equipment dispositions is related to dispositions of aircraft. Other income increased approximately $1.7 million in 2005 due to interest earnings on unspent proceeds from the stock offering.
Direct Expenses — Direct expense was $299.3 million for 2005 compared to $245.4 million for 2004, an increase of $53.9 million, or 22%. The increase was due to increased Air Medical operations ($36.8 million), an increase in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment ($22.1 million) due to increased flight hour activity and increased aircraft, and an increase in the International segment ($0.4 million). There was a decrease in the Technical Services segment due to completion of a contract in 2004 as mentioned above ($5.4 million). These items are also discussed in the Segment Discussion below.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses — Selling, general and administrative expense was $24.9 million for 2005 compared to $21.0 million for 2004, an increase of $3.9 million, or 19%. This increase is a result of legal costs incurred ($1.0 million) in responding to the Department of Justice antitrust investigation subpoena, increased depreciation expense ($1.3 million), increased employee costs ($0.4 million), a non-recurring reduction in the environmental provision in the prior year ($0.3 million), and other items ($0.9 million).
Income Taxes — Income tax expense for 2005 was $8.1 million, compared to $3.8 million for 2004. The effective tax-rate was 36% for 2005 compared to 49% for 2004. The provision for 2005 includes a tax credit of $0.8 million related to the Katrina Emergency Tax Relief Act of 2005. This amount was recorded as a tax carryforward credit and will be available as a credit once the net operating loss amount is utilized. Included in the 2004 provision was $0.7 million related to foreign taxes paid for which we cannot take a credit for U.S. tax purposes due to the availability of net operating losses for tax purposes. Such operating loss carryforwards arose from accelerated tax depreciation expense deductions as a result of the aircraft purchased since 2002. We anticipate the foreign taxes paid in 2005 will be utilized as a tax credit in future years based on recent changes in the tax laws.

21


Table of Contents

Earnings — Our net earnings for 2005 were $14.2 million, compared to $4.0 million for 2004. Earnings before tax for 2005 were $22.2 million compared to $7.8 million in 2004. Earnings per diluted share were $1.76 for 2005 as compared to $0.72 per diluted share for 2004.
Segment Discussion
Domestic Oil and Gas — Domestic Oil and Gas segment revenues for 2005 were $219.6 million compared to $180.1 million for 2004, an increase of $39.5 million or 22%. The increase was due to an increase in flight hours in the Gulf of Mexico and an increase in contracted aircraft. Flight hours were 111,236 for 2005 compared to 100,814 for 2004, an increase of 10,422 hours, as a result of our customers’ increased production and exploration activities in the Gulf of Mexico. The number of aircraft in the segment at December 31, 2005 was 155 compared to 151 aircraft at December 31, 2004. In 2005, we sold 11 light aircraft, which had little flight time, and added 15 total aircraft.
Direct expenses in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment were $173.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $151.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $22.1 million, or 14.6%. The increase was due to increases in employee costs ($1.2 million), aircraft parts usage due to increased flight hour activity ($3.1 million), aircraft rent ($3.7 million) due to additional aircraft on lease, aircraft warranty costs ($5.0 million) due to additional aircraft covered under the manufacturers’ warranty programs but also due to a warranty termination credit in the prior year ($2.2 million), fuel ($6.7 million) due to increased prices and flight activity, component repair costs ($0.8 million), outside services ($1.1 million) primarily related to outside pilot training costs, and other items ($0.5 million). Fuel cost above a certain rate per gallon in customers’ contracts is invoiced to the customer and is included in revenue. These increases were due to increased aircraft and increased flight hours.
The Domestic Oil and Gas segment’s operating income was $45.5 million for 2005 compared to $27.5 million for 2004. The increase was due to increased flight hours and also due to additional contracted aircraft as mentioned above.
Air Medical — Air Medical segment revenues were $112.1 million for 2005 compared to $77.5 million for 2004. The increase was due to the additional operations established in 2004 and 2005. Flight hours were 26,619 for 2005 compared to 19,595 for 2004. The number of aircraft in the segment was 64 at December 31, 2005, compared to 51 at December 31, 2004. One additional aircraft was received in early 2006. Patient transports were 17,200 for 2005, compared to 11,390 for 2004. Fifteen new locations were opened in 2005, seven of which were opened in the fourth quarter 2005. Operating revenues in 2005 from the new locations opened in 2005 were $20.4 million.
Direct expenses in the Air Medical segment increased to $104.5 million for 2005 compared to $67.7 million for 2004, due to growth in the segment mentioned above. At December 31, 2004, we had 22 operating locations that were opened in 2004, and the increase in direct expense in 2005 reflects a full year of operations at those locations, as well as the direct expense of the 15 locations opened during 2005. The $36.8 million increase was due to increases in employee costs ($21.1 million) due to additional employees at the new operations, operating costs ($9.2 million) related to the additional bases, which includes rent, utilities, services purchased, and supplies. Aircraft parts usage increased due to additional aircraft and additional flight hours ($1.3 million); fuel costs increased ($2.3 million); aircraft rent increased due to additional aircraft on lease ($1.1 million); and aircraft warranty costs increased ($1.8 million) as additional aircraft were added to the manufacturers’ warranty programs.
Selling, general and administrative expense was $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 in the Air Medical segment.
The Air Medical segment operating income was $1.2 million for 2005 compared to $3.3 million for 2004. The decrease in operating income was due to increased direct expense related to the expansion of operations, and also due to the impact of weather in the first quarter and fourth quarter as compared to 2004. There was a loss of $2.5 million related to the additional operations that commenced in 2005. New locations typically take several months to build sufficient volume to absorb facility operating costs and achieve profitable aircraft utilization levels.
International — International segment revenues were $28.2 million for 2005, compared to $24.3 million for 2004, an increase of $3.9 million, or 15.8%. The increase was due to increased flight hours and rates in 2005. Flight hours increased in 2005 to 16,788 as compared to 15,871 for 2004. The additional flight hours were achieved in spite of a reduction in the number of aircraft in the segment from 19 at December 31, 2004, to 16 at December 31, 2005, as three aircraft in that segment were sold during 2005.

22


Table of Contents

Direct expenses were $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $0.4 million. The increase was due to increased flight hours in 2005.
Selling, general and administrative expense was $0.2 million for 2005 compared to less than $0.1 million for 2004.
International segment operating income for 2005 was $8.9 million compared to $5.6 million for 2004. The improvement was due to the increase in operating revenue due to increased flight hours and to increased rates.
Technical Services — Technical Services segment revenues for 2005 were $3.7 million compared to $9.4 million for 2004. The decrease in Technical Services revenues was due to completion of its principal contract in the third quarter of 2004.
Direct expenses were $2.5 million for 2005 compared to $7.9 million for 2004.
The Technical Services segment had operating income of $1.1 million for December 31, 2005, compared to $1.4 million for December 31, 2004. The decrease was due to completion of the contract mentioned above.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
General
Our ongoing liquidity requirements arise primarily from the funding of working capital needs, such as the acquisition or leasing of aircraft, the maintenance and refurbishment of aircraft, improvement of facilities, and acquisition of equipment and inventory. Our principal sources of liquidity historically have been net cash provided by our operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, as augmented in recent years by the issuance of our Senior Notes in 2002, which were refinanced in 2006, and the sale of non-voting common stock in 2005 and 2006.
As we grow our operations, we continually monitor the capital resources available to meet our future financial obligations, planned capital expenditures and liquidity. We also review acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis. If we were to make a significant acquisition for cash, we would need to obtain additional equity or debt financing.
Cash Flow
Our cash position at December 31, 2006 was $0.8 million, compared to $3.0 million at December 31, 2005. Short-term investments were $153.4 million at December 31, 2006, compared to $66.5 million at December 31, 2005. Working capital was $254.1 million at December 31, 2006, as compared to $162.5 million at December 31, 2005, an increase of $91.6 million. The increase in working capital was primarily a result of an increase in short-term investments of $86.9 million and an increase in inventory of $7.5 million. The increase in short-term investments was due primarily to completion of the equity offering in April 2006, with remaining short-term investments from the offering being $91.9 million at December 31, 2006.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $30.3 million for 2006 compared to $28.0 million for 2005, an increase of $2.3 million. The increase was due primarily to changes in operating assets and liabilities of $10.6 million, a decrease in net earnings of $14.8 million, including the loss of $12.8 million recorded in the second quarter as a result of refinancing our 9 3/8% Senior Notes, an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $3.2 million, a decrease in the deferred tax provision of $8.0 million, and other items, net, $1.3 million. The decrease in deferred tax is due to the tax benefit associated with the loss before tax of $1.1 million in the current year compared to a tax expense associated with earnings before tax of $22.2 million in the prior year. Capital expenditures were $123.3 million for 2006 compared to $96.2 million for 2005. Capital expenditures for 2006 were $94.7 million for aircraft purchases, $18.3 million for refurbishments and equipment installations for new aircraft, $3.8 million for facility improvements and $6.5 million for operating equipment, engine spares, and medical equipment. Capital expenditures for 2005 were $73.0 million for aircraft purchases, $11.3 million for refurbishments and equipment installations for new aircraft, $4.2 million for facility improvements and $7.7 million for operating equipment, engine spares, and medical equipments. Gross proceeds from aircraft sales were $36.8 million for 2006 compared to $10.8 million for 2005.

23


Table of Contents

Financing Activities
On April 12, 2006, we completed the sale of 4,287,920 non-voting common shares at $35.00 per share and on May 1, 2006, we completed the sale of another 578,680 shares pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, also at $35.00 per share. Proceeds from the offering were $160.7 million, net of expenses, and were used to fund the acquisition of aircraft delivered in 2006 and may be used to fund the acquisition of aircraft delivered in 2007. Also on April 12, 2006, we issued $200 million of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2013. Net proceeds of $196.0 million were used to repurchase $184.8 million of our existing 9 3/8% Senior Notes, which were tendered by April 12, 2006, at a total cost of $201.6 million including an early call premium and accrued interest. We redeemed the remaining $15.2 million of 9 3/8% Senior Notes on May 1, 2006, at a redemption price of 104.688% of the face amount plus accrued interest. As a result of the refinancing of the 9 3/8% Senior Notes, we recorded a pretax charge of $12.8 million ($7.7 million, net of tax) in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, which consisted of a $9.8 million early call premium, $2.6 million of unamortized issuance costs, and $0.4 million in related expenses of the tender for the outstanding notes.
The 7.125% Senior Notes mature April 15, 2013, and interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15. The notes contain restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, dividends, repurchases of capital stock and other payments affecting restricted subsidiaries, issuance and sales of restricted subsidiary stock, dispositions of proceeds of asset sales, and mergers, consolidations and sales of assets. Estimated annual interest cost of the 7.125% Senior Notes is $14.3 million, excluding amortization of issuance costs.
Credit Facility
We have a $35 million revolving credit facility with a commercial bank that expires on September 1, 2008. At December 31, 2006, there were $5.5 million in borrowings and $5.1 million in letters of credit outstanding under the facility. The facility includes covenants related to working capital, funded debt to net worth, and consolidated net worth. As of December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with these covenants.
Contractual Obligations
The table below sets out our contractual obligations related to operating lease obligations, purchase commitments, credit facility, and the 7.125% Senior Notes due 2013. The operating leases are not recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet, but payments are treated as an expense as incurred. Each contractual obligation included in the table contains various terms, conditions, and covenants which, if violated, accelerate the payment of that obligation. We currently lease eighteen aircraft included in the lease obligations below.
                                                         
    Payment Due by Year  
                                                    Beyond  
    Total     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Aircraft Purchase commitments (1)
  $ 144,593     $ 127,364     $ 17,229     $     $     $     $  
 
                                                       
Aircraft Purchase commitments (2)
    37,181       37,181                                
 
                                                       
Aircraft lease obligations
    157,090       15,663       15,663       15,663       16,265       17,533       76,303  
 
                                                       
Other lease obligations
    21,199       3,237       2,652       1,945       1,664       1,348       10,353  
 
                                                       
Long term debt
    205,500             5,500                         200,000  
 
                                                       
 
                                         
 
  $ 565,563     $ 183,445     $ 41,044     $ 17,608     $ 17,929     $ 18,881     $ 286,656  
 
                                         
 
(1)   These commitments are for aircraft that we intend to finance with remaining cash from the equity offering completed April 2006, and with cash from operations.
 
(2)   These commitments are for aircraft that we intend to finance with an operating lease.

24


Table of Contents

Estimated interest costs on the debt obligations set forth above, without considering any additional debt that may be obtained relative to purchase commitments for aircraft, are $14.9 million for 2007 and each successive year through 2011, including amortization of debt issuance costs.
In 2006, we took delivery of three transport category aircraft, eight medium aircraft and nine light aircraft for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment. We also took delivery of two light aircraft for service in the Air Medical segment.
At December 31, 2006, we had an order for two additional transport category aircraft, which we intend to finance with an operating lease. The approximate cost for these two aircraft is $37.2 million
At December 31, 2006, we also had orders for 34 additional aircraft with a total cost of $144.6 million and scheduled delivery dates throughout 2007 and 2008. Of this total, five aircraft totaling $16.7 million were delivered subsequent to December 31, 2006, as mentioned above.
We believe that cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund operating requirements and required interest payments on the 7.125% Senior Notes for the next twelve months. We have capital requirements for aircraft on order totaling $144.6 million over 2007 and 2008, which we intend to fund from existing cash, short-term investments, and operating leases, as required.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, long-lived assets and self-insurance liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and the differences may be material. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable is estimated based on an evaluation of individual customer financial strength, current market conditions, and other information. If our evaluation of our significant customers’ and debtors’ creditworthiness should change or prove incorrect, then we may have to recognize additional allowances in the period in which we identify the risk of loss. In the Air Medical segment, the Company monitors its collection experience by payor category within the Air Medical segment and updates its estimated collections to be realized based on its most recent collection experience.
We maintain a significant parts inventory to service our own aircraft and the aircraft and components of customers. Portions of that inventory are used parts that are often exchanged with parts removed from aircraft or components and reworked to a useable condition. We use systematic procedures to estimate the valuation of the used parts, which includes consideration of their condition and continuing utility. If our valuation of these parts should be significantly different from amounts ultimately realizable or if we discontinue using or servicing certain aircraft models, then we may have to record a write-down of our inventory. We also record provisions against inventory for obsolescent and slow-moving parts, relying principally on specific identification of such inventory. If we fail to identify such parts, additional provisions may be necessary.
Our principal long-lived assets are aircraft. We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows that we expect the asset to generate. When an asset is determined to be impaired, we recognize the impairment amount, which is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value. Similarly, we report assets that we expect to sell at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Future adverse market conditions or poor operating results could result in an inability to recover the current carrying value of certain long-lived assets, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future.

25


Table of Contents

We must make estimates for certain of our liabilities and expenses, losses, and gains related to self-insured programs, insurance deductibles, and good-experience premium returns. Our group medical insurance program is largely self-insured, and we use estimates to record our periodic expenses related to that program. We also carry deductibles on our workers’ compensation program and aircraft hull and liability insurance, and poor experience or higher accidents rates could result in additional recorded losses.
New Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements applicable to the Company, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Environmental Matters
We have an aggregate estimated liability of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 for environmental remediation costs that are probable and estimable. We have conducted environmental surveys of our former Lafayette Facility, which we vacated in 2001, and have determined that limited soil and groundwater contamination exists at the facility. We have installed groundwater monitoring wells at the facility and periodically monitor and report on the contamination. In May 2003, we submitted a Louisiana Risk Evaluation/Corrective Action Plan (“RECAP”) Standard Site Assessment Report to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (“LDEQ”) fully delineating the extent and type of contamination. In April, 2006 the Site Assessment was updated to include recent analytical data. LDEQ is reviewing the assessment report. Once LDEQ completes its review and reports on whether all contamination has been fully defined, a risk evaluation in accordance with RECAP will be submitted and evaluated by LDEQ. At that point, LDEQ will establish what cleanup standards must be met at the site. When the process is complete, we will be in a position to develop an appropriate remediation plan and determine the resulting cost of remediation. We have not recorded any estimated liability for remediation and contamination and, based upon the May 2003 Site Assessment Report, the April 2006 update and ongoing monitoring, we believe the ultimate remediation costs for the former Lafayette facility will not be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
During 2004, LDEQ advised us that groundwater contaminants impacting monitor wells at the PHI Lafayette Heliport were originating from an off-site location and that we would no longer be required to perform further monitoring at the site. Subsequently, based upon site investigation work performed by the Lafayette Airport Commission, the source of the contamination was identified as residing at another location, for which PHI is not responsible. The Lafayette Airport Commission has begun remediation of the PHI Lafayette Heliport.
ITEM 7.A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Prior to the issuance of our 9 3/8% Senior Notes on April 23, 2002, we were exposed to market risks associated with interest rates, and made limited use of derivative financial instruments to manage that risk. When used, all derivatives for risk management were closely monitored by our senior management. We do not hold derivatives for trading purposes and we do not use derivatives with leveraged or complex features. Derivative instruments were transacted either with creditworthy major financial institutions or over national exchanges. Interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.
The market value of the Senior Notes will vary as changes occur in market interest rates, the remaining maturity of the Senior Notes, and our credit-worthiness. At December 31, 2006, the market value of the Notes was $194.0 million. A hypothetical 100 basis-point increase in the Senior Notes imputed rate at December 31, 2006 would have resulted in a market value decline of approximately $9.3 million.
The Company has not engaged in activities involving financial derivatives during the years 2006, 2005, and 2004.

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
PHI, Inc.
Lafayette, Louisiana
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PHI, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule, listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PHI, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
March 16, 2007

27


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Thousands of dollars)
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
ASSETS
               
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 820     $ 3,036  
Short-term investments
    153,414       66,525  
Accounts receivable – net of allowance:
               
Trade
    87,366       89,351  
Other
    1,928       6,766  
Inventories of spare parts and supplies
    55,596       48,123  
Other current assets
    7,930       10,042  
Refundable income taxes
    635       422  
 
           
Total current assets
    307,689       224,265  
 
               
Other
    23,816       13,266  
Property and equipment, net
    369,465       311,678  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 700,970     $ 549,209  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 35,815     $ 40,506  
Accrued liabilities
    8,511       10,807  
Accrued interest
    3,045       3,175  
Accrued vacation payable
    2,583       3,811  
Accrued salaries and wages
    3,636       2,439  
Notes payable
          1,000  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    53,590       61,738  
 
               
Long-term debt
    205,500       203,300  
Deferred income taxes
    32,828       38,906  
Other long-term liabilities
    8,927       6,214  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
               
 
               
Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Voting common stock – par value of $0.10; authorized shares of 12,500,000
    285       285  
Non-voting common stock – par value of $0.10; authorized shares of 12,500,000
    1,242       742  
Additional paid-in capital
    290,695       129,531  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    77        
Retained earnings
    107,826       108,493  
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    400,125       239,051  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 700,970     $ 549,209  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

28


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Thousands of dollars and shares, except per share data)
                         
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Operating revenues
  $ 413,118     $ 363,610     $ 291,308  
Gain on disposition of property and equipment, net
    1,910       1,173       2,569  
Other
    8,036       2,057       392  
 
                 
 
    423,064       366,840       294,269  
 
                 
 
                       
Expenses:
                       
Direct expenses
    366,272       299,263       245,374  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    27,839       24,896       21,034  
Interest expense
    17,243       20,448       20,109  
Loss on debt restructuring
    12,790              
 
                 
 
    424,144       344,607       286,517  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (1,080 )     22,233       7,752  
Income taxes
    (413 )     8,079       3,780  
 
                 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (667 )   $ 14,154     $ 3,972  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share
                       
Basic
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.76     $ 0.74  
Diluted
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.76     $ 0.72  
 
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    13,911       8,040       5,383  
Diluted
    13,911       8,063       5,486  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

29


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Thousands of dollars and shares)
                                                         
                                            Accumulated        
    Voting     Non-Voting     Additional     Other Com-        
    Common Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in     prehensive     Retained  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Income     Earnings  
Balance at Dec. 31, 2003
    2,852     $ 285       2,531     $ 253     $ 15,088     $     $ 90,367  
Stock options exercised
                            10              
Net earnings
                                        3,972  
 
                                         
Balance at Dec. 31, 2004
    2,852       285       2,531       253       15,098             94,339  
Stock issuance, net
                4,887       489       113,352              
Stock options exercised
                            1,081              
Net earnings
                                        14,154  
 
                                         
Balance at Dec. 31, 2005
    2,852       285       7,418       742       129,531             108,493  
Stock issuance, net
                4,867       487       160,235              
Other
                139       13       929              
SFAS No. 158 incremental effect
                                  77        
Net loss
                                        (667 )
 
                                         
Balance at Dec. 31, 2006
    2,852     $ 285       12,424     $ 1,242     $ 290,695     $ 77     $ 107,826  
 
                                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

30


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Thousands of dollars)
                         
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (667 )   $ 14,154     $ 3,972  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    30,297       27,133       27,843  
Deferred income taxes
    (1,631 )     6,415       3,845  
Gain on asset dispositions
    (1,910 )     (1,173 )     (2,569 )
Loss on debt restructuring
    12,790              
Other
    806       1,411       1,332  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable — trade
    1,985       (31,109 )     (16,499 )
Inventories
    (7,473 )     (8,898 )     1,180  
Refundable income taxes
    (213 )           (876 )
Other assets
    177       (2,313 )     (7,241 )
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and vacation payable
    (6,679 )     23,049       (146 )
Other long-term liabilities
    2,842       (649 )     64  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    30,324       28,020       10,905  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (123,253 )     (96,165 )     (33,921 )
Acquisition of additional operating locations
                (1,518 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions
    36,809       10,751       14,395  
Purchase of short-term investments
    (186,339 )     (97,950 )     (16,975 )
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments
    99,450       45,900       19,425  
Other
    (5,595 )            
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (178,928 )     (137,464 )     (18,594 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds of debt issuance – Senior Notes
    200,000              
Premium and costs to retire debt early
    (10,208 )            
Repayment of Senior Notes
    (200,000 )            
Debt issuance costs
    (4,857 )            
Payments on long-term debt
    (1,000 )     (1,000 )      
Proceeds from line of credit
    181,900       114,875       37,008  
Payments on line of credit
    (179,700 )     (119,850 )     (28,733 )
Proceeds from stock issuance
    161,155       115,162        
Less related fees and expenses
    (433 )     (1,265 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
          1,025        
Other
    (469 )            
 
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    146,388       108,947       8,275  
 
                 
 
                       
(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,216 )     (497 )     586  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    3,036       3,533       2,947  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 820     $ 3,036     $ 3,533  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

31


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1)   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Nature of Operations, Basis of Consolidation, and Other General Principles
 
    Since its inception, PHI, Inc.’s primary business has been to transport personnel and, to a lesser extent, parts and equipment, to, from and among offshore facilities for customers engaged in the oil and gas exploration, development, and production industry. The Company also provides air medical transportation services for hospitals, medical programs, and aircraft maintenance services to third parties.
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PHI, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“PHI” or the “Company”) after the elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions.
 
    A principal stockholder has substantial control. Al A. Gonsoulin, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns stock representing approximately 52% of the total voting power. As a result, he exercises control over the election of PHI’s directors and the outcome of matters requiring a stockholder vote.
 
    Revenue Recognition
 
    The Company recognizes revenue related to aviation transportation services after the services are performed or the contractual obligations are met. Aircraft maintenance services revenues are recognized at the time the repair or services work is completed. Revenues related to emergency flights generated by the Company’s Air Medical segment are recorded net of contractual allowances under agreements with third party payors when the services are provided.
 
    Use of Estimates
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    Cash Equivalents
 
    The Company considers cash equivalents to include demand deposits and investments with original maturity dates of three months or less.
 
    Short-term Investments
 
    Short-term investments consist primarily of auction rate securities, which represent funds available for current operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 115 “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” these short-term investments are classified as available for sale. The Company’s auction rate securities generally have long-term stated maturities, but have characteristics of short-term investments due to a rate-setting mechanism and the ability to liquidate them through a Dutch auction process that occurs on pre-determined intervals of less than 90 days. The Company has not recorded any unrealized gains or losses associated with short-term investments as the carrying value approximates fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
    Inventories of Spare Parts and Supplies
 
    The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market and consist primarily of spare parts. Portions of the Company’s inventories are used parts that are often exchanged with parts removed from aircraft, reworked to a useable condition according to manufacturers’ and FAA specifications, and returned to inventory. The Company uses systematic procedures to estimate the valuation of the used parts, which includes consideration of their condition and continuing utility. Reusable aircraft parts are included

32


Table of Contents

    in inventory at the average cost of comparable parts. The rework costs are expensed as incurred. The Company also records an allowance for obsolescent and slow-moving parts, relying principally on specific identification of such inventory. Valuation reserves related to obsolescence and slow-moving inventory were $7.3 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
    Property and Equipment
 
    The Company records its property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, the Company uses the straight-line method to compute depreciation based upon estimated useful lives of five to fifteen years for flight equipment and three to ten years for other equipment. The salvage value used in calculating depreciation of aircraft ranges from 30% to 40%. The Company uses accelerated depreciation methods for tax purposes. The cost of scheduled inspections and modifications for flight equipment are charged to maintenance expense as incurred. Modifications that enhance the operating performance or extend the useful lives of the aircraft are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining life of the asset. Upon selling or otherwise disposing of property and equipment, the Company removes the cost and accumulated depreciation from the accounts and reflects any resulting gain or loss in earnings at the time of sale or other disposition.
 
    Effective January 1, 2005 and prospectively, the Company reassessed the salvage values applicable to major modifications to aircraft based on updated estimates derived from recent aircraft sales. The adjustment for the year 2005 resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense ($1.6 million). In addition, the Company incurred approximately $1.1 million of expense in 2005 for repairs to an aircraft that incurred substantial damage due to a weather related incident.
 
    The Company reviews its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company measures recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows that it expects the asset to generate. When an asset is determined to be impaired, the Company recognizes that impairment amount, which is measured by the amount that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Similarly, the Company reports assets that it expects to sell at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
 
    Self-Insurance
 
    The Company maintains a self-insurance program for a portion of its health care costs. Self-insurance costs are accrued based upon the aggregate of the liability for reported claims and the estimated liability for claims incurred but not reported. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, of accrued liabilities related to health care claims.
 
    During 2005, the Company established an offshore insurance captive to realize savings in reinsurance costs on its insurance premiums. Amounts paid to the captive in 2006 and 2005 totaled $3.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The financial position and operations of the insurance captive were not significant in 2006 nor 2005. The captive is fully consolidated in the accompanying financial statements.
 
    Concentration of Credit Risk
 
    Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of short-term investments and trade accounts receivable. Short-term investments include auction rate securities and money market securities. The Company does not believe significant credit risk exists with respect to these securities at December 31, 2006.
 
    PHI conducts a majority of its business with major and independent oil and gas exploration and production companies with operations in the Gulf of Mexico. The Company also provides services to major medical centers and US governmental agencies. The Company continually evaluates the financial strength of its customers but generally does not require collateral to support the customer receivables. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, current market conditions, and other information. Collection efforts are typically exhausted at approximately nine months, at which time unpaid amounts are charged off as uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.1 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005,

33


Table of Contents

respectively. The Company’s largest domestic oil and gas customer accounted for 17%, 14%, and 13%, of consolidated operating revenues for years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company also carried accounts receivable from this same customer totaling 14% of net trade receivable on December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Trade receivables representing amounts due pursuant to air medical services are carried net of an allowance for estimated contractual adjustments on unsettled invoices. The Company monitors its collection experience by payor category within the Air Medical segment and updates its estimated collections to be realized based on its most recent collection experience.
Stock Compensation
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (R),“Share Based Payment.” SFAS No. 123 (R) supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB’’) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows”. Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123 (R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123 (R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. As permitted by SFAS No. 123, prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based payments to employees using the intrinsic value method of and, as such, generally recognized no compensation expense for employee stock options. In September 2001, the Company underwent a change of control and as a result, all awards issued prior to the change of control became fully vested. The Company has not issued any shares, options or rights under its stock plan since 2001. As a result, no pro forma information for 2005 and 2004 is necessary under SFAS 123. We have adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective method. Under the modified-prospective method, the prior periods’ financial statements are not restated. As no employee stock options were granted in the current period, the adoption of SFAS No. 123 (R) had no impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. The impact on future periods will be dependent on levels of share based payments granted in the future.
Stock-based employee compensation expense relates to restricted stock grants and stock options that were settled for cash. The employee compensation expense for stock grants and options settled for cash was $0 for 2006, $122,498 for 2005, and $45,000 for 2004. There have been no stock awards granted since 2001.
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The deferred tax assets and liabilities measurement uses enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company recognizes the effect of any tax rate changes in income of the period that included the enactment date.
Earnings per Share
The Company computes basic earnings per share by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The diluted earnings per share computation uses the weighted average number of shares outstanding adjusted for incremental shares attributed to dilutive outstanding options to purchase common stock.
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs of obtaining long term debt financing are deferred and amortized ratably over the term of the related debt agreement.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company has not engaged in activities involving financial derivatives during the years 2004, 2005, and 2006.

34


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertain tax positions, as defined. FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. This interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company estimates the cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 to be immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is encouraged provided that the reporting entity has not yet issued financial statements for that fiscal year including financial statements for an interim period within that fiscal year. The Company is assessing SFAS No. 157 and has not determined yet the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158 requires the Company, as the sponsor of a plan, to (a) recognize on its Balance Sheets as an asset a plan’s over-funded status or as a liability such plan’s under-funded status, (b) measure a plan’s assets and obligations as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of its plans in the year in which changes occur through adjustments to other comprehensive income. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31, 2006. The following table summarizes the effect of the adjustments to record the adoption of SFAS No. 158 (in thousands):
                         
            Change    
    Before Adoption   due to   After Adoption of
    of SFAS No. 158   SFAS No. 158   SFAS No. 158
Other Long-Term Liabilities:
                       
Benefit obligations
  $ 1,192     $ (129 )   $ 1,063  
 
                       
Deferred income taxes
          52       52  
 
                       
Shareholders’ Equity:
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive income
          77       77  
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statements No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits the Company to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible items at fair value (the “fair value option”). The Company would report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting period. This accounting standard is effective as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The Company is assessing SFAS No. 159 and has not determined yet the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on its results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive Income includes net earnings and other comprehensive income items such as revenues, expenses, gains or losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income, but excluded from net income. Since 2002, the Company has no such items required to be excluded from net earnings. Accordingly, there is no difference between net earnings and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, or 2004.

35


Table of Contents

Goodwill
Goodwill represents costs in excess of the fair value acquired in connection with purchase business combinations. Goodwill arose in connection with the acquisition of a company related to the planned expansion of the Air Medical segment. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, the Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually on January 1 st or if impairment indicators are present. The impairment evaluation for goodwill is performed by using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible assets) in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. The Company performed the test at January 1 st and determined that no impairment charge for goodwill was required.
Restatement
The Company has determined that its auction rate securities were not properly classified in its 2005 balance sheet. As a result the accompanying 2005 balance sheet has been restated to classify $66.5 million from cash and cash equivalents to short-term investments-available for sale. The Company has also made corresponding adjustments to its consolidated statements of cash flows for 2005 and 2004 to reflect the gross purchases and sales of these securities as investing activities rather than as a component of cash and cash equivalents. The condensed financial information in Note 13 also reflects these adjustments. The Company had historically classified these securities as cash equivalents based on management’s likely ability to liquidate its holdings during the predetermined interest rate reset auctions, however, the definition of a cash equivalent in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows”, requires the classification of these securities as short-term investments. There was no impact on previously reported net earnings, cash flows from operating activities or shareholders’ equity as a result of this restatement.
(2)   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The following table summarizes the Company’s property and equipment at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Flight equipment
  $ 480,934     $ 416,076  
Other
    74,638       67,645  
 
           
 
    555,572       483,721  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (186,107 )     (172,043 )
 
           
Property and equipment, net
  $ 369,465     $ 311,678  
 
           
Property and equipment at December 31, 2005 included aircraft with a net book value of $1.1 million that was held for sale.
(3)   LONG-TERM DEBT
On April 12, 2006, the Company issued $200.0 million of 7.125% Senior Notes that mature in 2013. These Notes were offered and sold in a private placement under Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933. Net proceeds of $196.0 million were used to repurchase $184.8 million of our outstanding 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2009 pursuant to a tender offer that also closed on April 12, 2006. The total cost to repurchase those notes was $201.6 million, including the tender offer premium and accrued interest. The Company called for redemption on May 1, 2006, the remaining $15.2

36


Table of Contents

million of 9 3/8% notes outstanding, at a redemption price of 104.688% of their face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Interest on the 7.125% notes is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15, and those notes mature April 15, 2013. The estimated annual interest cost of the new notes is $14.3 million, excluding amortization of issuance costs, which represents a reduction in annual interest cost on the notes of $4.5 million. As a result of the early redemption of the 9 3/8% notes, a pretax charge of $12.8 million ($7.7 million, net of tax) was recorded as a charge for debt restructuring in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, which consisted of $9.8 million for the early call premium, $2.6 million of unamortized issuance costs, and $0.4 million in related expenses for the tender of outstanding notes.
The new notes contain restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, dividends, repurchases of capital stock and other payments affecting restricted subsidiaries, issuance and sales of restricted subsidiary stock, dispositions of proceeds of asset sales, and mergers and consolidations or sales of assets. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior basis by all of the Company’s Guarantor Subsidiaries. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We were in compliance with the covenants applicable to these notes as of December 31, 2006.
The Company has a $35 million revolving credit facility with a commercial bank, which is scheduled to expire on September 1, 2008. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $5.5 million in borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and the Company had $3.3 million under the credit facility at December 31, 2005. The Company had five letters of credit for $5.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2006, and four letters of credit for $4.2 million outstanding at December 31, 2005. The credit agreement permits both prime rate based borrowings and “LIBOR” rate borrowings plus a spread. The spread for LIBOR borrowings is from 1.25% to 3.0%. The Company will pay an annual 0.25% commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The credit agreement includes covenants related to working capital, funded debt to net worth, and consolidated net worth. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. The credit agreement is collateralized by accounts receivable and inventory. Also included in notes payable at December 31, 2005 was $1.0 million, representing finance agreements on purchase commitments for transport category aircraft as further described at Note 8.
Cash paid for interest was $16.5 million, $19.5 million, and $19.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
(4)   INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) is composed of the following:
                         
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Current
                       
Federal
  $     $ 343     $  
State
          (50 )     (1,142 )
Foreign
    1,175       1,371       1,077  
Deferred — principally Federal
    (1,588 )     6,415       3,845  
 
                 
Total
  $ (413 )   $ 8,079     $ 3,780  
 
                 

37


Table of Contents

Income tax expense (benefit) as a percentage of pre-tax earnings varies from the effective Federal statutory rate of 34% as a result of the following:
                                                 
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004  
    (Thousands of dollars, except percentage amounts)  
    Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  
Income taxes at statutory rate
  $ (367 )     (34 )   $ 7,559       34     $ 2,636       34  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                                               
Effect of foreign tax expense, net of U.S. benefits
                            679       9  
Hurricane relief credit
                (537 )     (2 )            
Effect of state income taxes
    (35 )     (3 )     762       3       298       4  
Other items — net
    (11 )     (1 )     295       1       167       2  
 
                                   
Total
  $ (413 )     (38 )   $ 8,079       36     $ 3,780       49  
 
                                   
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented below (in thousands):
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Deferred compensation
  $ 1,644     $ 1,652  
Foreign tax credits
    5,792       4,617  
Vacation accrual
    962       1,419  
Inventory valuation
    3,355       3,549  
Workman’s compensation reserve
    323       190  
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
    19       2,297  
Alternative minimum tax credit
    343       343  
Hurricane relief credit
    814       814  
Other
    720       1,321  
Net operating loss
    34,192       23,282  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    48,164       39,484  
Valuation allowance — tax credit carryforwards
    (2,142 )     (2,142 )
 
           
Total deferred tax assets, net
    46,022       37,342  
 
           
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation
    (74,326 )     (68,167 )
 
           
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (74,326 )     (68,167 )
 
           
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (28,304 )   $ (30,825 )
 
           
A valuation allowance was recorded against certain foreign tax credits paid in 2004 and prior as management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset related to certain foreign tax credit carryforwards will not be realized during their carryforward period. The estimated future U.S. taxable income, after utilization of the available net operating loss carryforwards, will limit the ability of the Company to utilize the foreign tax credit carryforwards during their carryforward period. Due to recent changes in the tax laws extending the credit carryforward period, management believes that a valuation allowance is not necessary for foreign tax credits generated in 2006 and 2005. A tax credit of $0.8 million was realized in 2005 as a result of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita Legislation. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, other current assets include $4.5 million and $8.1 million, respectively, of deferred tax assets.
The Company has net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), of approximately $90.0 million that, if not used will expire beginning in 2022 through 2026. Additionally, for state income tax purposes, the Company has NOLs of approximately $72.0 million available to reduce future state taxable income. These NOLs expire in varying amounts beginning in 2012 through 2026, the majority of which expires in 2017 and through 2020. Most of these NOLs arose from accelerated tax depreciation deductions related to substantial aircraft additions since 2002.

38


Table of Contents

Income taxes paid were approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company received net income tax refunds of approximately $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
(5)   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Savings and Retirement Plans
The Company maintains an Employee Savings Plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matches 2% for every 1% of an employee’s salary deferral contribution, not to exceed 3% of the employee’s compensation. The Company contributions were $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
The Company maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). During January 2006, active employees were given a substitute benefit in the Officer Deferred Compensation Plan based on a calculated present value participant’s interest in the SERP except for the four remaining retired participants. As a result, approximately $2.0 million of the SERP liability was transferred to the Deferred Compensation Liability in 2006.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158 for its SERP plan. For additional information relating to this accounting pronouncement and its impacts, see Note 1.
The Company recorded the following plan costs for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Service cost
  $     $ 259     $ 302  
Interest cost
    64       124       111  
Recognized actuarial (gain) loss
    62       53       (30 )
 
                 
Net periodic plan cost
    126       436       383  
 
                 
The benefit obligation, funded status, and assumptions of the plan on December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
  $ 3,413     $ 3,148  
Service cost
          259  
Interest cost
    64       124  
Actuarial loss
    (18 )     13  
Benefits paid
    (384 )     (131 )
Transferred to deferred compensation
    (2,012 )      
 
           
Benefit obligation at the end of the year
    1,063       3,413  
 
           

39


Table of Contents

                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Reconciliation of funded status
               
Unfunded status
    (1,063 )     (3,413 )
Unrecognized actuarial gains
          (123 )
 
           
Total liability included in other long term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet
  $ (1,063 )   $ (3,536 )
 
           
 
               
Weighted average assumptions
               
Discount rate
    5.8 %     4.0 %
Employee turnover/early retirement rate
           
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consists of approximately $129,000 pre-tax in unrecognized actuarial gain in 2006.
The SERP plan is an unfunded arrangement. However, the Company has purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in anticipation of using the life insurance’s cash values and death benefits to help fulfill the obligations of the plan. The Company, as owner of such policies, may sell or redeem the contracts at any time without any obligation to the plan participants. The Company recorded expenses of approximately less than $0.1 million for 2006 and $0.5 million for each of the years 2005 and 2004 related to the life insurance contracts. Cash values of the life insurance contracts, recorded in other assets, are $0.4 million at December 31, 2006 and $0.9 million at December 31, 2005.
The Company maintains an Officer Deferred Compensation Plan that permits key officers to defer a portion of their compensation. The plan is nonqualified and funded. The Company has established a separate account for each participant, which is invested and reinvested from time to time in investments that the participant selects from a list of eligible investment choices. Earnings and losses on the book reserve accounts accrue to the plan participants. Liabilities for the plan are included in other long-term liabilities, and the corresponding investment accounts are included in other assets. Aggregate amounts deferred under the plans were $3.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for the years December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Stock Based Compensation
Under the PHI 1995 Incentive Plan (the “1995 Plan”), the Company is authorized to issue up to 175,000 shares of voting common stock and 575,000 shares of non-voting common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is authorized under the 1995 Plan to grant stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, stock awards, and cash awards. The exercise prices of the stock option grants are equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. The 1995 Plan also allows awards under the plan to fully vest upon a change in control of the Company. In September of 2001, the Company underwent a change of control as defined in the 1995 plan and as a result, all awards issued prior to the change of control became fully vested.
During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company granted 20,000 non-voting restricted shares and 150,000 non-voting stock options under the 1995 Plan. The non-voting restricted shares had a fair value of $11.06 on the date of issue and became unrestricted during 2001. The non-voting stock options are 100% vested and expire on September 1, 2010. Such options were exercised in 2005. The Company has not issued any shares, options or rights under the 1995 Plan since 2001.
At December 31, 2006, there were 116,520 voting shares and 183,802 non-voting shares available for issuance under the 1995 Plan. The Company recorded compensation expense related to the 1995 Plan of $0 million for December 31, 2006, $0.2 million for December 31, 2005 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. There was no unearned stock compensation expense at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

40


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes employee and director stock option activities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004. All of the options were issued with an exercise price equal to or greater than the market price of the stock at the time of issue.
                 
    1995    
    Plan    
    Options   Weighted
    Non-   Average
    Voting   Exercise Price
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2003
    217,703       11.63  
Options settled for cash
    (10,750 )     12.75  
 
               
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2004
    206,953       11.57  
Options exercised
    (150,000 )     11.06  
Options settled for cash
    (10,203 )     8.50  
 
               
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2005
    46,750       13.87  
Options exercised
    (8,500 )     12.75  
Options cancelled
    (500 )     12.75  
Balance outstanding at December 31, 2006
    37,750       14.14  
 
               
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2006
    37,750       14.14  
 
               
December 31, 2005
    46,750       13.87  
 
               
December 31, 2004
    206,953       11.57  
 
               
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2006. All of the outstanding stock options are exercisable.
                     
  Options Outstanding and Exercisable
        Remaining    
Number   Contractual   Exercise
Outstanding   Life (Years)   Price
  22,750       2.5     $ 12.75  
  15,000       1.8       16.25  
                 
  37,750       2.4 (1)     14.14  
                 
 
(1)   Weighted Average
Incentive Compensation
During 2002, the Company implemented an incentive plan for non-executive and non-represented employees. The plan allows the Company to pay up to 7% of earnings before tax, net of incentive compensation. During 2004, the Company implemented an Executive/Senior Management plan for certain corporate and business unit management employees. The Company did not record incentive compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2004, as certain requirements under the incentive plans established were not met. For 2005, the Company recorded $2.3 million of incentive compensation expense related to the above plans.

41


Table of Contents

(6)   OTHER ASSETS
The following table summarizes the Company’s other assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Goodwill acquired
  $ 2,747     $ 2,747  
Security deposits on aircraft
    10,170       4,576  
Deferred financing cost
    5,231       3,520  
Investments
    3,298       910  
Other
    2,370       1,513  
 
           
Total
  $ 23,816     $ 13,266  
 
           
During 2006 and 2005, the Company placed security deposits on aircraft to be leased or purchased. Upon delivery of the aircraft, the deposits will be applied to the lease or purchase.
(7)   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair Value — The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 2006 and December 2005. The table excludes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and term notes payable, all of which had fair values approximating carrying amounts .
                                 
    December 31, 2006   December 31, 2005
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
    Amounts   Fair Value   Amounts   Fair Value
 
                               
Long-term debt
  $ 200,000     $ 194,000     $ 200,000     $ 210,500  
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the fair value of long-term debt is based on quoted market indications.
(8)   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases — The Company leases certain aircraft, facilities, and equipment used in its operations. The related lease agreements, which include both non-cancelable and month-to-month terms, generally provide for fixed monthly rentals and, for certain real estate leases, renewal options. The Company generally pays all insurance, taxes, and maintenance expenses associated with these aircraft and some of these leases contain renewal and purchase options. Rental expense incurred under these leases consisted of the following:
                         
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Aircraft
  $ 15,663     $ 5,817     $ 748  
Other
    5,174       5,167       3,906  
 
                 
Total
  $ 20,837     $ 10,984     $ 4,654  
 
                 
The Company began leasing a principal operating facility at Lafayette, Louisiana for twenty years, effective September 2001. The lease expires in 2021 and has three five-year renewal options.
The following table presents the remaining aggregate lease commitments under operating lease having initial non-cancelable terms in excess of one year. The table includes renewal periods on the principal operating facility lease.

42


Table of Contents

                         
    Aircraft     Other     Total  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
2007
  $ 15,663     $ 3,237     $ 18,900  
2008
    15,663       2,652       18,315  
2009
    15,663       1,945       17,608  
2010
    16,265       1,664       17,929  
2011
    17,533       1,348       18,881  
Thereafter
    76,303       10,353       86,656  
 
                 
 
  $ 157,090     $ 21,199     $ 178,289  
 
                 
The Company expects to finance the acquisition of new aircraft, discussed below, with existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, operating leases, the issuance of debt or equity securities or some combination thereof.
In 2006, the Company took delivery of three transport category aircraft, eight medium aircraft and nine light aircraft for service in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment. The Company also took delivery of two light aircraft for service in the Air Medical segment. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, the Company took delivery of four light aircraft for service in Domestic Oil and Gas and one light aircraft for service in the Air Medical segment.
At December 31, 2006, the Company had an order for two additional transport category aircraft, which it intend to finance with an operating lease. The approximate cost for these two aircraft is $37.2 million
At December 31, 2006, the Company also had orders for 34 additional aircraft with a total cost of $144.6 million and scheduled delivery dates throughout 2007 and 2008. Of this total, five aircraft totaling $16.7 million was delivered subsequent to December 31, 2006, as mentioned above.
Environmental Matters — The Company has an aggregate estimated liability of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 for environmental remediation costs that are probable and estimable. The Company has conducted environmental surveys of our former Lafayette Facility, which it vacated in 2001, and has determined that limited soil and groundwater contamination exists at the facility. The Company has installed groundwater monitoring wells at the facility and periodically monitor and report on the contamination. In May 2003, the Company submitted a Louisiana Risk Evaluation/Corrective Action Plan (“RECAP”) Standard Site Assessment Report to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (“LDEQ”) fully delineating the extent and type of contamination. In April, 2006, the Site Assessment was updated to include recent analytical data. LDEQ is reviewing the assessment report. Once LDEQ completes its review and reports on whether all contamination has been fully defined, a risk evaluation in accordance with RECAP will be submitted and evaluated by LDEQ. At that point, LDEQ will establish what cleanup standards must be met at the site. When the process is complete, the Company will be in a position to develop an appropriate remediation plan and determine the resulting cost of remediation. The Company has not recorded any estimated liability for remediation and contamination and, based upon the May 2003 Site Assessment Report, the April 2006 update and ongoing monitoring, it believes the ultimate remediation costs for the former Lafayette facility will not be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
During 2004, LDEQ advised PHI that groundwater contaminants impacting monitor wells at the PHI Lafayette Heliport were originating from an off-site location and that the Company would no longer be required to perform further monitoring at the site. Subsequently, based upon site investigation work performed by the Lafayette Airport Commission, the source of the contamination was identified as residing at another location, for which PHI is not responsible. The Lafayette Airport Commission has begun remediation of the PHI Lafayette Heliport.

43


Table of Contents

Legal Matters — The Company is named as a defendant in various legal actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of business and have not been finally adjudicated. In the opinion of management, the amount of the ultimate liability with respect to these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
As previously reported, on June 15, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the United States Department of Justice relating to a grand jury investigation of potential antitrust violations among providers of helicopter transportation services in the Gulf of Mexico. The Company is cooperating fully with the investigation and believe it has provided all documents and other information required by the subpoena. The Company has not received any further communications from the Department of Justice since shortly providing the requested information. At this stage, it is not possible to assess the outcome of this investigation, although based on the information available to us to date, management does not expect the outcome of the investigation to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.
Purchase Commitments — At December 31, 2006, there were no purchase commitments other than those described above, with respect to aircraft which the Company expects to fund with existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, execute operating leases, or some combination thereof.
Employee Matters - On September 20, 2006, the pilots represented by the OPEIU (the Office and Professional Employees International Union) commenced a general strike affecting both the Domestic Oil and Gas and Air Medical segments. On November 10, the OPEIU made a purported “unconditional” offer for the strikers to return to work and an end to strike activities. On January 11, 2007, the Federal Court for the Western District of Louisiana agreed to the Company’s return-to-work criteria and process for the remaining striking pilots, and the Company is committed to processing those pilots back to work by April 29, 2007. Pilots are currently working under the terms and conditions of employment set forth in the final implementation proposals made by the Company at the end of collective bargaining negotiations on August 28, 2006.
Other issues surrounding PHI’s allegations that the OPEIU engaged in bad faith bargaining, as well as the OPEIU’s counterclaims and claims arising out of the OPEIU’s purported “unconditional” off to return to work, remain outstanding and are expected to be addressed by the same Federal Court. A trial on these matters is currently set to start on November 7, 2007. It is not possible to assess the outcome of the remaining claims and counterclaims.
(9)   BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
PHI is primarily a provider of helicopter services, including helicopter maintenance and repair services. The Company has used a combination of factors to identify its reportable segments as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”). The overriding determination of the Company’s segments is based on how the chief operating decision-maker of the Company evaluates the Company’s results of operations. The underlying factors include customer bases, types of service, operational management, physical locations, and underlying economic characteristics of the types of work the Company performs. The Company identifies four segments that meet the requirements of SFAS 131 for disclosure. The reportable segments are Domestic Oil and Gas, Air Medical, International, and Technical Services.
The Domestic Oil and Gas segment provides helicopter services to oil and gas customers operating in the Gulf of Mexico. The International segment provides helicopters in various foreign countries to oil and gas customers. The Air Medical segment provides helicopter services to hospitals and medical programs in several U.S. states, and also to individuals under which the Company is paid by either a commercial insurance company, federal or state agency, or the patient. The Company’s Air Evac subsidiary is included in the Air Medical segment. The Technical Services segment provides helicopter repair and overhaul services for existing flight operations customers.

44


Table of Contents

The Company’s largest customer, who is a customer in the Domestic Oil and Gas segment, accounted for 17% ($72.2 million), 14% ($50.5 million), and 13% ($37.8 million) of operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
The following table shows information about the profit or loss and assets of each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004. The information contains certain allocations, including allocations of depreciation, rents, insurance, and overhead expenses that the Company deems reasonable and appropriate for the evaluation of results of operations. The Company does not allocate gains on dispositions of property and equipment, other income, interest expense, and corporate selling, general, and administrative costs to the segments. Where applicable, the tables present the unallocated amounts to reconcile the totals to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Segment assets are determined by where they are situated at period-end. Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, other assets, and certain property, plant, and equipment.
                         
            Year Ended        
            December 31,        
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Segment operating revenues
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
  $ 248,035     $ 219,644     $ 180,102  
Air Medical
    133,397       112,123       77,476  
International
    25,588       28,192       24,342  
Technical Services
    6,098       3,651       9,388  
 
                 
Total operating revenues
    413,118       363,610       291,308  
 
                 
 
                 
Segment direct expense
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    213,279       173,177       151,107  
Air Medical
    130,412       104,465       67,664  
International
    18,456       19,099       18,668  
Technical Services
    4,125       2,522       7,935  
 
                 
Total direct expense
    366,272       299,263       245,374  
 
                 
Segment selling, general and administrative expense
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    1,010       1,003       1,499  
Air Medical
    7,384       6,503       6,525  
International
    96       214       49  
Technical Services
    82       7       12  
 
                 
Total selling, general and administrative expense
    8,572       7,727       8,085  
 
                 
Total direct and selling, general and administrative expense
    374,844       306,990       253,459  
 
                 
Net segment profit (loss)
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
    33,746       45,464       27,496  
Air Medical
    (4,399 )     1,155       3,287  
International
    7,036       8,879       5,625  
Technical Services
    1,891       1,122       1,441  
 
                 
Total
    38,274       56,620       37,849  
 
                 
Other, net (1)
    9,946       3,230       2,961  
Unallocated selling, general and administrative costs
    (19,267 )     (17,169 )     (12,949 )
Interest expense
    (17,243 )     (20,448 )     (20,109 )
Loss on debt restructuring
    (12,790 )            
 
                 
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
  $ (1,080 )   $ 22,233     $ 7,752  
 
                 
 
(1)   Including gains on disposition of property and equipment and other income.

45


Table of Contents

                         
            Year Ended        
            December 31,        
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Expenditures for long lived Assets
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
  $ 107,896     $ 55,876     $ 7,614  
Air Medical
    14,446       39,361       18,071  
International
    136       284       198  
Corporate
    775       644       8,038  
 
                 
Total
  $ 123,253     $ 96,165     $ 33,921  
 
                 
                         
            Year Ended        
            December 31,        
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Depreciation and Amortization
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
  $ 15,939     $ 15,829     $ 18,342  
Air Medical
    8,634       6,023       4,992  
International
    1,443       1,236       1,587  
Technical Services
                42  
Corporate
    4,281       4,045       2,880  
 
                 
Total
  $ 30,297     $ 27,133     $ 27,843  
 
                 
 
                       
Assets
                       
Domestic Oil and Gas
  $ 289,349     $ 247,657     $ 227,929  
Air Medical
    166,367       137,911       89,722  
International
    15,170       13,560       12,289  
Corporate
    230,084       150,081       64,233  
 
                 
Total
  $ 700,970     $ 549,209     $ 394,173  
 
                 
The following table presents the Company’s revenues from external customers attributed to operations in the United States and foreign areas and long-lived assets in the United States and foreign areas.
                         
    Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (Thousands of dollars)  
Operating revenues:
                       
United States
  $ 387,530     $ 335,418     $ 266,966  
International
    25,588       28,192       24,342  
 
                 
Total
  $ 413,118     $ 363,610     $ 291,308  
 
                 
 
                       
Long-Lived Assets:
                       
United States
  $ 362,527     $ 303,924     $ 246,819  
International
    6,938       7,754       6,422  
 
                 
Total
  $ 369,465     $ 311,678     $ 253,241  
 
                 
(10)   EFFECTS OF HURRICANES
At December 31, 2005, the Company recognized a loss from Hurricane Katrina on August 29, 2005 and Hurricane Rita on September 24, 2005 of approximately $5.6 million consisting of write-off of inventory and other tangible assets of $2.5 million, incremental repair costs and costs to relocate operations from damaged or destroyed bases of $3.1 million. These losses were offset by insurance recoveries of $5.6

46


Table of Contents

million at December 31, 2005, of which $2.7 million was reflected as receivable from the insurance carriers in accounts receivable, other at December 31, 2005. In 2006, the Company incurred additional repair costs and costs related to relocation of operations from damaged or destroyed bases, of $3.0 million. This loss was offset by insurance recoveries of $3.0 million in 2006. The Company received proceeds from insurance carriers totaling $8.6 million, of which $2.9 million and $5.7 million was received in 2005 and 2006, respectively.
(11)   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The summarized quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 (in thousands of dollars, except per share data) are as follows:
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2006     2006     2006  
    (Thousands of dollars, except per share data)  
Operating revenues
  $ 101,372     $ 107,157     $ 109,315     $ 95,274  
Gross profit
    14,317       17,946       16,091       (1,508 )
Net earnings (loss)
    2,225       (2,755 )     5,122       (5,259 )
Net earnings (loss) per share
                               
Basic
    0.21       (0.19 )     0.34       (0.34 )
Diluted
    0.21       (0.19 )     0.33       (0.34 )
                                 
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
    2005   2005   2005   2005
    (Thousands of dollars, except per share data)
Operating revenues
  $ 74,239     $ 86,783     $ 100,018     $ 102,570  
Gross profit
    10,203       13,887       19,834       20,422  
Net earnings
    359       1,961       5,460       6,374  
Net earnings per share
                               
Basic
    0.07       0.32       0.53       0.62  
Diluted
    0.07       0.31       0.53       0.62  
(12)   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
On April 12, 2006, the Company completed the sale of 4,287,920 non-voting common shares at $35.00 per share and on May 1, 2006, the Company completed the sale of the over-allotment of 578,680 shares also at $35.00 per share. Proceeds from the offering were $160.7 million, net of expenses.
The Company had an average of 13.9 million common shares outstanding for the period ended December 31, 2006, compared to an average of 8.0 million shares for the period ended December 31, 2005. The increase was the result of the equity offerings in April 2006 and June 2005.
(13)   CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION — GUARANTOR ENTITIES
On April 12, 2006, the Company issued $200 million of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2013 and retired $184.8 million of 9 3/8% Series B Senior Notes due 2009. On May 1, 2006, the Company redeemed the remaining $15.2 million 9 3/8% Series B Senior Notes.
The 7.125% Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several, senior basis by all of the Company’s Guarantor Subsidiaries.

47


Table of Contents

The following condensed financial information sets forth, on a consolidating basis, the balance sheet, statement of operations, and statement of cash flows information for PHI, Inc. (“Parent Company Only”) and the Guarantor Subsidiaries. The principal eliminating entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries, intercompany balances, and intercompany revenues and expenses.
PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    December 31, 2006  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                               
Current Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 385     $ 435     $     $ 820  
Short-term investments
    153,414                   153,414  
Accounts receivable — net of allowance
    75,642       13,652             89,294  
Inventories of spare parts and supplies
    55,596                   55,596  
Other current assets
    7,922       8             7,930  
Refundable income taxes
    44       591             635  
 
                       
Total current assets
    293,003       14,686             307,689  
 
                               
Investment in subsidiaries
    46,226             (46,226 )      
Intercompany receivable
          44,085       (44,085 )      
Other assets
    23,759       57             23,816  
Property and equipment, net
    361,570       7,895             369,465  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 724,558     $ 66,723     $ (90,311 )   $ 700,970  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                               
Current liabilities:
                               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 46,653     $ 4,354     $     $ 51,007  
Intercompany payable
    44,085             (44,085 )      
Accrued vacation payable
    2,295       288             2,583  
 
                       
Total current liabilities
    93,033       4,642       (44,085 )     53,590  
 
                               
Long-term debt
    205,500                   205,500  
Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities
    25,900       15,855             41,755  
Shareholders’ Equity Paid-in capital
    292,222       4,402       (4,402 )     292,222  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    77                   77  
Retained earnings
    107,826       41,824       (41,824 )     107,826  
 
                       
Total shareholders’ equity
    400,125       46,226       (46,226 )     400,125  
 
                       
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 724,558     $ 66,723     $ (90,311 )   $ 700,970  
 
                       
 
1)   Foreign subsidiaries represent minor subsidiaries and are included in the guarantors’ subsidiaries amounts.

48


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    December 31, 2005  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
ASSETS
                               
Current Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,577     $ 459     $     $ 3,036  
Short-term investments
    66,525                   66,525  
Accounts receivable — net of allowance
    81,881       14,236             96,117  
Inventories of spare parts and supplies
    48,123                   48,123  
Other current assets
    9,978       64             10,042  
Refundable income taxes
    (61 )     483             422  
 
                       
Total current assets
    209,023       15,242             224,265  
 
                               
Investment in subsidiaries
    38,700             (38,700 )      
Intercompany receivable
          39,867       (39,867 )      
Other assets
    13,253       13             13,266  
Property and equipment, net
    303,421       8,257             311,678  
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 564,397     $ 63,379     $ (78,567 )   $ 549,209  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                               
Current liabilities:
                               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 46,322     $ 10,605     $     $ 56,927  
Intercompany payable
    39,867             (39,867 )      
Accrued vacation payable
    3,522       289             3,811  
Notes payable
    1,000                   1,000  
 
                       
Total current liabilities
    90,711       10,894       (39,867 )     61,738  
 
                               
Long-term debt
    203,300                   203,300  
Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities
    31,335       13,785             45,120  
Shareholders’ Equity Paid-in capital
    130,558       4,402       (4,402 )     130,558  
Retained earnings
    108,493       34,298       (34,298 )     108,493  
 
                       
Total shareholders’ equity
    239,051       38,700       (38,700 )     239,051  
 
                       
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 564,397     $ 63,379     $ (78,567 )   $ 549,209  
 
                       

49


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2006  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Operating revenues
  $ 357,355     $ 55,763     $     $ 413,118  
Management fees
    2,231             (2,231 )      
Gain on dispositions of property and equipment, net
    1,910                   1,910  
Other
    8,016       20             8,036  
 
                       
 
    369,512       55,783       (2,231 )     423,064  
 
                       
 
                               
Expenses:
                               
Direct expenses
    325,115       41,157             366,272  
Management fees
          2,231       (2,231 )      
Selling, general, and administrative
    25,106       2,733             27,839  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (7,592 )           7,592        
Interest expense
    17,243                   17,243  
Loss on debt restructuring
    12,790                   12,790  
 
                       
 
    372,662       46,121       5,361       424,144  
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (3,150 )     9,662       (7,592 )     (1,080 )
Income taxes
    (2,483 )     2,070             (413 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (667 )   $ 7,592     $ (7,592 )   $ (667 )
 
                       
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Operating revenues
  $ 310,868     $ 52,742     $     $ 363,610  
Management fees
    1,485             (1,485 )      
Gain on dispositions of property and equipment, net
    1,173                   1,173  
Other
    1,988       69             2,057  
 
                       
 
    315,514       52,811       (1,485 )     366,840  
 
                       
 
                               
Expenses:
                               
Direct expenses
    263,861       35,402             299,263  
Management fees
          1,485       (1,485 )      
Selling, general, and administrative
    22,110       2,786             24,896  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (8,921 )           8,921        
Interest expense
    20,448                   20,448  
 
                       
 
    297,498       39,673       7,436       344,607  
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings before income taxes
    18,016       13,138       (8,921 )     22,233  
Income taxes
    3,862       4,217             8,079  
 
                       
 
                               
Net earnings
  $ 14,154     $ 8,921     $ (8,921 )   $ 14,154  
 
                       
 
1)   Foreign subsidiaries represent minor subsidiaries and are included in the guarantors’ subsidiaries amounts.

50


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2004  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Operating revenues
  $ 244,230     $ 47,078     $     $ 291,308  
Management fees
    4,943             (4,943 )      
Gain on dispositions of property and equipment, net
    2,575       (6 )           2,569  
Other
    373       19             392  
 
                       
 
    252,121       47,091       (4,943 )     294,269  
 
                       
 
                               
Expenses:
                               
Direct expenses
    217,072       28,302             245,374  
Management fees
          4,943       (4,943 )      
Selling, general, and administrative
    17,354       3,680             21,034  
Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (7,398 )           7,398        
Interest expense
    20,109                   20,109  
 
                       
 
    247,137       36,925       2,455       286,517  
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings before income taxes
    4,984       10,166       (7,398 )     7,752  
Income taxes
    1,012       2,768             3,780  
 
                       
 
                               
Net earnings
  $ 3,972     $ 7,398     $ (7,398 )   $ 3,972  
 
                       

51


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2006  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 30,142     $ 182     $     $ 30,324  
 
                               
Cash flows from investing activities:
                               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (123,047 )     (206 )           (123,253 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions
    36,809                   36,809  
Purchase (sale) of short-term investments
    (86,889 )                 (86,889 )
Other
    (5,595 )                 (5,595 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (178,722 )     (206 )           (178,928 )
 
                       
 
                               
Cash flows from financing activities:
                               
Proceeds of debt issuance — Senior Notes
    200,000                   200,000  
Premium and costs to retire debt early
    (10,208 )                 (10,208 )
Repayment of Senior Notes
    (200,000 )                 (200,000 )
Debt issuance costs
    (4,857 )                 (4,857 )
Payments on long-term debt
    (1,000 )                 (1,000 )
Proceeds (payments) line of credit, net
    2,200                   2,200  
Proceeds from stock issuance, net
    160,722                   160,722  
Other
    (469 )                 (469 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    146,388                   146,388  
 
                       
 
                               
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,192 )     (24 )           (2,216 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    2,577       459             3,036  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 385     $ 435     $     $ 820  
 
                       
 
1)   Foreign subsidiaries represent minor subsidiaries and are included in the guarantors’ subsidiaries amounts.

52


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
                               
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 27,864     $ 156     $     $ 28,020  
 
                               
Cash flows from investing activities:
                               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (96,161 )     (4 )             (96,165 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions
    10,751                   10,751  
Purchase (sale) of short-term investments
    (52,050 )                 (52,050 )
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (137,460 )     (4 )           (137,464 )
 
                       
 
                               
Cash flows from financing activities:
                               
Proceeds from (payment of) long-term debt, net
    (5,975 )                 (5,975 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    1,025                   1,025  
Proceeds from stock issuance, net
    113,897                   113,897  
 
                       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    108,947                   108,947  
 
                       
 
                               
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (649 )     152             (497 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    3,226       307             3,533  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 2,577     $ 459     $     $ 3,036  
 
                       
                                 
    For the year ended December 31, 2004  
    Parent                    
    Company     Guarantor              
    Only     Subsidiaries (1)     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
                               
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 10,644     $ 261     $     $ 10,905  
 
                               
Cash flows from investing activities:
                               
Acquisition of additional operating locations
    (1,518 )                 (1,518 )
Purchase of property and equipment
    (33,916 )     (5 )             (33,921 )
Proceeds from asset dispositions
    14,395                   14,395  
Purchase (sale) of short-term investments
    2,450                   2,450  
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (18,589 )     (5 )           (18,594 )
 
                       
 
                               
Cash flows from financing activities:
                               
Proceeds from long-term debt, net
    8,275                   8,275  
 
                       
Net cash provided by financing activities
    8,275                   8,275  
 
                       
 
                               
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    330       256             586  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    2,896       51             2,947  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 3,226     $ 307     $     $ 3,533  
 
                       

53


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
None.
ITEM 9.A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that the information required to be included in reports we file or submit to the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, and summarized to timely alert them to material information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries.
During the last quarter, there have not been any changes in our internal controls that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounted principles.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework . Based on this assessment our management believes that, as of December 31, 2006, our internal control over financial reporting is effective under those criteria.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on our management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. This report appears below.

54


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
PHI, Inc.
Lafayette, Louisiana
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A), that PHI, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 of the Company and our report dated March 16, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
March 16, 2007

55


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not Applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning directors and executive officers required by this item will be included in our definitive information statement in connection with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this item will be included in our definitive information statement in connection with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Information required by this item will be included in our definitive information statement in connection with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this item will be included in our definitive information statement in connection with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item will be included in our definitive information statement in connection with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

56


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
                 
            Page
1.   Financial Statements        
    Included in Part II of this report:        
 
               
 
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     27  
 
      Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.     28  
 
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004.
    29  
 
     
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2006,
December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2004.
    30  
 
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31 2005, and December 31, 2004.
    31  
 
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.     32  
 
               
2.   Financial Statement Schedules        
 
     
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.
    59  
3. Exhibits
         
3   Articles of Incorporation and By-laws
 
       
3.1
  (i)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1(i) to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2006).
 
       
 
  (ii)   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2006).
 
       
 
  (iii)   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (As amended through May 1, 2002).
     
4
  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.
 
   
4.1
  Loan Agreement dated as of April 23, 2002 by and among PHI, Inc., Acadian Composites, LLC, Air Evac Services, Inc., Evangeline Airmotive Inc., and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).
 
   
4.2
  1 st Amendment to Loan Agreement dated as of April 23, 2002 by and among PHI, Inc. Acadian Composites, LLC, Air Evac Services, Inc., Evangeline Airmotive Inc., and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004).
 
   
4.3
  Form of Senior Debt Indenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to PHI’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on March 23, 2005, File No. 333-123528)
 
   
4.4
  Form of Subordinated Debt Indenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to PHI’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on March 23, 2005, File No. 333-123528)
 
   
4.5
  First Supplemental Indenture dated April 12, 2006, among PHI, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   

57


Table of Contents

     
 
   
4.6
  Indenture dated April 12, 2006 among PHI, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   
4.7
  Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated April 12, 2006 by and among PHI, Inc., Air Evac Services, Inc., PHI Tech Services, Inc. (formerly Evangeline Airmotive, Inc.), and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   
10
  Material Contracts
 
   
10.2
  The Amended and Restated PHI, Inc. 401 (k) Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2006.
 
   
10.3
  Amended and Restated PHI, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan adopted by PHI’s Board effective July 11, 1995 and approved by the shareholders of PHI on September 22, 1995.
 
   
10.4
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the PHI, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan between PHI and certain of its key employees.
 
   
10.5
  Officer Deferred Compensation Plan II adopted by PHI’s Board effective January 1, 2005.
 
   
10.6
  Articles of Agreement Between PHI, Inc. & Office & Professional Employees International Union and its Local 108 dated June 13, 2001.
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
   
31.1
  Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Al A. Gonsoulin, Chief Executive Officer.
 
   
31.2
  Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Michael J. McCann, Chief Financial Officer.
 
   
32.1
  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Al A. Gonsoulin, Chief Executive Officer.
 
   
32.2
  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Michael J. McCann, Chief Financial Officer.

58


Table of Contents

PHI, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(Thousands of dollars)
                                 
            Additions            
    Balance at   Charged to           Balance at
    Beginning   Costs and           End
Description   of Year   Expenses   Deductions   of Year
 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 163     $     $ 113     $ 50  
Allowance for obsolescent inventory
    6,268       1,502       514       7,256  
 
                               
Year ended December 31, 2005:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 163     $     $     $ 163  
Allowance for obsolescent inventory
    6,988       (70 )     650       6,268  
 
                               
Year ended December 31, 2004:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 120     $ 43     $     $ 163  
Allowance for obsolescent inventory
    5,536       2,400       948       6,988  

59


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
PHI, INC.
By: /s/ Michael J. McCann                                          
          Michael J. McCann
          Chief Financial Officer
          (Principal Financial and
           Accounting Officer)
Pursuant to requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/    Al A. Gonsoulin
  Chairman of the Board   March 16, 2007
 
        Al A. Gonsoulin
  Chief Executive Officer  
 
  and Director    
 
  (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
     
 
       
/s/   Lance F. Bospflug
  Director   March 16, 2007
 
        Lance F. Bospflug
       
 
       
/s/   Arthur J. Breault, Jr.
  Director   March 16, 2007
 
        Arthur J. Breault, Jr.
       
 
       
/s/   Thomas H. Murphy
  Director   March 16, 2007
 
        Thomas H. Murphy
       
 
       
/s/    Richard H. Matzke
  Director   March 16, 2007
 
        Richard H. Matzke
       
 
       
/s/    C. Russell Luigs
  Director   March 16, 2007
 
        C. Russell Luigs
       
 
       
/s/   Michael J. McCann
  Chief Financial Officer   March 16, 2007
 
        Michael J. McCann
  (Principal Financial and    
 
  Accounting Officer)    
 
     

60


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
3   Articles of Incorporation and By-laws
 
       
3.1
  (i)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 3.1(i) to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2006).
 
       
 
  (ii)   Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2006).
 
       
 
  (iii)   Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (As amended through May 1, 2002).
     
4
  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.
 
   
4.1
  Loan Agreement dated as of April 23, 2002 by and among PHI, Inc., Acadian Composites, LLC, Air Evac Services, Inc., Evangeline Airmotive Inc., and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002).
 
   
4.2
  1 st Amendment to Loan Agreement dated as of April 23, 2002 by and among PHI, Inc. Acadian Composites, LLC, Air Evac Services, Inc., Evangeline Airmotive Inc., and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to PHI’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004).
 
   
4.3
  Form of Senior Debt Indenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to PHI’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on March 23, 2005, File No. 333-123528)
 
   
4.4
  Form of Subordinated Debt Indenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to PHI’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on March 23, 2005, File No. 333-123528)
 
   
4.5
  First Supplemental Indenture dated April 12, 2006, among PHI, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   
4.6
  Indenture dated April 12, 2006 among PHI, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   
4.7
  Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated April 12, 2006 by and among PHI, Inc., Air Evac Services, Inc., PHI Tech Services, Inc. (formerly Evangeline Airmotive, Inc.), and International Helicopter Transport, Inc. and Whitney National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to PHI’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2006).
 
   
10
  Material Contracts
 
   
10.2
  The Amended and Restated PHI, Inc. 401 (k) Retirement Plan effective January 1, 2006.

 


Table of Contents

     
 
   
10.3
  Amended and Restated PHI, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan adopted by PHI’s Board effective July 11, 1995 and approved by the shareholders of PHI on September 22, 1995.
 
   
10.4
  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the PHI, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan between PHI and certain of its key employees.
 
   
10.5
  Officer Deferred Compensation Plan II adopted by PHI’s Board effective January 1, 2005.
 
   
10.6
  Articles of Agreement Between PHI, Inc. & Office & Professional Employees International Union and its Local 108 dated June 13, 2001.
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
   
31.1
  Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Al A. Gonsoulin, Chief Executive Officer.
 
   
31.2
  Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Michael J. McCann, Chief Financial Officer.
 
   
32.1
  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Al A. Gonsoulin, Chief Executive Officer.
 
   
32.2
  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Michael J. McCann, Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

Exhibit 3.1 (iii)
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.
(as amended through May 1, 2002)
SECTION 1. OFFICES
      1.1 Principal Office. The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at 2001 S.E. Evangeline Thruway, Lafayette, Louisiana 70508.
      1.2 Additional Offices. The Corporation may have such offices at such other places as the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
SECTION 2. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS
      2.1 Place of Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or these By-laws, all meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place, within or without the State of Louisiana, as may be designated by the Board.
      2.2 Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such date at such time as may be specified by the Board in the call of the meeting, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting. If no annual shareholders’ meeting is held for a period of eighteen months, any shareholder may call such meeting to be held at the registered office of the Corporation as shown on the records of the Secretary of State of Louisiana.
      2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board, or by the shareholders as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
      2.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, the authorized person or persons calling a shareholders’ meeting shall cause written notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting to be given to all shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, at least ten days and not more than sixty days prior to the day fixed for the meeting. Notice of the annual

 


 

meeting need not state the purpose or purposes thereof, unless action is to be taken at the meeting as to which notice is required by law or the By-laws. Notice of a special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes thereof, and the business conducted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.
      2.5 List of Shareholders . At every meeting of shareholders, a list of shareholders entitled to vote, arranged alphabetically and certified by the Corporation’s Secretary or by the agent of the Corporation having charge of transfers of shares, showing the number and class of shares held by each such shareholder on the record date for the meeting, shall be produced on the request of any shareholder.
      2.6 Quorum . At all meetings of shareholders, the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the Corporation shall constitute a quorum; provided that this subsection shall not have the effect of reducing the vote required to approve or affirm any matter that may be established by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws.
      2.7 Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting a majority of the total voting power shall decide each question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or the Articles of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by plurality vote.
      2.8 Proxies-General . At any meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing executed by such shareholder and bearing a date not more than eleven months prior to the meeting, unless the instrument provides for a longer period, but in no case will an outstanding proxy be valid for longer than three years from the date of its execution. The person appointed as proxy need not be a shareholder of the Corporation.
      2.9 Execution of Proxies . Any proxy must be executed by a shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent. Any signature on a proxy may be affixed by any reasonable means, including but not limited to facsimile signature.
      2.10 Electronically Transmitted Proxies . A shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or similar agent duly
-2-

 


 

authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission; provided, however, that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission shall be submitted with information from which the Corporation may determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.
      2.11 Validity of Copies and other Reproductions of Proxies . Any copy, facsimile, telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant hereto may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
      2.12 Voting Power Present or Represented . For purposes of determining the amount of voting power present or represented at any annual or special meeting of shareholders with respect to voting on a particular proposal, shares as to which the proxy holders have been instructed to abstain from voting on the proposal, and shares that have been precluded from voting (whether by law, regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, rules or by-laws of any self-regulatory organization or otherwise), will not be treated as present; but such shares will be counted as present for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum.
      2.13 Adjournments . Adjournments of any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without new notice being given unless a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, but any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day until such directors shall have been elected.
      2.14 Withdrawal . If a quorum is present or represented at a duly organized meeting, such meeting may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum as fixed in Section 2.6 of these By-laws, or the refusal of any shareholders present to vote.
      2.15 Lack of Quorum . If a meeting cannot be organized because a quorum has not attended, those present may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 73C of the Business Corporation Law of Louisiana. In the case of any meeting called for the election of directors, those who attend the second of such
-3-

 


 

adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum as fixed in Section 2.6 hereof, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.
      2.16 Presiding Officer . The Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, in that order, or in their absence, a chairman designated by the Board, shall preside at all shareholders’ meetings.
      2.17 Definitions of Shareholder, Voting Power and Voting Power Present. As used in these By-laws, and unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the term “shareholder” shall mean a person who is (i) the record holder of shares of the Corporation’s voting stock or (ii) a registered holder of any bonds, debentures or similar obligations granted voting rights by the Corporation pursuant to La. R.S. 12:75, (b) the term “voting power” shall mean the right vested by law, these By-laws or the Articles of Incorporation in the shareholders to vote in the determination of a particular question or matter and (c) the term “total voting power” shall mean the total number of votes that the shareholders are entitled to cast in the determination of a particular question or matter.
      2.18 Notice of Stockholder Business.
          (a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
     (1) The proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-Law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law.
     (2) For other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to paragraph (A) (1) (c), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, the notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; but if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day before such
-4-

 


 

annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day before such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.
     (3) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.
          (b) General.
     (1) Only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was proposed, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law and, if any proposed business is not in compliance with this By-Law, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded.
     (2) For purposes of this By-Law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
-5-

 


 

     (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law. Nothing in this By-Law shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule l4a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (ii) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.
SECTION 3. DIRECTORS
      3.1 Powers; Number. All of the corporate powers shall be vested in, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, the Board, which shall consist of six natural persons; provided that, if after proxy material for any meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected are mailed to shareholders, any person or persons named therein to be nominated at the direction of the Board becomes unable or unwilling to serve, the foregoing number of authorized directors shall be automatically reduced by a number equal to the number of such persons unless the Board, by a majority vote of the entire Board, selects an additional nominee; provided that in no event shall the number of directors so authorized, nominated and elected be less than the number required by law. No amendment to this Section to decrease the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. No director need be a shareholder.
      3.2 Powers. The Board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things that are not by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws directed or required to be done by the shareholders.
      3.3 General Election . At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire. Such newly elected directors shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election and until their successors are elected and qualified. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting and until his successor is elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
      3.4 Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws (a) the office of a director shall become vacant if he dies, resigns or is removed from office and (b) the Board may declare vacant
-6-

 


 

the office of a director if he (i) is interdicted or adjudicated an incompetent, (ii) is adjudicated a bankrupt, (iii) in the sole opinion of the Board becomes incapacitated by illness or other infirmity so that he is unable to perform his duties for a period of six months or longer, or (iv) ceases at any time to have the qualifications required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws.
      3.5 Filling Vacancies . In the event of a vacancy (including any vacancy resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors, or from failure of the shareholders to elect the full number of authorized directors), the remaining directors, even though not constituting a quorum, may fill any vacancy on the Board for the unexpired term by a majority vote of the directors remaining in office, provided that the shareholders shall have the right, at any special meeting called for the purpose prior to such action by the Board, to fill the vacancy.
      3.6 Notice of Shareholder Nominees . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.6 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a meeting of shareholders by or at the direction of the Board or by a shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.6. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Corporation’s Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 45 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that if less than 55 days notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be received no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth the following:
          (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or e-election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation of which such person is the beneficial owner and the number of votes such person is entitled to cast at the shareholders’ meeting and (iv) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including without limitation such person’s written consent to
-7-

 


 

being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and
          (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and address of such shareholder and (b) the class and number of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation of which such shareholder is the beneficial owner and the number of votes such person is entitled to cast at the shareholders’ meeting. If requested in writing by the Corporation’s Secretary at least 15 days in advance of the meeting, such shareholder shall disclose to the Secretary, within 10 days of such request, whether such person is the sole beneficial owner of the shares held of record by him; and, if not, the name and address of each other person known by the shareholder of record to claim a beneficial interest in such shares.
At the request of the Board, any person nominated by or at the direction of the Board for election as a director shall furnish to the Corporation’s Secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee. If a shareholder seeks to nominate one or more persons as directors, the Secretary shall appoint two inspectors (the “Inspectors”), who shall not be affiliated with the Corporation, to determine whether a shareholder has complied with this Section 3.6. If the Inspectors shall determine that a shareholder has not complied with this Section 3.6, the Inspectors shall direct the chairman of the meeting to declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws; and the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
      3.7 Compensation of Directors . Directors as such, shall receive such compensation for their services as may be fixed by resolution of the Board and shall receive their actual expenses of attendance, if any, for each regular or special meeting of the Board; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
SECTION 4. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
      4.1 Place of Meetings. The meetings of the Board may be held at such place within or without the State of Louisiana as a majority of the directors may from time to time appoint.
      4.2 Initial Meetings . The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the shareholders’ meeting at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such first
-8-

 


 

meeting shall be necessary for the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting.
      4.3 Regular Meetings; Notice . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. No notice of regular meetings of the Board shall be required provided that the date, time and place of regular meetings are fixed by the Board.
      4.4 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman on reasonable notice given to each director, either personally or by telephone, mail, e-mail or by telegram. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the directors, and if such officer fails or refuses, or is unable within 24 hours to call a meeting when requested, then the directors making the request may call the meeting on two days’ written notice given to each director. The notice of a special meeting of directors need not state its purpose or purposes, but if the notice states a purpose or purposes and does not state a further purpose to consider such other business as may properly come before the meeting, the business to be conducted at the special meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
      4.5 Waiver of Notice . Directors present at any regular or special meeting shall be deemed to have received due, or to have waived, notice thereof, provided that a director who participates in a meeting by telephone (as permitted by Section 4.9) shall not be deemed to have received or waived due notice if, at the beginning of the meeting, he objects to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called.
      4.6 Quorum . A majority of the Board shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and except as otherwise provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws, the acts of a majority of the Board at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.
      4.7 Withdrawal . If a quorum is present when the meeting convened, the directors present may continue to do business, taking action by vote of a majority of a quorum as fixed in Section 4.6, until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum as fixed in Section 4.6 or the refusal of any director present to vote.
      4.8 Action by Consent. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, may be taken by a consent in writing signed by
-9-

 


 

all of the directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, and filed with the records of proceedings of the Board or such committee.
      4.9 Meetings by Telephone or Similar Communication . Members of the Board may participate at and be present at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in such meeting can hear and communicate with each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
SECTION 5. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
      5.1 General. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors (and one or more directors may be named as alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified regular members), which, to the extent provided by resolution of the Board or the By-laws, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to documents, but no such committee shall have power or authority in reference to amending the Articles of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger, consolidation, or share exchange, recommending to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending the By-laws; and unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in the By- laws, or as may be determined, from time to time, by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any such committee shall be filled by the Board, but the Chairman of the Board may designate another director to serve on the committee pending action by the Board. Each such member of a committee shall hold office during the term of the Board constituting it, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
      5.2 Compensation Committee . The Board shall establish a Compensation Committee consisting of at least two directors each of whom shall (i) be a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) not serve, and shall not have served in the past, as an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its affiliates. The Compensation
-10-

 


 

Committee shall determine the compensation of officers and key employees of the Corporation and administer the Corporation’s stock incentive plans.
      5.3 Audit Committee . The Board shall establish an Audit Committee consisting of at least a majority of directors who are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates, and who meet the qualifications of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The Audit Committee shall have such responsibilities and authority as is contained in a written Audit Committee Charter approved from time to time by the Board.
      5.4 Procedures for Committees. Each committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings and all actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board at its next meeting, whether regular or special. Failure to keep written minutes or to make such reports shall not affect the validity of action taken by a committee. Each committee shall adopt such rules (not inconsistent with the Articles of Incorporation, these By-laws or any regulations specified for such committee by the Board) as it shall deem necessary for the proper conduct of its functions and the performance of its responsibilities.
SECTION 6. REMOVAL OF BOARD MEMBER
     Any director or the entire Board may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the total voting power at a meeting of shareholders duly called for that purpose. The shareholders at such meeting may proceed to elect a successor or successors for the unexpired term of the director or directors removed. Except as provided in this Section 6, directors shall not be subject to removal.
SECTION 7. NOTICES
      7.1 Form of Delivery. Whenever under the provisions of law the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice unless otherwise specifically provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws, but such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such shareholder or director at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Such notices shall be deemed to have been given at the time they are deposited in the United States mail. Notice to a director pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof may also be given personally or by telephone, e-mail or telegram sent to his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records.
      7.2 Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by
-11-

 


 

the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. In addition, notice shall be deemed to have been given to, or waived by, any shareholder or director who attends a meeting of shareholders or directors in person, or is represented at such meeting by proxy, without protesting at the commencement of the meeting the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
SECTION 8. OFFICERS
      8.1 Designations. The Corporation’s officers shall be a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Controller and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any two offices may be held by one person, provided that no person holding more than one office may sign, in more than one capacity, any certificate or other instrument required by law to be signed by two officers.
      8.2 Appointment of Certain Officers . At the first meeting of each newly elected Board, or at such other time when there shall be a vacancy, the Board shall elect the Corporation’s officers.
      8.3 Appointment of Other Officers . As soon as practicable after his or her election, the Chief Executive Officer may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. The Chief Executive Officer shall, following such appointment or appointments, cause to be filed with the minutes of the meeting of the Board an instrument specifying the officers selected. The Chief Executive Officer may also appoint such other employees and agents of the Corporation as he or she may deem necessary, or may vest the authority to appoint such other employees and agents in such other of the Corporation’s officers as he or she deems appropriate subject in all cases to his or her discretion. Whenever by law or the terms of the instrument, a vice-president is necessary to execute any instrument in the absence of execution by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, then the Chief Financial Officer and any officer designated as a Director of a particular function or designated in a specific grant of authority, shall be deemed a vice-president of the Corporation for such purpose. Subject to these By-laws, all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation shall hold their offices or positions for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be specified from time to time by the Board or, except with respect to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer.
-12-

 


 

      8.4 Removal . The Board or, except with respect to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officers, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not in and of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, other than Chairman of the Board, by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer until the next regular or special meeting of the Board.
      8.5 The Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall have general oversight of the business and affairs of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the directors and shareholders, and shall exercise such additional powers and perform such additional duties as may be specified from time to time by the Board.
      8.6 The Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active responsibility for the management of the Corporation’s business, shall be responsible for implementing all orders and resolutions of the Board, shall supervise the daily operations of the Corporation’s business and shall, in the absence of the Chairman, preside at meetings of the Board and of the shareholders.
      8.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer, and shall perform such other duties as the Board shall prescribe.
      8.8 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the shareholders, record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board, and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or Chief Executive Officer. The Secretary shall also keep in safe custody the Corporation’s seal, if any, and affix the seal to any instrument requiring it.
      8.9 The President . The President shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board and shall perform such duties as may be requested from time to time by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the By-laws.
      8.10 The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Corporation’s principal financial officer and shall manage the Corporation’s financial affairs and direct the activities of the Treasurer and other officers responsible for the Corporation’s financial affairs. The Chief Financial Officer may sign, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation contracts, bonds
-13-

 


 

and other obligations, shall be responsible for all of the Corporation’s internal and external financial reporting and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the By-laws.
      8.11 The Treasurer. As directed by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall have general custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may sign, with the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or such other person or persons as may be designated for the purpose by the Board, all bills of exchange or promissory notes of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Chief Financial Officer or the By-laws.
      8.12 The Controller . The Controller shall assist the Chief Financial Officer as directed in accounting, financial reporting, bookkeeping and accounting procedures and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Chief Financial Officer.
SECTION 9. STOCK
      9.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by the President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary evidencing the number and class (and series, if any) of shares owned by him, containing such information as required by law and bearing the seal of the Corporation. If any stock certificate is manually signed by a transfer agent or registrar other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation, the signature of any such officer may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
      9.2 Missing Certificates . The President may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. As a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the officers of the Corporation shall, unless dispensed with by the President, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, (i) to advertise or give the Corporation a bond or (ii) enter into a written indemnity agreement, in each case in an amount appropriate to indemnify the Corporation against any
-14-

 


 

claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
      9.3 Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
SECTION 10. DETERMINATION OF SHAREHOLDERS
      10.1 Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting, or to receive a dividend, or to receive or exercise subscription or other rights, or to participate in a reclassification of stock, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board may fix in advance a record date for determination of shareholders for such purpose, such date to be not more than sixty days and, if fixed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting, not less than ten days, prior to the date on which the action requiring the determination of shareholder is to be taken.
      10.2 Registered Shareholders . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation, and its directors, officers and agents may recognize and treat a person registered on its records as the owner of shares, as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes, and as the person exclusively entitled to have and to exercise all rights and privileges incident to the ownership of such shares, and rights under this Section 10.2 shall not be affected by any actual constructive notice that the Corporation, or any of its directors, officers or agents, may have to the contrary
SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS
      11.1 Dividends . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation, dividends upon the stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, property, or in shares of stock.
      11.2 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time designate. Signatures of the authorized signatories may be by facsimile.
-15-

 


 

      11.3 Fiscal Year . The Board may adopt for and on behalf of the Corporation a fiscal or a calendar year.
      11.4 Seal. The Board may adopt a corporate seal, which seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Failure to affix the seal shall not, however, affect the validity of any instrument.
      11.5 Gender . All pronouns and variations thereof used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, singular or plural, as the identity of the person, persons, entity or entities referred to require.
      11.6 Control Share Acquisitions . Effective as of October 18, 1994, the provisions of Sections 135 through 140.2 of the Business Corporation Law of Louisiana (as amended) shall not apply to acquisitions of shares of the Corporation.
SECTION 12. INDEMNIFICATION
     The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any director, officer or employee against any expenses or costs, including attorneys’ fees, actually or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, against such person or as to which he or she is involved solely as a witness or person required to give evidence because he or she is a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation with any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee. For purposes of this Section 12, the term “Corporation” shall include any predecessor of this Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term “other enterprises” shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service “at the request of the Corporation” shall include service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan that such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.
-16-

 


 

SECTION 13. AMENDMENTS
     The Corporation’s By-laws may be amended or repealed only by a majority of the Board or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power at any regular or special meeting of shareholders, the notice of which states that the proposed amendment or repeal is to be considered at the meeting.
-17-

 

 

Exhibit 10.2
PHI, INC. 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
Working Copy of
2001 Amended and Restated Plan
Effective January 1, 2006
(Incorporating Amendments One through Eight)
Fisher & Phillips LLP
Volume Submitter Plan
This Fisher & Phillips LLP Volume Submitter Specimen Plan Document is the Property of Fisher & Phillips LLP, and may not be Copied, Altered or Adopted Without the Express Written Consent of Fisher & Phillips LLP.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                     
INTRODUCTION     1  
 
                   
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS     2  
 
                   
 
    1.1     Account Balance or Account     2  
 
    1.2     Act     2  
 
    1.3     Affiliate     2  
 
    1.4     Beneficiary     2  
 
    1.5     Board of Directors or Board     2  
 
    1.6     Code     2  
 
    1.7     Company     2  
 
    1.8     Compensation     2  
 
    1.9     Effective Date     4  
 
    1.10     Eligible Employee     4  
 
    1.11     Employee     4  
 
    1.12     Employee Benefits Committee or Committee     5  
 
    1.13     Employer     5  
 
    1.14     Employer Account     5  
 
    1.15     Employment Commencement Date     5  
 
    1.16     Entry Date     5  
 
    1.17     401(k) Account     5  
 
    1.18     401(k) Contributions     5  
 
    1.19     Highly Compensated Employee     5  
 
    1.20     Hour of Service     6  
 
    1.21     Investment Fund     7  
 
    1.22     Limitation Year     7  
 
    1.23     Matching Account     7  
 
    1.24     Matching Contributions     7  
 
    1.25     Nonelective Contribution Account     7  
 
    1.26     Nonhighly Compensated Employee     7  
 
    1.27     Normal Retirement Age     7  
 
    1.28     Normal Retirement Date     7  
 
    1.29     One Year Period of Severance     7  
 
    1.30     Participant     8  
 
    1.31     Plan     8  
 
    1.32     Plan Year     8  
 
    1.33     Predecessor Company     8  
 
    1.34     Prior Plan     8  
 
    1.35     Qualified Domestic Relations Order     8  
 
    1.36     Qualified Nonelective Contributions     8  
 
    1.37     Qualified Matching Contributions     8  
 
    1.38     Rollover Account     8  
 
    1.39     Rollover Contribution     8  
 
    1.40     Service     8  
 
    1.41     Severance of Service     9  
 
    1.42     Spouse or Surviving Spouse     10  
 
    1.43     Totally and Permanently Disabled     10  

 


 

                     
 
    1.44     Trust     10  
 
    1.45     Trustee     10  
 
    1.46     Valuation Date     10  
 
    1.47     Year of Service     10  
 
                   
ARTICLE 2 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION     12  
 
                   
 
    2.1     Initial Participation     12  
 
    2.2     Change in Status     12  
 
    2.3     Participation upon Reemployment     12  
 
    2.4     Ineligible Employees     13  
 
                   
ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS     14  
 
                   
 
    3.1     Employee Contributions     14  
 
    3.2     Company Contributions     14  
 
    3.3     Makeup Contributions     15  
 
    3.4     401(k) Plan Nondiscrimination Testing     15  
 
    3.5     Rollover Contributions     15  
 
    3.6     Method and Time for Payment of Contributions     16  
 
    3.7     Contribution Due to Mistake of Fact     16  
 
    3.8     Nondeductible Overpayment     16  
 
    3.9     Individual Accounting     16  
 
                   
ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATIONS AND VESTING     17  
 
                   
 
    4.1     Allocation of Employee Contributions     17  
 
    4.2     Company Contributions     17  
 
    4.3     Limitation on Annual Addition     18  
 
    4.4     Vesting     20  
 
    4.5     Forfeitures     20  
 
                   
ARTICLE 5 VALUATION OF FUND AND ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES     22  
 
                   
 
    5.1     Valuation of Fund     22  
 
    5.2     Daily Valuation     22  
 
                   
ARTICLE 6 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS     23  
 
                   
 
    6.1     Distribution of Benefits     23  
 
    6.2     Amount, Time and Method of Payment     23  
 
    6.3     Small Benefit Payments     24  
 
    6.4     Minimum Distribution Rules     24  
 
    6.5     Election of Direct Rollover     25  
 
    6.6     Definitions     25  
 
    6.7     Qualified Domestic Relations Order Payments     26  
 
    6.8     Reemployment     26  
 
                   
ARTICLE 7 DEATH BENEFITS     27  
 
                   
 
    7.1     Death Benefits     27  
 
    7.2     Designation of Beneficiary     27  
 
    7.3     Time and Method of Payment     27  

(ii)


 

                     
ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS BY PARTICIPANTS     29  
 
                   
 
    8.1     Hardship Withdrawals from 401(k) Account     29  
 
    8.2     Withdrawal from Rollover Account     30  
 
    8.3     Withdrawals after Age 59 1 / 2     30  
 
    8.4     Limitations on Withdrawals     30  
 
    8.5     Automated Withdrawals     31  
 
                   
ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS — PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS     32  
 
                   
 
    9.1     Participant Directed Investments     32  
 
    9.2     Voting Rights     32  
 
                   
ARTICLE 10 PLAN ADMINISTRATION     33  
 
                   
 
    10.1     Establishment of the Employee Benefits Committee     33  
 
    10.2     Powers of the Employee Benefits Committee     33  
 
    10.3     Duties and Authority of the Employee Benefits Committee     34  
 
    10.4     Actions by the Committee or a Subcommittee     35  
 
    10.5     Indemnification     35  
 
    10.6     Benefit Application and Claims Procedure     35  
 
    10.7     Responsibilities of Named Fiduciaries Other than the Committee     36  
 
    10.8     Allocation of Responsibilities     36  
 
    10.9     Designation of Persons to Carry Out Responsibilities of Named Fiduciaries     36  
 
    10.10     Payment of Expenses     36  
 
                   
ARTICLE 11 PLAN ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION     37  
 
                   
 
    11.1     Amendment of Plan     37  
 
    11.2     Merger     37  
 
    11.3     Form of Amendments     37  
 
    11.4     Acceptance of Transferred Assets     37  
 
    11.5     Plan to Plan Transfers     37  
 
    11.6     Plan Termination or Partial Termination     38  
 
                   
ARTICLE 12 TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE     39  
 
                   
 
    12.1     Trust and Trustee     39  
 
    12.2     Assets of the Trust     39  
 
                   
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS     40  
 
                   
 
    13.1     Limitation of Assignment     40  
 
    13.2     Legally Incompetent Distributee     40  
 
    13.3     Unclaimed Payments     40  
 
    13.4     Notification of Addresses     40  
 
    13.5     Notice of Proceedings and Effect of Judgment     40  
 
    13.6     Severability     40  
 
    13.7     Prohibition Against Reversion     41  
 
    13.8     Limitation of Rights     41  
 
    13.9     Controlling Law     41  

(iii)


 

                     
 
    13.10     Errors in Payment     41  
 
    13.11     USERRA and Code Section 414(u) Compliance     41  
 
    13.12     Loans     41  
 
    13.13     Headings and Use of Words     42  
 
                   
ARTICLE 14 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS     43  
 
                   
 
    14.1     Applicability of this Article     43  
 
    14.2     Top-Heavy and Super Top-Heavy Determination     43  
 
    14.3     Computation of the Aggregate of the Account Balances     43  
 
    14.4     Required Aggregation of Plans     44  
 
    14.5     Permissive Aggregation of Plans     45  
 
    14.6     Special Rules of Top-Heavy Plans and Super Top-Heavy Plans     45  
 
    14.7     Special Definitions     46  
 
                   
ARTICLE 15 GOOD FAITH EGTRRA PROVISIONS     48  
 
                   
 
    15.1     Limitations on Contributions     48  
 
    15.2     Increase in Compensation Limit     48  
 
    15.3     Modification of Top-Heavy Rules     48  
 
    15.4     Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions     49  
 
    15.5     Rollovers from Other Plans     50  
 
    15.6     Rollovers Disregarded in Involuntary Cash-Outs     50  
 
    15.7     Repeal of Multiple Use Test     50  
 
    15.8     Elective Deferrals — Contribution Limitation     50  
 
    15.9     Maximum Salary Reduction Contributions     51  
 
    15.10     Catch-Up Contributions     51  
 
    15.11     Suspension Period Following Hardship Distribution     51  
 
    15.12     Distribution upon Severance from Employment     51  
 
                   
ARTICLE 16 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS     52  
 
                   
 
    16.1     General Rules     52  
 
    16.2     Time and Manner of Distribution     52  
 
    16.3     Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime     53  
 
    16.4     Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death     54  
 
    16.5     Definitions     55  
 
                   
SCHEDULE A 401(k) PLAN NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING   A - 1
 
                   
SCHEDULE B ELIGIBLE UNION EMPLOYEES     B - 1  
 
                   
SCHEDULE C PARTICIPATING AFFILIATES     C - 1  

(iv)


 

INTRODUCTION
     The Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, originally effective as of July 1, 1989, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety. The Plan, as amended and restated hereby, is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, and includes a cash or deferred arrangement that is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code. The Plan is maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries. The Plan is effective January 1, 2001, except where a special effective date applicable to a provision is specified, in which case, the special effective date shall be deemed the effective date of that provision in operating the Plan, even if it relates to a date earlier than the effective date of this amendment and restatement.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the forms of payment and other Plan provisions that were available immediately prior to the later of the effective date of this amendment and restatement or the date this amendment and restatement is adopted and that may not be eliminated under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code, shall continue to be available to Participants who had an account under the Plan on the day immediately preceding the later of the effective date or the date this amendment and restatement is adopted.

 


 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
     Whenever the following capitalized terms are used in a Plan, they have the meanings specified below. Other words and phrases may be used which are not defined in this Article 1, but for convenience, are defined when introduced in the text.
     1.1 Account Balance or Account means the total amount credited to a Participant’s 401(k) Account, After-Tax Account, Matching Account, Nonelective Contribution Account, Employer Account, and Rollover Account. Where the balance in a Participant’s Account is to be determined as of a given Valuation Date, such balance shall be determined after all adjustments and allocations for the Valuation Date have been made.
     1.2 Act means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     1.3 Affiliate means (a) any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) with the Employer, (b) any other trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer, (c) any other corporation, partnership, or other organization which is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(m)) with the Employer, and (d) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).
     1.4 Beneficiary means the person, persons, or entity designated by the Participant under the terms of the Plan to receive any death benefit that becomes payable under the Plan.
     1.5 Board of Directors or Board means the (a) Board of Directors or other governing body of the Employer or (b) person acting with proper authority from the Board.
     1.6 Code means the federal Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     1.7 Company means the Employer and any Affiliate (or the successor of an Affiliate) listed on Schedule C that maintains the Plan with the consent of the Employee Benefits Committee.
     1.8 Compensation
  (a)   General Definition . Compensation generally means wages, salaries and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the employer maintaining the plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in IRS regulations section 1.62-2(c)). Compensation shall include any amount contributed by a Company on behalf of a Participant pursuant to

2


 

      a salary reduction agreement which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 401(k), 402(e)(3) or 402(h). Effective March 1, 2003, Compensation shall also include payments made to an Employee while on leave pursuant to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA). Compensation shall exclude the following:
  (i)   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
 
  (ii)   Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
 
  (iii)   Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
 
  (iv)   Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the employee).
  (b)   For Plan Years beginning in 1997 and thereafter, Compensation shall be limited to $160,000 annually and shall be adjusted for changes in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). For Plan Years of less than 12 months, this limit shall be prorated based on the number of calendar months in the short Plan Year.
 
  (c)   Definition for Purposes of 401(k) Contributions . Notwithstanding (a) above, for purposes of determining an Employee’s 401(k) Contributions, Compensation shall exclude commissions, vacation purchases and other extra or special compensation, such as, but not limited to, safety awards, one-time relocation bonuses, incentive bonuses, and severance pay (including cashout of vacation pay, both banked and current). Effective January 1, 2002, Compensation shall include cash payments of banked vacation pay paid while actively employed and incentive bonuses paid for the 2002 fiscal year and years thereafter.
 
  (d)   Definition for Purposes of Matching Contributions . Notwithstanding (a) above, for purposes of determining Matching Contributions, Compensation shall exclude bonuses, commissions, overtime pay, vacation purchases, and other extra or special compensation such as, but

3


 

      not limited to, safety awards, one time relocation bonuses, incentive bonuses, and severance pay (including cashout of vacation pay, both banked and current). Effective January 1, 2002 Compensation shall include banked vacation pay paid while actively employed and incentive bonuses paid on account of the 2002 fiscal year and years thereafter.
     1.9    Effective Date means January 1, 2001, except to the extent a different effective date is set forth for a specific section in this Plan.
     1.10 Eligible Employee means any Employee actively providing services to a Company or on an authorized leave of absence, other than an Employee who is:
  (a)   covered by a collective bargaining agreement between a union and a Company, provided that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, unless (1) the bargaining agreement specifically provides for participation in this Plan, or (2) the bargaining agreement specifically provides for participation in a tax-qualified plan of a company acquired by the Employer or an Affiliate and the Employee Benefits Committee has consented to participation in this Plan, which consent is evidenced by specifying the bargaining agreement in Schedule B,
 
  (b)   a leased employee, or
 
  (c)   a non-resident alien.
     1.11 Employee means any person, including an officer, who is on the payroll of the Company and whose wages are subject to withholding for purposes of federal income taxes or for purposes of the Federal Insurance Contribution Act. An independent contractor shall not be treated as an Employee for purposes of the Plan without regard to whether such person is a common law employee or retroactively recharacterized as an employee for wage tax purposes.
     A person working at the Company whose employer for payroll purposes is an unrelated third party, shall not be treated as an Employee for purposes of the Plan, without regard to whether such person is a common law employee of the Company.
     The term “leased employee” means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (“leasing organization”) has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control of the recipient. A leased employee shall be treated as an employee of the Company, but only for purposes of coverage testing under 401(b). Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

4


 

     A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:
  (a)   such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:
  (i)   a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee’s gross income under section 125, 132(f)(4), section 402(e)(3), section 402(h)(1)(B) or section 403(b) of the Code,
 
  (ii)   immediate participation, and
 
  (iii)   full and immediate vesting; and
  (b)   leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient’s nonhighly compensated work force.
     1.12 Employee Benefits Committee or Committee means the Employee Benefits Committee established in Article 10 of this Plan which shall consist of not less than three nor more than seven persons appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors to serve at its pleasure and serve as Plan Administrator.
     1.13 Employer means PHI, Inc. and any successor thereto.
     1.14 Employer Account means the account maintained for a Participant which is credited with employer contributions such as profit sharing contributions (other than Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Matching Contributions and Discretionary Contributions).
     1.15 Employment Commencement Date means the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for a Company.
     1.16 Entry Date means the first day of each calendar month.
     1.17 401(k) Account means the account maintained for a Participant which is credited with the Participant’s 401(k) Contributions.
     1.18 401(k) Contributions mean the elective deferrals made pursuant to a Participant’s election which have been contributed in accordance with Code Section 401(k).
     1.19 Highly Compensated Employee means, for Plan Years beginning after 1996, an Employee who:
  (a)   is a 5-percent owner at any time during the year or the preceding year; or
 
  (b)   received compensation during the preceding year from the Company in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d)), and, if

5


 

      the Employer so elects, was a member of the top-paid group for such year.
 
      An employee is in the top-paid group of employees for any year if such employee is in the group consisting of the top 20 percent of employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such year. For purposes of determining the number of employees in the top-paid group, the Company shall exclude employees who:
  (i)   have not completed 6 months of service;
 
  (ii)   normally work less than 17 1 / 2 hours per week;
 
  (iii)   normally work during not more than 6 months in any year;
 
  (iv)   have not attained age 21; and
 
  (v)   except to the extent provided in regulations, are included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the Company.
      A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when such employee separated from service, or such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age 55.
 
      The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of employees in the top-paid group, and the compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
 
      For the 1997 Plan Year, the above rules apply as if they were in effect during the Plan Year beginning in 1996.
     1.20 Hour of Service means:
  (a)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for a Company. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed;
 
  (b)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by a Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, or leave of absence. Such person shall not be considered to have terminated employment under this Section 1.22(b) unless the person fails to return to the employ of the Company at or prior to the expiration date of the person’s absence hereunder, in which case

6


 

      the person shall be deemed to have terminated employment as of the date of commencement of such absence;
 
  (c)   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by a Company. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.
     An Hour of Service credited under Section 1.20(a) or (b) above will not be credited under Section 1.20(c).
     Hours under this Section shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by reference.
     An Hour of Service with an Affiliate that has not adopted the Plan is treated as an Hour of Service with a Company for vesting purposes and for purposes of meeting the eligibility service requirement.
     1.21 Investment Fund means any of the funds in which a Participant may invest his or her Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.
     1.22 Limitation Year means the calendar year.
     1.23 Matching Account means the account maintained for a Participant which is credited with Matching Contributions and/or discretionary matching contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2.
     1.24 Matching Contributions mean the contributions made by a Company which match a Participant’s 401(k) Contributions.
     1.25 Nonelective Contribution Account means the account maintained for a Participant which is credited with Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant.
     1.26 Nonhighly Compensated Employee means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
     1.27 Normal Retirement Age means age 65 with five Years of Service.
     1.28 Normal Retirement Date means the date a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.
     1.29 One Year Period of Severance means a 12-consecutive month period beginning on the date a Severance of Service occurs and ending on the first anniversary of such date, provided that the Employee during the 12-consecutive month period fails to perform an Hour of Service.

7


 

     1.30 Participant means any person who has an Account Balance in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who elects not to contribute to the Plan, shall be treated as a Participant for purposes of Article 14 and Schedule A.)
     1.31 Plan means this Plan and related trust.
     1.32 Plan Year means the calendar year.
     1.33 Predecessor Company means a company or other business entity acquired by the Employer or an Affiliate whose service was counted under the Prior Plan.
     1.34 Prior Plan means the tax-qualified retirement plan of a Company that is restated hereunder, if any.
     1.35 Qualified Domestic Relations Order means a judgment, decree, or order relating to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights, to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent, made pursuant to a state domestic relations law, which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee’s right to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan, as described in Code Section 414(p).
     1.36 Qualified Nonelective Contributions mean the contributions made to comply with Code Section 401(k) or (m) and allocated to a Participant’s Nonelective Contribution Account.
     1.37 Qualified Matching Contributions mean the contributions made to comply with Code Section 401(k) or (m) and allocated to a Participant’s Nonelective Contribution Account.
     1.38 Rollover Account means the account maintained for a Participant which is credited with a Rollover Contribution.
     1.39 Rollover Contribution means the amount rolled over by a Participant or the amount transferred from another plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) or from a qualifying individual retirement account (“IRA”) and allocated to the Participant’s Rollover Account.
     1.40 Service means a period commencing on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or reemployment commencement date, whichever is applicable, and ending on the Employee’s Severance of Service, subject to the following:
  (a)   If an Employee has a Severance of Service because of a quit, discharge or retirement and then performs an Hour of Service within twelve (12) months of the Severance of Service date, he or she shall receive Service credit for the period of time commencing on the date a Severance of Service occurs and ending on the date on which the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate. (hereafter referred to as “Period of Severance”).
 
  (b)   An Employee who has a Severance of Service because of a quit, discharge or retirement during or immediately following an authorized leave of absence, and who performs an Hour of Service within (12)

8


 

      months from the date the leave of absence began, shall receive service credit for the Period of Severance. If an Employee is absent for 12 full months, no service credit is given for the Period of Severance, except as required by Section 13.11.
     In determining an Employee’s Service, a prior period of service not required to be taken into account by reason of a period of severance which constitutes a One Year Period of Severance shall not be recognized under the Plan. If an Employee incurs more than a One Year Period of Severance but less than five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, all Years of Service credited before the period of severance shall be reinstated.
     Service with a Predecessor Company shall be taken into account under the Plan as Service with a Company only with respect to an Employee who was employed by the Predecessor Company on the date its assets or stock were acquired by the Employer or an Affiliate. Service with a Predecessor Company shall be taken into account under the Plan unless previously disregarded under the Plan or the Prior Plan.
     1.41 Severance of Service means the earlier of:
  (a)   the date on which the Employee quits, retires, is discharged or dies;
 
  (b)   the date on which the Employee fails to return to the service of the Company at the expiration of an authorized leave of absence in excess of twelve (12) months or recovery from being Totally and Permanently Disabled in excess of six (6) months; or
 
  (c)   the first anniversary of the first date of a period in which the Employee remains absent from service with the Company (with or without pay) for any reason other than quit, retirement, discharge, death, authorized leave of absence or Total and Permanent Disability (such as vacation, holiday, sickness, unauthorized leave of absence or layoff).
     Severance of Service shall not occur and credit for vesting purposes shall be given for the following:
  (d)   a period of service with the Armed Forces of the United States of America, if an Employee who left active service with the Company to enter and did directly enter such Armed Forces, returned to active employment within the time and under the conditions which entitle him/her to reemployment rights under the laws of the United States of America;
 
  (e)   transfer directly from the employment of one Company to another Company. Transfer of an Employee in this Plan to service with an Affiliate which has not adopted this Plan will not be considered a Severance of Service and will cause such service to be included as Service in this Plan. However, such aforesaid service will only be

9


 

      credited for vesting purposes and not for benefit purposes under this Plan; or
 
  (f)   the period ending on the second anniversary of any absence from work by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or for purposes of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement; provided, however, that the period between the first and second anniversaries of the first day of any such absence shall not count as Service and no credit will be given for such period for vesting purposes.
     1.42 Spouse or Surviving Spouse means the legal spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, except that none of the requirements relating to consent shall apply to such former spouse.
     1.43 Totally and Permanently Disabled means the permanent loss or loss of use of a member of function of the body, or the permanent disfigurement of the Participant, or any physical or mental impairment which renders the Participant incapable of engaging in his or her usual and customary occupation and which requires the Participant to terminate employment. To be Totally and Permanently Disabled, the disability must arise while the Participant is employed by a Company or an Affiliate. Disability will be determined by the Employer, in accordance with uniform principles, upon the basis of such medical reports and other evidence as the Employer deems necessary.
     1.44 Trust means the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee(s), segregated in a separate trust or trusts and governed by a separate trust document or documents. This document may govern multiple trusts.
     1.45 Trustee means the person, persons, bank, and/or other entity selected by the Board to hold the assets of a Trust in accordance with Article 12.
     1.46 Valuation Date means each business day of the Plan Year that the Trust assets are valued or such Valuation Dates as may be specified by the Employer, but no less frequently than the last day of the Plan Year.
     1.47 Year of Service means twelve months of Service with the Employer or an Affiliate. Years of Service shall not include employment otherwise disregarded under the Plan or Prior Plan.
     All non-successive periods of Service shall be aggregated and any periods of Service of less than a whole year (whether or not consecutive) shall be aggregated on the basis that twelve months of Service equal a whole Year of Service. A month of Service is deemed to be 30 days in the case of the aggregation of fractional months. After aggregating all Service, any period of Service less than a whole year (12 months) shall be disregarded.

10


 

     If a Participant incurs a Severance of Service that is more than six months after his most recent Anniversary Date, the Participant shall be considered to have completed a Year of Service during the Computation Period starting on such Anniversary Date for vesting purposes.
     If, under the terms of the Prior Plan, service was credited using the general method described in ERISA Reg. § 2530.200b-2, an Employee’s Service shall be converted to the elapsed time method by crediting each Employee with a period of Service consisting of :
  (a)   A number of years equal to the number of years of service credited to the Employee under the terms of the Prior Plan before the Plan Year in which the Prior Plan was amended and restated; and
 
  (b)   The greater of:
  (i)   the period of Service that would be credited to the Employee under the Service provisions of the this Plan beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is amended and restated; or
 
  (ii)   the service taken into account under the Prior Plan for the year of the amendment as of the date the Prior Plan is amended and restated.

11


 

ARTICLE 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     2.1 Initial Participation. An Eligible Employee may become a Participant as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the date on which he first performs one Hour of Service.
     2.2 Change in Status.
  (a)   If a Participant no longer meets the definition of an Eligible Employee, such Participant may no longer contribute to the Plan and is no longer eligible for Company contributions effective as of the time of such change in status. If any such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, active participation in the Plan commences effective as of the time of the change in status. A change in status includes, but is not limited to, transfer to or from an Affiliate which is not participating in this Plan or becoming a member of a collective bargaining unit whose members do not participate in the Plan.
 
  (b)   If an Employee is employed by a Company after working for an Affiliate not covered by the Plan, his Service with the Affiliate shall count for purposes of meeting the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1, except that if his employment with the Affiliate terminated and he is reemployed by a Company after more than five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, prior Service is disregarded.
     2.3 Participation upon Reemployment . If an Employee who terminates employment is reemployed before he incurs a One Year Period of Severance, he shall be treated as if the termination had not occurred and all such Employee’s service with the Company will be taken into account for purposes of meeting the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1. In all other circumstances, all Service shall be counted except the following:
  (a)   If an Employee incurs a One Year Period of Severance prior to completing the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1 and is later reemployed by a Company, his prior Service shall be disregarded for purposes of meeting the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1.
 
  (b)   If a Participant has no vested interest in his Matching Account and Employer Account and incurs more than five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance, prior Service shall be disregarded for purposes of meeting the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1.
     If a Participant’s Service is disregarded, such Participant will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of meeting the eligibility requirement of Section 2.1 upon reemployment. If a former Participant’s Service may not be disregarded under the previous subparagraphs, such Participant shall participate immediately upon reemployment provided the Participant is an Eligible Employee at the time of reemployment.

12


 

     2.4 Ineligible Employees . In the event that a Nonhighly Compensated Employee is not an Eligible Employee, but is erroneously allowed to participate in the Plan, he or she is deemed eligible to participate during the period for which contributions are made to the Plan. The Company is not obligated to make a Matching Contribution with respect to any such erroneous contribution, but may do so, in its sole discretion.

13


 

ARTICLE 3
CONTRIBUTIONS
     3.1 Employee Contributions.
  (a)   401(k) Contributions
  (i)   Participant Election. A Participant may elect to make 401(k) Contributions in whole percentages of Compensation on a form provided by the Committee or by any other method authorized by the Committee, which may not be less than 1% of Compensation and which may not exceed the lesser of: (A) 90% of Compensation, or (B) $15,000 (the Code Section 402(g) limit in effect for the 2006 taxable year), adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost-of-living pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5).
 
  (ii)   Separate Election for Bonuses and Accrued Vacation. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant may make a separate deferral election with respect to bonuses and accrued vacation payments made in lieu of time off, in a percentage from 1% to 100%, subject to the Code Section 402(g) limit in effect for the applicable Plan Year.
 
  (iii)   Automatic Enrollment. An Employee hired or rehired on or after April 1, 2006, will be automatically enrolled in the Plan with an election equal to 3% of Compensation on the first date he is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan if he does not make an affirmative election under paragraph (i) above. Such deemed deferral election shall remain in effect until changed by the Participant in accordance with the terms of Section 3.1(b) of the Plan. Each Employee will be given a reasonable amount of time before the first applicable payroll period, to elect to cancel his/her automatic enrollment instead of having the automatic 401(k) deferral election applied to his/her pay.
  (b)   Participant’s Election . A Participant may make or change the contribution election made pursuant to this Section 3.1 at any time in accordance with the Plan’s administrative procedures.
     3.2 Company Contributions
  (a)   Matching Contributions . The Company shall make Matching Contributions on behalf of each Participant who is an Eligible Employee in an amount equal to 200% of the amount contributed for said Participant under Section 3.1(a); however, no more than 3% of the Participant’s Compensation shall be taken into account. The Matching Contribution shall be made taking into account Compensation on a payroll period basis. The annual Matching Contribution under this Section shall equal

14


 

      two times the Participant’s 401(k) Contribution, not to exceed 6% of the Participant’s Compensation. The Matching Contribution shall be made taking into account Compensation on a payroll period basis with respect to regular payroll checks and on the basis of each payment made with respect to incentive bonuses and cash payment of banked vacation pay paid while actively employed.
 
  (b)   Discretionary Matching Contributions . The Company, in its sole discretion, may make discretionary matching contributions to the Plan to match Participant’s 401(k) Contributions.
 
  (c)   Discretionary Contributions . The Company, in its sole discretion, may make a profit sharing contribution to the Plan for a Plan Year, without regard to whether the Company has profits.
 
  (d)   Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions . The Company may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the nondiscrimination tests described in Schedule A of the Plan. The Employer shall not be required to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution or a Qualified Matching Contribution for any Plan Year, and the Employer shall have sole discretion to determine whether any such contribution shall be made for a Plan Year and the amount of such contribution.
     3.3 Makeup Contributions . The Company may make special makeup contributions to the Plan, if necessary. A makeup contribution is necessary if a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account must be reinstated in accordance with Section 6.7 or if a mistake or omission in making or allocating contributions is discovered and is not corrected by revising prior allocations. A makeup contribution may be made if it is determined that a correction is advisable under an IRS voluntary compliance procedure.
     3.4 401(k) Plan Nondiscrimination Testing . The Plan will satisfy the nondiscrimination tests set out in Schedule A.
     3.5 Rollover Contributions . An Eligible Employee may transfer to the Plan and Trust all or any portion of the money or other property received by the Employee from another plan and trust that is tax-qualified under Code Section 401(a) and which constitutes a qualifying rollover distribution under Code Section 402(c), excluding any portion of such distribution representing non-deductible employee contributions. Any such rollover must be completed within sixty (60) days of the Employee’s receipt of the qualifying rollover distribution.
     An Eligible Employee may transfer to the Plan and Trust all of the money or other property in an individual retirement account or annuity which contains only those amounts described above plus earnings thereon.
     The Rollover Contribution must meet all applicable rollover or plan to plan transfer requirements under the Code. Acceptance by the Plan and Trust of any rollover or direct

15


 

transfer shall not constitute, or be construed to be, a determination by the Committee of the tax consequences to the Participant of the rollover or direct transfer.
     3.6 Method and Time for Payment of Contributions.
  (a)   It is the intent of the Company to pay 401(k) Contributions to the Trust in accordance with Department of Labor regulations.
 
  (b)   All other contributions shall be paid to the Trust no later than the time prescribed by law (including extensions thereof) for filing the Company’s federal income tax return for the fiscal year ending with or within the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.
     3.7 Contribution Due to Mistake of Fact . If a contribution was made due to a mistake of fact, the amount attributable to the mistake of fact (unadjusted for earnings attributable to the mistaken amount, but reduced for any losses attributable to the mistaken amount) may revert to the Company within a one year period after it was contributed. If such reversion does not occur within such one year period, such mistaken amount shall be held in a suspense account and used as Company contributions in accordance with the Company’s direction.
     3.8 Nondeductible Overpayment . All contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their deductibility under Code Section 404. If a nondeductible overpayment is made by the Company, such overpayment may revert to the Company within a one year period, unadjusted for earnings attributable to the overpayment, but reduced for any losses attributable to the overpayment. If a nondeductible overpayment does not revert within such one year period, such overpayment shall be held in a suspense account (with no adjustment for gains, losses or interest), and used as a Company contribution in accordance with the Company’s direction.
     3.9 Individual Accounting . The Committee shall establish and maintain adequate records disclosing the separate proportionate interest of each Participant in a Trust.

16


 

ARTICLE 4
CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATIONS AND VESTING
     4.1 Allocation of Employee Contributions . 401(k) Contributions made by a Company pursuant to the Participant’s election will be allocated to the 401(k) Account of the Participant on whose behalf they are made.
     4.2 Company Contributions
  (a)   Allocation of Matching Contributions . Matching Contributions will be allocated to the Matching Account of the Participant on whose behalf they were made under the terms of the Plan.
 
  (b)   Allocation of Discretionary Matching Contributions . Discretionary matching contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2(b) will be allocated to the Matching Accounts of Participants pro rata on the basis of all 401(k) Contributions made during the Plan Year.
 
  (c)   Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions . Profit sharing contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2(c) will be allocated to a Participant’s Employer Account on the basis that the Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of all Participants’ Compensation.
 
  (d)   Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions . If the Company elects to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for a Plan Year, such contribution will be allocated either to all Participants or only to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, (i) in the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year, or (ii) using another method of allocation permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6). Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be treated as 401(k) Contributions for all purposes under the Plan to the extent used to satisfy the ADP test described in Schedule A.
 
  (e)   Allocation of Qualified Matching Contributions . If the Company elects to make a Qualified Matching Contribution for a Plan Year, such contribution will be allocated either to all Participants or only to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, (i) in the ratio that each Participant’s 401(k) Contributions under Section 3.1(a) for the Plan Year bears to the total 401(k) Contributions under Section 3.1(a) of all Participants for the Plan Year, or (ii) using another method of allocation permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6). Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be treated as 401(k) Contributions for all purposes under the Plan to the extent used to satisfy the ADP test described in Schedule A.
 
  (f)   Allocation of Makeup Contribution . A contribution made pursuant to Section 3.3 will be allocated in accordance with the Committee’s direction

17


 

      to reinstate a former Participant’s Account or, as necessary, to correct a mistake or omission.
 
  (g)   Allocation of Rollover Contribution . A Rollover Contribution made by a Participant will be allocated to the Participant’s Rollover Account.
     4.3 Limitation on Annual Addition.
  (a)   Definitions . The following terms used in this section shall have the following meanings:
  (i)   The term “Annual Additions” means the sum of (1) the Employer contributions under the Plan (including elective deferrals to a 401(k) plan) credited to a Participant for any Limitation Year, (2) forfeitures credited to a Participant for any Limitation Year, and (3) amounts described in §415(l)(1) and §419A(d)(2) of the Code.
 
  (ii)   The term “Dollar Limitation” means $30,000, as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d).
  (b)   Limitation on Maximum Annual Additions .
  (i)   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s Account in any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Dollar Limitation in effect for the Limitation Year or twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) for such Limitation Year.
 
      Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 1997, for purposes of calculating the maximum annual addition to a Participant’s account under Code Section 415, Compensation shall include elective deferrals as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) and any amount which is not includible in gross income of a Participant by reason of Code Sections 125 or 457. Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2001, Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in gross income of a Participant by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).
 
  (ii)   If as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s compensation, or under other circumstances approved by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, this limitation is exceeded, the Administrator shall eliminate the excess amount in the following order: (1) apply the provisions of any other plans to the extent that such provisions would reduce the excess amount in the Participant’s Account; or (2) distribute 401(k) Contributions and forfeit any Matching Contributions or Discretionary Matching

18


 

      Contributions attributable thereto made for the year to the extent that the distribution would reduce the excess amount in the Participant’s Account.
 
  (iii)   If unallocated portions are held in a suspense account at the time of the complete termination of the Plan and such unallocated portions may not be allocated as a result of the limitations of this subsection, then such unallocated portions shall be returned to the Employer.
 
  (iv)   If 401(k) Contributions are returned to the Participant under this subsection, then such returned amounts shall not be included for purposes of the limitations of Code §402(g), the ADP test and the ACP test.
 
  (v)   The limitations of this subsection are intended solely to satisfy the requirements of Code §415 and shall at no time prevent the payment of any benefits not prohibited by the Code or Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
 
  (vi)   For purposes of this section, all defined contribution plans maintained by Affiliates shall be treated as a single plan whether or not such plans have been terminated.
  (c)   Limitation Where Participant Also Participates in Defined Benefit Plan .
  (i)   Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2000, if a Participant is a participant in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Company, then for each Limitation Year the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction shall not exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year.
 
  (ii)   The defined benefit plan fraction for any Limitation Year shall mean a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the projected annual benefit of the Participant (the annual benefit to which the Participant would be entitled on the assumption that he continues employment until his Normal Retirement Date at his current rate of compensation and other relevant factors used to determine the annual benefit remain constant) under the defined benefit plan determined as of the end of each Limitation Year, and (ii) the denominator of which is the lesser of (a) 1.25 times the dollar limitation in effect under Code §415(b)(1)(A) for such year, or (b) 1.4 times 100% of the Participant’s average Compensation for the high 3 years.
 
  (iii)   The defined contribution plan fraction for any Limitation Year shall mean a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant’s Account at the close of the

19


 

      Limitation Year, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for such year and for each prior year of service with the Employer, Affiliate or Predecessor Company (regardless of whether a plan was in existence during those years): (a) 1.25 times the dollar limitation in effect under Code §415(c)(1)(A) for such year (determined without regard to Code §415(c)(6), or (b) 1.4 times 25% of the Participant’s Compensation for each year.
 
  (iv)   If the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction exceeds 1.0, the benefits under the defined benefit plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary for the sum to equal 1.0.
     4.4 Vesting
  (a)   A Participant shall be vested in his Account under the Plan as follows:
  (i)   401(k) Account — 100%
 
  (ii)   Matching Account and Employer Account:
         
Years of Service   Vested Percentage
1
    0  
2
    25  
3
    50  
4
    75  
5
    100  
  (iii)   Rollover Account — 100%
 
  (iv)   Nonelective Contribution Account — 100%
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies, becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled or attains age 65 while employed by a Company he or she shall become 100% vested in his or her Account.
 
  (c)   All Service with the Company counts for purposes of vesting under the Plan, except that any Employee who terminates employment with fewer than two Years of Service and is later reemployed shall lose those Years of Service for vesting purposes if the reemployment occurs after such Employee incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance.
     4.5 Forfeitures . A Participant who terminates employment for any reason will forfeit his or her non-vested Matching Account and/or Employer Account as of the earlier of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant received a distribution of his or her entire vested Matching and/or Employer Accounts, or the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurred 5 consecutive One Year Periods of Severance.

20


 

     A Participant who has no vested Matching and Employer Accounts will be deemed to have received a distribution and forfeit his or her said Matching and Employer Accounts as of the last day of the Plan Year in which he or she terminated employment.
     Forfeitures are allocated as a Discretionary Matching Contribution, except as provided in Section 6.7.

21


 

ARTICLE 5
VALUATION OF FUND AND ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES
     5.1 Valuation of Fund . The Trustee shall value the Trust as of the last Valuation Date of each Plan Year or such other period as the Trustee determines, and the Trustee shall report the value of the net worth of the Trust to the Committee in writing upon the completion of the valuation. In determining the net worth of the Trust, the Trustee shall value the assets at fair market value as of such Valuation Date and shall deduct from the Trust expenses, charges, and fees of the Trust unless such expenses, charges, and fees have been guaranteed or reimbursed by the Company.
     5.2 Daily Valuation . Participants’ Accounts may be valued using a daily valuation method of accounting. Under the daily valuation method of accounting, all amounts held in the Trust are invested as a unit or in accordance with the provisions of certain other limited investment options as allowed by the Committee and the Trustee. As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall adjust each Investment Fund in the Participants’ Accounts (including a suspense account and any other accounts maintained for daily valuation accounting purposes) in the following manner (but not necessarily in the same order):
  (a)   Value at current fair market value the assets of the Trust.
 
  (b)   Adjust the Participants’ Account Balances (including any suspense accounts) for any gain or loss since the last Valuation Date.
 
  (c)   Subtract all payments or distributions made from the Participants’ Accounts since the preceding Valuation Date, including any adjustments for fees and expenses of the trust charged to the Participants’ Account Balances.
 
  (d)   Add the 401(k) Contributions, Matching Contribution, Qualified Non-Matching and/or Nonelective Contributions or any other contributions made to the Trust since the last Valuation Date to the appropriate accounts.
 
  (e)   Debit or credit, as applicable, the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s change in investment election pursuant to Article 9.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan holds an asset that cannot be valued readily on a daily basis, the Committee and the Trustee may treat that asset separate and apart from the daily valuation accounting and may value that asset at such time or times as deemed necessary, but at least annually.

22


 

ARTICLE 6
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
     6.1 Distribution of Benefits
  (a)   If a Participant separates from service or becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, the Participant’s vested Account Balance shall be payable in accordance with this Article.
 
  (b)   A Participant will be treated as having incurred a separation from service and a distribution will be available under this Article in the event of:
  (i)   the disposition of a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business if the Participant continues employment with the corporation acquiring the assets and the selling corporation continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition; or
 
  (ii)   the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity or individual of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) if the Participant continues employment with the subsidiary and the selling corporation continues to maintain the Plan.
 
  (iii)   A distribution is not available under this subparagraph if the purchaser maintains the seller’s plan at any time after the disposition. A distribution made under this paragraph may not be made later than the end of the second year following the calendar year in which the disposition occurred except in unusual circumstances or in accordance with applicable regulations.
     6.2 Amount, Time and Method of Payment
  (a)   When a Participant’s vested Account Balance becomes payable, a distribution of the vested Account Balance, valued as of the Valuation Date preceding distribution, will be made to the Participant with the Participant’s consent as soon as administratively practicable in accordance with this Article.
 
  (b)   If consent is required and the Participant does not consent to a distribution, the Account Balance will remain invested under the Plan, subject to the Participant’s right to direct the investment of the Account.
 
  (c)   If a Participant receives a distribution, any contributions credited to the Participant’s Account subsequent to such distribution shall become distributable as of their allocation to the extent vested.

23


 

  (d)   Distribution of a Participant’s vested Account Balance shall begin no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of:
  (i)   the Participant’s attainment of age 65,
 
  (ii)   the tenth anniversary of the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or
 
  (iii)   the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company.
  (e)   Method of Payment . When a Participant’s vested Account is distributable, a Participant has the right to elect in writing, on a form approved by and filed with the Committee, to have his or her vested Account Balance distributed in a single lump sum payment.
     6.3 Small Benefit Payments Effective for distributions made on and after March 28, 2005, notwithstanding Section 6.2, if the Participant’s vested Account Balance is $1,000 or less, the Committee will pay the Participant or the designated Beneficiary (if the benefit payable is a death benefit) the value of the Account Balance in a lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable, without the consent of the Participant.
     If the Participant’s vested Account Balance is greater than $1,000 and equal to or less than $5,000 and if the Participant does not elect to receive the distribution directly or have such Account Balance paid as a direct rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant, then the Committee will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement account designated by the Committee.
     6.4 Minimum Distribution Rules
  (a)   General Rule . Effective January 1, 1997, a Participant must begin receiving minimum required distributions from the Plan in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) by April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
 
  (b)   Special Rule Applicable to 5-Percent Owner . A 5-percent owner of a Company, as that term is defined in Code Section 416, is required to begin receiving minimum required distributions under Code Section 401(a)(9) by April 1 of the calendar year following attainment of age 70 1 / 2 without regard to whether he or she has retired.
 
  (c)   Special Rule for Participants Who Are Receiving Minimum Required Distributions . If a Participant (other than a 5-percent owner) is employed by a Company and began receiving a distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9) before it was amended by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, such Participant may elect to suspend

24


 

      distributions from the Plan by written notice to the Committee until the time distributions are required under the Plan.
 
  (d)   Application of Code §401(a)(9) and the Incidental Death Benefit Requirement . Distributions under this Section will be made in accordance with the regulations under Code §401(a)(9), including §1.401(a)(9)-2, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary. Any distribution required under the incidental death benefit requirements shall be treated as a distribution required under this Section 6.4.
 
  (e)   Transition Rule . Notwithstanding Section 6.4(a), a Participant who attains age 70 1 / 2 on or after January 1, 1996, but before December 31, 1999, may elect to commence receiving the equivalent of his minimum required distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or to defer receipt of all distributions under the Plan until he or she retires.
     6.5 Election of Direct Rollover . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
     6.6 Definitions
  (a)   Eligible Rollover Distribution . An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities) and any hardship withdrawal distributed in accordance with Section 8.1.
 
  (b)   Eligible Retirement Plan . An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the Surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

25


 

  (c)   Distributee . A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s Surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.
 
  (d)   Direct Rollover . A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
     6.7 Qualified Domestic Relations Order Payments . A domestic relations order relating to benefits under this Plan shall be reviewed by the Committee in accordance with the Committee’s QDRO procedures. The Committee shall establish procedures for processing domestic relations orders and determining the qualified status of any such order in accordance with IRS guidance, rulings or regulations. If the order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order received by this Plan, the Committee will authorize payment to the alternate payee pursuant to the terms of the Qualified Domestic Relations Order as soon as administratively practicable without regard to the time distribution would be made with respect to the affected Participant.
     6.8 Reemployment . If a former Participant who received a lump sum distribution from the Plan upon termination of employment is reemployed, such Participant shall have the right to have the nonvested portion of his or her Account Balance that was forfeited restored upon repayment to the Plan of the full amount of the distribution. To receive a restoration of the forfeited amount, the repayment must be made before the Participant incurs five consecutive One Year Periods of Severance.
     The restoration allocation will be in the amount of the forfeiture and will not be adjusted for gains or losses which occurred after the forfeiture arose. The restoration of such forfeited amount shall be made first from forfeitures arising under Section 4.5, then, if necessary, by an additional Company contribution.

26


 

ARTICLE 7
DEATH BENEFITS
     7.1 Death Benefits . A Participant’s Account Balance is payable upon his or her death prior to commencement of benefit payments to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse, unless the Participant is either not married or has filed a Qualified Designation of Beneficiary (described in Section 7.2). If a Participant is not married or has filed a Qualified Designation of Beneficiary, his or her Account Balance is payable to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary.
     7.2 Designation of Beneficiary . If a Participant is not married, he or she may file a designation of Beneficiary with the Committee. The designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive any death benefit payable under the Plan in accordance with Section 7.1. If a Participant is married at the time of his or her death, the Beneficiary of such deceased Participant will be the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, unless the Participant has filed a Qualified Designation of Beneficiary with the Committee. A “Qualified Designation of Beneficiary” means a form provided by the Committee on which the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the designation of a Beneficiary other than the Spouse. The written consent must be witnessed by a Notary Public. A Spouse’s consent is irrevocable when given. A Qualified Designation of Beneficiary may be revoked at any time by the Participant and a new Qualified Designation of Beneficiary filed with the Committee. If the Surviving Spouse or designated Beneficiary predeceases the Participant and no contingent beneficiary is named, or if there is no valid designation of Beneficiary executed by a Participant, the death benefit payable under this section will be paid to the Participant’s estate.
       7.3 Time and Method of Payment
  (a)   Distributions that began before death . If the Participant dies after distribution of his or her Account Balance has begun, the remaining portion will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant’s death.
 
  (b)   Distribution beginning after death . If the Participant dies before distribution of his or her Account Balance has begun, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death, except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (i) or (ii) below:
  (i)   if any portion of the Participant’s interest is payable to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
 
  (ii)   if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (i) above shall not be earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of the

27


 

      calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 .
      If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) by the time of his or her death, the Participant’s designated Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Participant. If the designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be paid in a lump sum by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
 
  (c)   For purposes of Section 7.3(b) above, if the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of Section 7.3(b), with the exception of paragraph (ii) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant.
 
  (d)   Death benefit distributions shall be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and applicable IRS guidance, rulings and regulations.
 
  (e)   Distributions shall be made in accordance with Section 6.3 if the Participant’s Account Balance is $5,000 ($3,500 for distributions prior to August 5, 1997) or less.

28


 

ARTICLE 8
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS BY PARTICIPANTS
     8.1 Hardship Withdrawals from 401(k) Account . A Participant may request a distribution of his or her 401(k) Contributions in the event of hardship. For the purposes of this section, a distribution is made on account of hardship only if the distribution is made both on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and is necessary to satisfy the financial need. This section is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Service regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(2) and will be interpreted and applied in accordance with that regulation.
  (a)   The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy:
  (i)   Expenses for medical care (described in Code Section 213(d), determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income) previously incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, or any dependent of the Participant (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) or amounts necessary for these persons to obtain such medical care;
 
  (ii)   Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);
 
  (iii)   Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s Spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));
 
  (iv)   Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence;
 
  (v)   Payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, child or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to paragraph (d)(1)(B));
 
  (vi)   Expenses to repair damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10 percent of adjusted gross income); or
 
  (vii)   Any other financial need considered immediate and heavy under IRS regulations, rulings, notices or other documents of general applicability.

29


 

  (b)   When a Participant takes a hardship distribution:
  (i)   He or she will be suspended from making elective deferrals to any 401(k) plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate for twelve months following receipt of the hardship distribution (for withdrawals made on or after January 1, 2002, the suspension period shall be six months) ; and
 
  (ii)   For the taxable year of the Participant following the taxable year of the hardship distribution, the Participant’s elective deferrals are limited to the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) reduced by the Participant’s elective deferrals to any 401(k) plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate for the year the hardship distribution was taken.
  (c)   A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if:
  (i)   The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Company; and
 
  (ii)   The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).
     8.2 Withdrawal from Rollover Account . Upon written notice to the Committee, a Participant may withdraw all or part of his or her Rollover Account.
     8.3 Withdrawals after Age 59 1 / 2 . Upon written notice to the Committee, a Participant who has attained age 59 1 / 2 may withdraw all or part of his or her Account.
     8.4 Limitations on Withdrawals .
  (a)   No distribution will be made under this Article which will result in a distribution amount of less than $500 or the total amount available for withdrawals, if less. This limitation is applicable to each type of account and is not an aggregate limitation.
 
  (b)   In the case of a partial withdrawal made by a Participant having an interest in more than one Investment Fund, the amount withdrawn from each Investment Fund shall be in the same proportion as the value of his interest in each such Investment Fund immediately preceding such withdrawal bears to the total value of the account from which the withdrawal is made.

30


 

     8.5 Automated Withdrawals . The written notice for a withdrawal is not required in the event a withdrawal is processed through an automated voice response unit or similar automated method provided by the Plan’s recordkeeper in accordance with the recordkeeper’s procedures.

31


 

ARTICLE 9
INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS — PARTICIPANT
DIRECTED INVESTMENTS
     9.1 Participant Directed Investments . Each Participant has the right to direct the investment of his or her Account. A Participant’s investment direction is limited to the Investment Funds selected by the Committee.
     A Participant’s investment direction shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee and/or the Trustee governing the manner and method in which such direction may occur. The Participant may change his or her investment selections and make transfers among Investment Funds at such times as are permitted by the Trustee and the Committee in accordance with the procedures and rules established by the Trustee and the Committee.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may have one or more assets which are not subject to individual direction and, shall be invested in accordance with the Trustee’s directions. In this event the Plan shall maintain appropriate records to determine each Participant’s undivided interest in such asset or assets.
     Effective April 1, 2006, for a Participant who has not provided investment direction, the Committee shall determine the default investment in which the Participant’s Account shall be invested.
     9.2 Voting Rights . Voting rights with respect to stock or other securities in the respective Investment Funds may be exercised by the Trustee or by such proxy as the Trustee may elect.
     For purposes of exercising the Participant’s rights under this section, the Employer shall notify each Participant of each annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Employer and of any other occasion for the exercise of voting or other rights by such shareholders in the same manner as any other shareholder of the stock. The notification shall include a copy of any proxy solicitation material and any other information which the Employer distributes to shareholders regarding the exercise of voting or other rights, together with a form requesting instructions to the Trustee as to how the Participant’s rights are to be exercised. The Employer shall tabulate and certify to the Trustee the instructions received, and the Trustee shall vote or otherwise exercise rights with respect to shares as instructed. In so doing, the Trustee shall accumulate fractional share votes covered by such instruction for or against any proposed action and shall disregard any remaining fractional share.
     All shares of Employer securities held in a Participant’s Account for which instructions shall not have been timely received by the Trustee shall be voted by the Trustee in the same manner and in the same proportions as are voted for shares of Employer securities for which instructions shall have been so received.

32


 

ARTICLE 10
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
     10.1 Establishment of the Employee Benefits Committee . The general administration of the Plan and the responsibility for carrying out its provisions shall be placed in the Employee Benefits Committee. The Committee is the plan administrator (within the meaning of Section 3 of the Act and Code Section 414(g)) with such authority, responsibilities and obligations as the Act and the Code grant to and impose upon persons so designated. For purposes of the Act, the Committee shall be a “named fiduciary” under the Plan. If no Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors of the Employer, the Employer shall be the plan administrator and named fiduciary of the Plan and shall have all the rights, duties and powers of the Committee set forth in this Article.
     Any member of the Committee may resign by delivering a written resignation to the secretary of the Committee. Such resignation shall be effective thirty (30) days after the date the notice is received, or on an earlier date designated by majority vote of the Committee’s remaining members.
     No member of the Committee who is also an Employee receiving regular compensation as such shall receive any compensation for his or her services as a member of the Committee. No bond or other security shall be required of any member of the Committee in any jurisdiction. No member of the Committee shall, in such capacity, act or participate in any action directly affecting his or her own benefits under the Plan other than an action which affects the benefits of Participants generally or groups of Participants.
     10.2 Powers of the Employee Benefits Committee . The powers of the Committee include, but are not limited to, the following:
  (a)   establishing its own rules for governance and determining the times and places for holding meetings of the Committee and the notice to be given of such meetings;
 
  (b)   employing such agents and assistants, such counsel (who may be counsel to the Company), and such clerical, medical, accounting, actuarial and investment services or advisers as the Committee may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;
 
  (c)   authorizing one or more of their number or any agent to make any payment, or to execute or deliver any instrument, on behalf of the Committee, except that all requisitions for funds from, and requests, directions, notifications and instructions to the trustee of the Plan shall be signed by at least two members of the Committee;
 
  (d)   in its discretion, establishing one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate, and delegating any power or duty granted to the Committee to any such subcommittee;

33


 

  (e)   appointing and removing the Trustee of the Plan pursuant to the terms of the trust agreement;
 
  (f)   receiving and reviewing reports from the Trustee of the Plan as to the financial condition of the Trust, including its receipts and disbursements;
 
  (g)   executing and filing with the appropriate governmental agencies such registration and other statements, forms, applications, notifications, and other documents or information as the Committee may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Plan;
 
  (h)   amending the Plan to the extent it is authorized to do so by the Board or the terms of the Plan; and
 
  (i)   directing the Trustee, or appointing one or more investment managers to direct the Trustee, subject to the conditions set forth in the trust agreement and in this article, in all matters concerning the investment of the Trust;
     10.3 Duties and Authority of the Employee Benefits Committee.
  (a)   The Committee shall have the general responsibility for administering the Plan and carrying out its provisions. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee from time to time shall establish rules for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business and shall promulgate such rules as may be necessary to effectuate the Plan’s funding and investment policy. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine all matters of administration and Plan interpretation and the amounts of and rights to benefits payable under the Plan. Provided however, to the extent the Committee delegates its discretion to determine matters of administration, interpretation and amounts of and rights to benefits payable under the Plan to a subcommittee such subcommittee shall have the sole discretion to make such determinations.
 
  (b)   It shall be the duty of the Committee to notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of any benefit which shall be due to any Participant and in what form and when such benefit is to be paid.
 
  (c)   The Committee may at any time or from time to time with respect to the Plan require the Trustee, by a written direction to purchase one or more annuities, in specific amounts, in the names of Participants, their Spouses, their contingent annuitants, and/or their beneficiaries from an insurance company designated by the Committee.
 
  (d)   The responsibility for the formulation of the general investment practices and policies of the Plan and its related Trust and for effectuating such practices and policies is placed with the Committee.

34


 

     10.4 Actions by the Committee or a Subcommittee . The majority of the members of the Committee, but no fewer than two, or a subcommittee established pursuant to Section 10.2(d) (a “Subcommittee”) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting. Resolutions or other actions made or taken by the Committee or subcommittee shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Committee or subcommittee attending a meeting, or by a majority of members in office by writing without a meeting.
     10.5 Indemnification . To the extent not contrary to the Act or applicable state law, the Employer shall indemnify the Committee and its members and any other director, officer or employee of a company who is designated to carry out any responsibilities under the Plan for any liability, joint and/or several, arising out of or connected with their duties hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law except where the conduct of the individual constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the sole discretion of the Employer.
     10.6 Benefit Application and Claims Procedure .
  (a)   A Participant or Beneficiary shall apply for benefits by filing with the Committee a signed, written request specifically identifying the benefits requested and describing all facts and circumstances entitling him or her to payment. A written request is not required if distribution is processed through an automated voice response unit or similar automated method provided by the Plan’s recordkeeper in accordance with the recordkeeper’s procedures.
 
  (b)   Within ninety days after receipt of such an application, the Committee shall notify the applicant of its decision. If special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee shall notify the applicant of such circumstances within ninety days after receipt of the application, and the Committee shall thereafter notify the applicant of its decision within 180 days after receipt of the application. If the application is denied in whole or in part, the Committee’s notice of denial shall be in writing and shall state:
  (i)   the specific reasons for denial with specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
 
  (ii)   ( a description of any additional materials or information necessary for the applicant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why the materials or information are necessary; and
 
  (iii)   an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.
  (c)   During the sixty-day period following an applicant’s receipt of a notice of denial of his or her application for benefits, the applicant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and within sixty (60) days submit a written request to the Committee for an appeal of the denial. An applicant requesting an appeal, or his or her duly authorized representative, may submit issues and comments in writing to

35


 

      the Committee. The Committee shall consider the merits of the applicant’s presentations, the merits of any facts or evidence in support of the denial of benefits, and such other facts and circumstances as the Committee shall deem relevant; and shall render a decision as to the merit of the appeal and the claim. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for appeal, the Committee shall issue a written decision to the applicant. If special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee shall issue a written decision no later than 120 days after receipt of the request for appeal. The Committee’s decision shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, and contain specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.
 
  (d)   If the Committee fails to respond to the claim or appeal within the times described above, the claim or appeal, whichever is applicable, is deemed denied.
     10.7 Responsibilities of Named Fiduciaries Other than the Committee . The Trustee shall have such responsibilities with respect to the operation of the Plan as are set forth in the trust agreement. Any investment adviser which the Committee may employ shall have the responsibility to direct the Trustee in investing and reinvesting the Trust (or that portion thereof specified by the Committee in the instrument appointing such adviser) and to report the book value and fair market value of each asset in the Trust (or such portion thereof) to the Committee periodically, as such responsibilities may be more fully described in the trust agreement.
     10.8 Allocation of Responsibilities . The description of the responsibilities and powers of the Committee and the description of the responsibilities of the Trustee contained in the foregoing provisions of this article shall constitute, for purposes of the Act, procedures for allocating responsibilities operation and administration of the Plan among the named fiduciaries.
     10.9 Designation of Persons to Carry Out Responsibilities of Named Fiduciaries . The Committee, the Trustee and any investment adviser which the Committee employs may, except as to responsibilities involving management and control of assets held in the Trust, designate one or more other persons to carry out any or all of their respective responsibilities under the Plan, provided that such designation shall be made in writing, filed with the Plan’s records and made available for inspection upon request by any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan.
     10.10 Payment of Expenses . All expenses that shall arise in connection with the administration of a Plan and Trust, including, but not limited to, the compensation of the Trustee and of any recordkeeper, accountant, counsel, investment adviser, other expert or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration thereof, shall be paid from the Trust, unless paid by the Company; provided, however, that no person who is employed by the Company shall receive any compensation from the Plan except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.

36


 

ARTICLE 11
PLAN ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
     11.1 Amendment of Plan.
  (a)   The Employer reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to modify, alter or amend the Plan from time to time as it may, in its sole and complete discretion, deem advisable, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any amendment deemed necessary to qualify or to ensure the continued qualification of the Plan under the Code. The foregoing right shall be exercised only by action of the Employer’s Board of Directors or other entity authorized to act for the Employer or by action of an officer of the Employer with later ratification by the Employer’s Board.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a), the Committee, by a written instrument, duly executed by a majority of its members, may make, on behalf of the Employer’s Board of Directors,
  (i)   any amendment that may be necessary or desirable to ensure the continued qualification of the Plan and its related Trust under the Code or which may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the Act, or any regulations or interpretations issued by the Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the requirements of the Act or the Code, and
 
  (ii)   any amendment that is required by the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement between a Company and its employees.
     11.2 Merger . In the case of any merger or consolidation of a Plan with, or any transfer of the assets or liabilities of a Plan to any other plan qualified under Code Section 401, the terms of such merger, consolidation or transfer shall be such that each Participant in the Plan would receive (in the event of termination of the Plan or its successor immediately thereafter) a benefit which is no less than the benefit which such Participant would have received in the event of termination of the Plan immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.
     11.3 Form of Amendments .Any amendment to the provisions of this instrument shall be evidenced by separate amendment which is made a part of this Plan.
     11.4 Acceptance of Transferred Assets . In the event of a merger into this Plan of any other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Trustee may accept amounts transferred on behalf of a Participant from such other plan, provided that the Trustee is authorized to do so by the Employer.
     11.5 Plan to Plan Transfers . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, in the event a Company or a division of the Employer or of a Company ceases to participate under this Plan (ex-Company) and establishes a successor to this Plan for its Participants and the Plan Administrator directs a plan to plan transfer, the Trustee at the direction of the Plan Administrator, shall transfer all Accounts to which Participants employed by the ex-Company are entitled under this Plan to another plan forming a part of a pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan maintained by the ex-Company

37


 

and which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the plan to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made. All transfers to another qualified plan of an ex-Company shall be made in cash or in kind, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, during the time period when Investment Funds are being liquidated to effectuate the plan to plan transfer, no investment direction changes may be made. No such transfer shall decrease the accrued benefit of any Participant or otherwise deprive a Participant of any rights that are protected by Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.
     11.6 Plan Termination or Partial Termination . Upon termination of the Plan, Participants shall become fully vested in their Account Balances. Upon partial termination of the Plan affected Participants shall become fully vested in their Account Balances. Upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall, in accordance with written instructions of the Employer, either (1) distribute to such Participants their Account Balances after payment of any expenses properly changeable to such interests, provided such Account Balances are properly distributable, (2) continue to hold and administer their Accounts in the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan, or (3) transfer all or part of the funds to a new plan and trust. Provided further, if the Plan does not provide for Employee Contributions, but only provides for Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, then upon complete discontinuance of such Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, Participants shall be fully vested in their Account Balances .

38


 

ARTICLE 12
TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE
     12.1 Trust and Trustee . A Trust has been created and will be maintained for the purpose of the Plan, and the corpus thereof will be invested in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust. The Committee shall select a Trustee or Trustees to hold and invest the Trust in accordance with the terms of a trust agreement or agreements and/or other contract(s). A Trustee shall be an individual, a bank or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or of any state and qualified to operate as a trustee or shall be a legal reserve life insurance company. The Committee may, from time to time, change the Trustee(s) then serving under the trust agreement and/or other contract to another Trustee(s), to elect to terminate the Trust and/or other contract and hold the Plan assets in multiple trusts or in any other method acceptable under Act.
     12.2 Assets of the Trust . Any contributions made to the Plan shall be paid to the Trustee(s) and held in a Trust or Trusts. The Trust(s) shall be held for the exclusive benefit of the Plan’s Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be used to pay benefits to such persons and to pay administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust to the extent such administrative expenses are not paid by the Company. Assets of the Trust(s) shall never revert or inure to the benefit of the Company, except that contributions may be returned to the Company as provided in Sections 3.7 and 3.8.

39


 

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
     13.1 Limitation of Assignment . No benefit payable under the Plan to any person shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or encumber a benefit shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for, or against, such person, and the same shall not be recognized under the Plan, except to such extent as may be required by law. Notwithstanding the above, this section shall not apply to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and benefits may be paid pursuant to the provisions of such an order.
     13.2 Legally Incompetent Distributee . Whenever any benefit payable under the Plan is to be paid to or for the benefit of any person who is then a minor or determined to be incompetent by qualified medical advice, the Committee need not require the appointment of a guardian or custodian, but is authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the benefit (a) to be paid to the person having custody of such minor or incompetent, without intervention of a guardian or custodian, (b) to pay the benefit to a legal guardian or custodian of such minor or incompetent if one has been appointed, or (c) to use the payment for the benefit of the minor or incompetent.
     13.3 Unclaimed Payments . If the Committee is unable, after reasonable and diligent effort, to locate a Participant, Spouse, or Beneficiary who is entitled to payment under the Plan, the payment due such person may be forfeited after three years. If such person later files a claim for such benefit, and is determined by the Committee to have a legal right to the benefit, the benefit shall be reinstated (without gain or earnings). Unless required by law, in no event shall benefits be paid retroactively for the period during which such benefits were payable, but unclaimed. Forfeitures arising under this Section 13.3 shall be used to offset Matching Contributions.
     13.4 Notification of Addresses . As a condition of participation in this Plan, Participants are required to provide a current address and other information requested for the administration of the Plan. Each Participant and Beneficiary shall from time to time file with the Committee in writing his or her address or any change of address. Any communication, statement, or notice mailed to the last address filed with the Committee, or if no such address was filed with the Committee, to the last address shown on the Company’s records, will be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes, and neither the Committee nor the Company shall be obliged to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any Participant or Beneficiary.
     13.5 Notice of Proceedings and Effect of Judgment . In any application, proceeding or action in any court, no Participant or other person having any interest in the Plan shall be entitled to any notice or service of process except as required by law. Any judgment or decree entered on account of such application, proceeding or action shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons claiming under this Plan.
     13.6 Severability . If any provisions of a Plan are held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and it shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal and invalid provisions were not included.

40


 

     13.7 Prohibition Against Reversion . At no time shall any part of the assets of the Plan revert to a Company or be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, subject, however, to the payment of all taxes and administrative expenses and subject to the provisions of the Plan with respect to returns of contributions and excess assets on plan termination.
     13.8 Limitation of Rights . Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee any right or claim except to the extent that such right is specifically fixed under the terms of the Plan. The adoption of the Plan by a Company shall not be construed to give any Employee a right to continue in the employ of a Company or to interfere with the right of a Company to terminate the employment of the Employee at any time.
     13.9 Controlling Law . The laws of the State of Louisiana shall be the controlling state law in all matters relating to the Plan and shall apply to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
     13.10 Errors in Payment . If any error shall result in the payment to a Participant or other person of more or less than he/she would have received but for such error, the Committee shall be authorized to correct such error and to adjust the payments to the extent possible in such manner as the Committee determines or, in its discretion, seek restitution from the Participant, former Participant or other person, provided, however, that the Committee need not seek restitution if the Committee determines that doing so would not be cost effective or is otherwise contradicted.
     13.11 USERRA and Code Section 414(u) Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits, service credit and other rights under the Plan of a Participant with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
     13.12 Loans . The Company authorizes the Trustee to make loans to a Participant subject to the following terms and conditions:
  (a)   Loans shall be made available to all Participants who are current Employees on an equal basis upon completion of application forms provided by the Committee and available from the applicable Human Resources representative of the Company in accordance with the written procedure established by the Committee and communicated to the Participants. Loans shall be available on a nondiscriminatory basis upon completion of the application form and are based on the Participant’s vested balances in his or her Account. Loans shall not be made available to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, officers, or shareholders in percentage amounts greater than the percentage amounts of the values described in paragraph (b) below made available to other Participants;
 
  (b)   The principal amount of a loan to a Participant pursuant to this Section may not exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000 (reduced by the highest outstanding balance of loans during the twelve (12) month period ending

41


 

      on the day before the date on which the loan was made), or (ii) fifty (50) percent of the Participant’s vested Accounts Balance.
 
  (c)   Loans shall be made at an interest rate equal to the prevailing interest rate charged by institutions in the business of lending money.
 
  (d)   Principal and interest on loans shall be repaid in equal installments over a period not to exceed five (5) years according to nondiscriminatory rules established by the Committee, provided, however, that the principal and interest on a loan which is to be used to acquire a principal residence of the Participant may be repaid in equal installments over a period not to exceed ten (10) years.
 
  (e)   The loan obligation of the Participant shall be evidenced by a promissory note which shall contain the terms of repayment and such other terms and provisions as may be necessary or advisable;
 
  (f)   The obligation of the Participant shall be adequately secured, as determined by the Committee and such security may include up to fifty (50) percent of the vested balance of the Account maintained for the Participant in the Plan.
     The Committee may prescribe such additional rules and procedures as it may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, rules and procedures by which the making of loans to Participants or to any class of Participants may be terminated, suspended, or restricted, if and to the extent deemed by the Committee to be necessary or desirable in order to effect compliance with applicable laws and regulations, pursuant to a Participant loan program which shall be established in writing and which when properly executed is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan. The loan program may be amended by the Committee, without the need to amend the Plan.
     13.13 Headings and Use of Words . Headings are for convenience in referencing only and are not to be used in interpretation of the Plan. The use of a masculine term shall include the feminine where applicable. Whenever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular shall be read as the plural.

42


 

ARTICLE 14
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
     14.1 Applicability of this Article . This Article shall apply for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan within the meaning of Sections 14.2 and 14.4.
     14.2 Top-Heavy and Super Top-Heavy Determination.
  (a)   The Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan for a Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date, the aggregate of the Account Balances under the Plan for Key Employees exceeds 60 percent of the aggregate of the Account Balances under the Plan for all Employees.
 
  (b)   The Plan shall be a Super Top-Heavy Plan if, as of the Determination Date, the aggregate of the Account Balances under the Plan for Key Employees exceeds 90 percent of the aggregate of the Account Balances under the Plan for all Employees.
     14.3 Computation of the Aggregate of the Account Balances
  (a)   The Account Balance of an Employee shall be the sum of (i) the Account Balance as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date and (ii) the amount of any contributions that would be allocated as of a date not later than the Determination Date without regard to whether such amount is subject to a waiver of the minimum funding standards or is in violation of such standards or actually contributed or, in the case of a Plan not subject to the minimum funding standards, the amount of any contributions actually made after the Valuation Date, but before the Determination Date.
 
  (b)   If an Employee is a Key Employee on a Determination Date, the total amount of the Employee’s Account Balance is taken into account in determining the aggregate of Account Balances (including amounts attributable to service as a Non-Key Employee). If any individual is a Non-Key Employee with respect to the Plan for a Plan Year, but such individual was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, the Account Balance of such individual shall not be taken into account.
 
  (c)   If an Employee has not performed any service for the Company or an Affiliate at any time during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit and Account Balance of such Employee shall not be taken into account.
 
  (d)   Additional rules:
  (i)   In the case of an unrelated rollover, the plan making the distribution counts it in determining top-heaviness, and the plan receiving the distribution does not count it in determining top-

43


 

    heaviness. An unrelated rollover is a rollover or plan-to-plan transfer both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan maintained by one company to a plan maintained by another company.
 
  (ii)   In the case of a related rollover, the plan making the distribution does not count the distribution in determining top-heaviness and the plan receiving the distribution counts the rollover in determining top-heaviness. A related rollover is a rollover or a plan-to-plan transfer either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by the same company.
 
  (iii)   For purposes of determining whether the company is the same company, all companies aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m) are treated as the same company.
  (e)   Distributions (other than those described in (d) above) made within the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date or within the four preceding Plan Years are added to the aggregate of Account Balances.
     14.4 Required Aggregation of Plans.
  (a)   Each plan of a company required to be included in an aggregation group shall be treated as a Top-Heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. The required aggregation group includes:
  (i)   each plan of the company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m)) in which a Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, and
 
  (ii)   each other plan of the company which enables any plan described in (i) above to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410.
  (b)   A required aggregation group is a top-heavy group if, as of each Plan’s Determination Date, the sum of (i) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the group and (ii) the aggregate of the Account Balances of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the group exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all Employees. When aggregating plans, the value of accrued benefits and Account Balances shall be calculated by adding together the results of each plan as of the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. In performing this computation the principles of Section 14.3 shall be applied.

44


 

  (c)   Each plan in the required aggregation group will be a Top-Heavy Plan if the group is top-heavy. No plan in the required aggregation group will be a Top-Heavy Plan if the group is not top-heavy.
     14.5 Permissive Aggregation of Plans . A permissive aggregation group consists of plans of the Company that are required to be aggregated, plus one or more plans that are not part of the required aggregation group, but that satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 when considered as a group. In no event will permissively aggregated plans which are not part of the required aggregation group be considered top-heavy. If, as a result of the permissive aggregation of plans the entire group of plans is not top-heavy, then no plan in the permissive aggregation group will be a Top-Heavy Plan. Plans may be permissively aggregated to avoid being super top-heavy.
     14.6 Special Rules of Top-Heavy Plans and Super Top-Heavy Plans .
  (a)   If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, then the following changes shall be made to the Plan as otherwise written:
  (i)   The allocation of Company contributions and forfeitures to the account of a Non-Key Employee for a Plan Year shall equal at least three (3%) percent of Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the largest percentage of compensation provided for any Key Employee is less than three (3%) percent, then the minimum percentage of compensation that must be provided for a Non-Key Employee for a Plan Year is the largest percentage of compensation provided for any Key Employee. The preceding sentence does not apply if this Plan is included in any required aggregation group and enables a defined benefit plan included in such group to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410. For purposes of determining the largest percentage of compensation provided for any Key Employee, amounts contributed as a result of a salary reduction agreement must be included. All defined contribution plans of the Company and Affiliates shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of determining the defined contribution minimum. Neither amounts the Employee elects to defer under any 401(k) plan maintained by the Company nor any Matching Contributions made by the Company and Affiliates shall be treated as Company contributions for purposes of determining minimum required contributions.
 
      The following Non-Key Employees shall receive the minimum allocation provided under this subparagraph (i) for a particular Plan Year:
  (A)   Participants who are otherwise eligible for an allocation under the Plan;

45


 

  (B)   Employees who are Participants but who have not completed 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year;
 
  (C)   Employees who would be Participants but for the failure to make mandatory contributions to the Plan; or
 
  (D)   Employees who are Participants but whose compensation is less than the amount necessary to receive an allocation under the Plan: however,
 
  (E)   Employees who are also Participants in a defined benefit plan sponsored by the Company shall receive the minimum benefit under the defined benefit plan.
  (ii)   The compensation of a Participant taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the dollar amount specified in Code Section 401(a)(17), subject to applicable cost of living increases.
  (b)   For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan then, in applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the denominators of the defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction shall be determined by substituting 1.0 for 1.25 as the multiplier for the Code Section 415 dollar limitation. If the Plan is not a Super Top-Heavy Plan, this Section 14.6(b) shall not apply so long as the minimum benefits required under Code Section 416 are satisfied.
     14.7 Special Definitions . For purposes of this article, the following definitions shall apply:
  (a)   Determination Date . With respect to any Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. In the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Determination Date shall be the last day or such Plan Year.
 
  (b)   Key Employee . Any Employee or former Employee who at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, is or was
  (i)   An officer of the Company having an annual compensation from the Company greater than 50% of the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year,
 
  (ii)   One of the ten Employees having annual compensation from the Company of more than the limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) and owning (or considered as owning under Code Section 318) the largest interests in the Company,
 
  (iii)   The owner of a five percent or more interest in the Company, or

46


 

  (iv)   The owner of a one percent or more interest in the Company who has annual compensation (as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) but including amounts contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code 125, 132(f)(4), 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b)) from the Company for a Plan Year of more than the dollar limit specified in Code Section 401(a)(17).
 
      For purposes of clause (i) the number of officers of the Company considered to be Key Employees cannot exceed fifty and is further limited to the greater of three or ten percent of all Employees (including leased employees within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)). If a Company has more officers than the number required to be counted as Key Employees, the officers to be taken into account are the Employees who had the largest annual compensation for the prior five Plan Year period. For purposes of clause (ii), if two employees have the same interest in the Company, the Employee having the greater annual compensation from the Company shall be treated as having a larger interest. The Beneficiary of a Key Employee shall be treated as a Key Employee for the applicable portion of the five-year period, and the Beneficiary of a Non-Key Employee shall be treated as a Non-Key Employee for the applicable portion of the five-year period. For purposes of applying the foregoing limitations, the aggregation rules of Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m) apply except with respect to determining ownership. For purposes of determining ownership under clauses (iii) and (iv), an Employee shall be considered as owning an interest in the Company within the meaning of Code Section 318.
  (c)   Non-Key Employee . Any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

47


 

ARTICLE 15
GOOD FAITH EGTRRA PROVISIONS
     The provisions of this Article 15, incorporating model language provided in IRS Notice 2001-57 to implement good faith compliance with the requirements of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”) shall be effective for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2002 and thereafter.
     15.1 Limitations on Contributions . This section shall be effective for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2001.
  (a)   Maximum annual addition . Except to the extent permitted under Section 15.10 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:
  (i)   $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under section 415(d) of the Code, or
 
  (ii)   100 percent of the Participant’s compensation, within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation year.
     The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contributions for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.
     15.2 Increase in Compensation Limit . The annual compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
     15.3 Modification of Top-Heavy Rules . This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section amends Article 14 of the Plan.
  (a)   Determination of top-heavy status .
  (i)   Key Employee . Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan

48


 

      Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key Employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
 
  (ii)   Determination of present values and amounts . This Section 15.3(a) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of Account balances of Employees as of the determination date.
 
  (iii)   Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of Account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”
 
  (iv)   Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date . The accrued benefits and Accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
  (b)   Minimum benefits . Employer Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other Plan. Employer Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.
     15.4 Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions This Section 15.4 shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.

49


 

  (a)   Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan . For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.5, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
 
  (b)   Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to exclude hardship distributions . For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.5, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distribute may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.
     15.5 Rollovers from Other Plans . The Plan will accept Participant rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001, from (i) a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions; (ii) an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions; (iii) an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or (iv) an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.
     15.6 Rollovers Disregarded in Involuntary Cash-Outs . For purposes of Sections 6.3 and 7.3(e), the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance shall be determined without regard to that portion of the account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable account balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately distribute the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable account balance
     15.7 Repeal of Multiple Use Test . The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2 and section A.3 of Schedule A shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.
     15.8 Elective Deferrals — Contribution Limitation . No Participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 15.10 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable.

50


 

     15.9 Maximum Salary Reduction Contributions . Except to the extent permitted under Section 15.10 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the maximum salary reduction contribution that can be made to this Plan is the amount determined under Section 408(p)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code for the calendar year.
     15.10 Catch-Up Contributions . All employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions. Catch-up Contributions shall apply to contributions after December 31, 2001.
     15.11 Suspension Period Following Hardship Distribution . A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals after December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and Employee contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans of the employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution or until January 1, 2002, if later.
15.12 Distribution upon Severance from Employment
  (a)   This Section 15.12 shall apply for distributions and severances from employment occurring after December 31, 2001.
 
  (b)   New distributable event . A Participant’s elective deferrals, qualified nonelective contributions, qualified matching contributions, and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed.

51


 

ARTICLE 16
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
     Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, effective January 1, 2003, unless provided otherwise in this Article 16, the following changes are made by adopting the model minimum required distribution amendment for defined contribution plans found in Revenue Procedure 2002-29.
     16.1 General Rules . The provisions of this article will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.
  (a)   Precedence. The requirements of this article will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
 
  (b)   Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  (c)   TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 16, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
16.2 Time and Manner of Distribution
  (a)   Required Beginning Date . The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.
 
  (b)   Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
  (i)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
 
  (ii)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

52


 

  (iii)   If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
 
  (iv)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 16.2(b), other than section 16.2(b)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
      For purposes of this Section 16.2(b) and Section 16.4, unless Section 16.2(b)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If Section 16.2(b)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 16.2(b)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 16.2(b)(i)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
 
  (c)   Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 16.3 and 16.4. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations.
     16.3 Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime
  (a)   Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Yea r. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
  (i)   the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
 
  (ii)   if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of

53


 

the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
  (b)   Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 16.3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
     16.4 Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death
  (a)   Death On or After Date Distributions Begin
  (i)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
  (A)   The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 
  (B)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
 
  (C)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
  (ii)   No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as

54


 

      of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
  (b)   Death Before Date Distributions Begin
  (i)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in section 16.4(a).
 
  (ii)   No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
 
  (iii)   Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 16.2(b)(i), this section 16.5 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
     16.5 Definitions
  (a)   Designated beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under Section 7.2 of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.
 
  (b)   Distribution calendar year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under section 16.2(b). The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution

55


 

      calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
 
  (c)   Life expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
 
  (d)   Participant’s account balance . The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
 
  (e)   Required beginning date . The date specified in Section 6.5(a).
 
  (f)   Election to Apply 5-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries . If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, distribution to the designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Section 16.2(b), but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. This Section 16.7 will apply to all distributions.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan is adopted this                      day of                             , 200___.

56


 

SCHEDULE A
401(k) PLAN NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING
A.1. ADP Test
     (a)  Limitations on 401(k) Contributions — Qualification Requirements.
  (i)   At least as frequently as annually, the Committee shall determine the Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) of 401(k) Contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year. 401(k) Contributions must meet the ADP test of Code Section 401(k)(3). For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, the ADP for the current Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees must satisfy one of the following tests:
  (A)   The Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
 
  (B)   The Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by two (2.0), provided the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the ADP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.
  (ii)   Current Year Testing
 
      If elected by the Committee, the ADP tests in (A) and (B) above will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).
 
  (iii)   Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) means, for a specified group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of 401(k) Contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions) actually paid to the

 


 

Trust on behalf of such Participant, to (2) the Participant’s compensation for such Plan Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year).
401(k) Contributions made on behalf of any Participant shall include any 401(k) Contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions) made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election (including Excess 401(k) Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees) and, at the election of the Committee, any applicable Qualified Matching or Qualified Nonelective Contributions made by the Company for the Plan Year, but excluding any 401(k) Contributions that are taken into account in the Average Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of such 401(k) Contributions) and disregarding any 401(k) Contributions returned as an excess annual addition pursuant to Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iv). For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to make 401(k) Contributions shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no 401(k) Contributions are made.
  (b)   Additional Rules.
  (i)   The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have 401(k) Contributions (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as 401(k) Contributions for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to his or her accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, shall be determined as if such 401(k) Contributions were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all 401(k) Contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated.
 
  (ii)   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulations 1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with such Regulations unless the Employer has elected to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.
 
  (iii)   For purposes of the ADP test, 401(k) Contributions, Qualified Matching and/or Qualified Nonelective Contributions (to the extent included in the

A-2


 

      ADP test) and any other elective deferrals must be made before the last day of the twelve month period immediately following the Plan Year to which contributions relate.
 
  (iv)   For purposes of this section, compensation means compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3). The preceding notwithstanding, compensation shall include any amount contributed by a Company on behalf of a Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 401(k), 402(e)(3) or 402(h).
 
  (v)   Notwithstanding any other provision contained in Schedule A, testing shall be performed consistently with the regulations, rulings and guidance under Code Section 401(k), and the Plan hereby incorporates by reference all options relating to testing not specifically described in this document with the intent to have flexibility in satisfying the ADP test.
 
  (vi)   The Committee shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test.
 
  (vii)   The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
  (viii)   A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
(c)   Excess Contributions. With respect to any Plan Year, Excess Contributions are the excess of:
  (i)   The aggregate amount of contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
 
  (ii)   The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test for the Highly Compensated Employees, calculated in the following manner:
  (1)   The 401(k) Contributions are hypothetically reduced for the HCEs with the highest actual deferral ratio (“ADR”) determined in accordance with applicable regulations to permit such HCEs’ percentages to equal the greater of the highest ADR allowed by the ADP test or the ADR of the HCE (or HCEs) with the next highest ADR. If a lesser reduction is required to satisfy the ADP test, only the lesser reduction is considered.

A-3


 

  (2)   Step (1) is repeated until the ADP test is satisfied.
 
  (3)   The total amount of Excess Contribution is the sum of the hypothetical contribution reduction for each HCE.
    Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.
 
(d)   Allocation of Excess Contributions. The dollar amount of the Excess Contribution determined in subsection (c) is distributed to the HCEs using the “dollar leveling method,” as follows:
  (i)   The elective contribution of the HCE with the highest dollar amount of elective contributions is reduced by the amount that will cause that HCE’s elective contributions to equal the dollar amount of the elective contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of elective contributions.
 
  (ii)   The amount determined in Step (i) is then distributable to the HCE with the highest dollar amount of elective contributions.
 
  (iii)   If a lesser reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributable under these steps, would equal the total Excess Contribution, the lesser reduction amount is distributable.
 
  (iv)   If the total amount distributable is less than the total amount of Excess Contributions, the preceding steps are repeated until the total amount of excess contributions has been apportioned.
 
  (v)   If the distributions equal to the total amount distributable to HCEs under the dollar leveling method, adjusted in accordance with subsection (e), are made, the ADP is treated as meeting the nondiscrimination test of Code Section 401(k)(3), regardless of whether the ADP, if recalculated after distributions, would satisfy Code Section 401(k)(3).
(e)   Distribution of Excess Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Contributions apportioned to a Highly Compensated Employee, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, must be distributed from such Participant’s 401(k) Account no later than the last day of the Plan Year next following the Plan Year in which the Excess Contribution arose, in accordance with IRS guidance, rulings and regulations. To the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his or her Catch-Up Contribution limit under the Plan, Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are treated as Catch-Up Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. If such Excess Contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions) are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose, a ten (10%) percent excise tax will be imposed on the Company with respect to such amounts.

A-4


 

(i)   Determination of Income or Loss Allocable to Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to a Participant’s Excess Contributions shall be determined using any of the methods set forth below:
  (A)   Reasonable Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Contributions, provided that the method does not violate Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the income allocable to Excess Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than seven (7) days before the distribution.
 
  (B)   Alternative Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may allocate income to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year by multiplying the income for the Plan Year allocable to the 401(k) Contributions and other amounts taken into account under the ADP test (including contributions made for the Plan Year), by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) the Account Balance attributable to 401(k) Contributions and other amounts taken into account under the ADP test as of the beginning of the Plan Year; and (2) any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.
 
  (C)   Safe Harbor Method of Allocating Gap Period Income . The Committee may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine income on Excess Contributions for the gap period. Under this safe harbor method, income on Excess Contributions for the gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the income allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (B) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month.
 
  (D)   Alternative method for Allocating Plan Year and Gap Period Income . The Committee may determine the income for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period, by applying the

A-5


 

alternative method provided by paragraph (B) above to the aggregate period. This is accomplished by (1) substituting the income for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the income for the Plan Year, and (2) substituting the amounts taken into account under the ADP test for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the amounts taken into account under the ADP test for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that income.
     For purposes of this subsection, the gap period means the period between the end of the Plan Year to a date determined by the Plan Administrator, which date shall not be more than seven days prior to the date of distribution.
  (ii)   Suspension or Reduction of Contributions. If, prior to the end of a Plan Year, the Committee determines that a Highly Compensated Employee is likely to have Excess Contributions for the Plan Year because of the election made under Section 3.1, the Committee may authorize a suspension or reduction of 401(k) Contributions for such affected Participant as the Committee may determine. Provided further, if prior to the end of a Plan Year, the Committee determines that under the provisions of this Section, a Participant is likely to have Excess Contributions for the next Plan Year because of the election made under Section 3.1, the Committee shall communicate in writing to affected Participants, a prospective limitation on the percentage of Compensation which such Participant may elect to contribute, which limitation may be prospectively changed at any time by resolution.
  (iii)   Testing. The ADP test shall be performed in accordance with the Code and applicable IRS guidance, rulings and regulations.
 
  (iv)   Attributable Matching Contributions. If Excess Contributions are distributed to a Participant, no Matching Contributions will be made with respect to the Excess Contributions. If Matching Contributions have already been allocated based on such Excess Contributions, the Matching Contributions attributable to the Excess Contributions shall be forfeited upon distribution of the Excess Contributions.
A.2. ACP Test
  (a)   Limitations on Matching Contributions.
  (i)   Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test . Matching Contributions made under the Plan must meet the Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) test of Code Section 401(m). For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, the ACP for the current Plan Year for eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

A-6


 

  (A)   The ACP for eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
 
  (B)   The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the prior Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.
(ii)   Current Year Testing
 
    If elected by the Committee, the ACP tests in (A) and (B) above will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).
 
(iii)   Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) means, for a specified group of eligible Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (1) the sum of the Participant’s Matching Contributions and any Qualified Matching or Qualified Nonelective Contributions to be used in the ACP test made on behalf of such Participant for the applicable Plan Year (and disregarding any contributions returned as an excess annual addition pursuant to Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iv)), to (2) the Participant’s compensation for such Plan Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year).
 
    For purposes of this section, an eligible Participant shall mean any Employee of the Company who is otherwise authorized under the terms of the Plan to have 401(k) Contributions or Matching Contributions allocated to his or her Account for the Plan Year (or prior Plan Year, as applicable). If 401(k) Contributions are required to receive a Matching Contribution, any Employee who would be an eligible Participant if such Employee had made a 401(k) Contribution shall be treated as an eligible Participant.

A-7


 

Under regulations, the Committee also may elect to use 401(k) Contributions in the ACP test so long as the ADP test is met before the 401(k) Contributions are used in the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those 401(k) Contributions that are used to meet the ACP test.
(b)   Additional Rules
  (i)   The ACP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Matching Contributions and 401(k) Contributions, if applicable, allocated to his or her account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Company, shall be determined as if the total of such matching contributions and before-tax contributions, if applicable, was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all Matching Contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangement shall be aggregated.
 
  (ii)   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than 10 percent of the Employer’s Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulations 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the prior Plan Year will be made in accordance with such Regulations unless the Employer has elected to use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.
 
  (iii)   For purposes of the ACP test, Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the twelve month period beginning on the day after the close of the applicable Plan Year.
 
  (iv)   For purposes of this Section, compensation means compensation as defined in Section A.1(b)(iv).
 
  (v)   Notwithstanding any other provision contained in Schedule A, testing shall be performed consistently with regulations, rulings and guidance under Code Section 401(m), and the Plan hereby incorporates by reference all options relating to testing not specifically described in this document with the intent to have flexibility in satisfying the ACP test.
 
  (vi)   The Committee shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test.

A-8


 

  (vii)   A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
(c)   Excess Aggregate Contributions. With respect to any Plan Year, Excess Aggregate Contributions are the excess of:
  (i)   The aggregate amount of Matching Contributions, 401(k) Contributions, and if treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test, Qualified Matching and/or Qualified Nonelective Contributions, taken into account in computing the ACP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
  (ii)   The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ACP test for the Highly Compensated Employees, calculated in the following manner:
  (1)   The Matching Contributions are hypothetically reduced for the HCEs with the highest actual contribution ratio (“ACR”) determined in accordance with applicable regulations so that such HCEs’ ACR equals the greater of the highest percentage allowed by the ACP test or the ACR of the HCE (or HCEs) with the next highest ACR. If a lesser reduction is required to satisfy the ACP test, only the lesser reduction is considered.
 
  (2)   Step (1) is repeated until the ACP test is satisfied.
 
  (3)   The total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions is the sum of the hypothetical contribution reductions for each HCE.
    Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Section A.1 and then determining Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to this Section A.2.
 
(d)   Allocation of Excess Aggregate Contributions . The total dollar amount of the Excess Aggregate Contributions determined in subsection (c) is distributed to the HCEs using the “dollar leveling method,” as follows:
  (i)   The Excess Aggregate Contribution of the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions is reduced by the amount that will cause that HCE’s Excess Aggregate Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions.
 
  (ii)   The amount determined in Step (i) is then distributable to the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

A-9


 

  (iii)   If a lesser reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributable under these steps would equal the total Excess Aggregate Contribution, the lesser reduction amount is distributable.
 
  (iv)   If the total amount distributable is less than the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions, the preceding steps are repeated until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been apportioned.
 
  (v)   If distributions equal to the total amount distributable to HCEs under the dollar leveling method, adjusted in accordance with subsection (e), are made, the ACP is treated as meeting the nondiscrimination test of Code Section 401(m)(2), regardless of whether the ACP, if recalculated after distributions, would satisfy Code Section 401(m)(2).
(e)   Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, to the extent not vested, or if not forfeitable, shall be distributed, in accordance with IRS guidance, rulings and regulations to the Highly Compensated Employees to whose Accounts Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated, from such Participants’ Matching Accounts (and, if applicable, the Participants’ Qualified Nonelective Contributions Accounts and 401(k) Accounts) no later than the last day of the Plan Year next following the Plan Year to which such Excess Aggregate Contributions relate . If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year to which such Excess Aggregate Contributions relate, a ten percent (10%) excise tax will be imposed on the Company maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
 
    Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan for Code Section 415 purposes.
 
(f)   Determination of Income or Loss Allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss allocable to such Excess Aggregate Contributions up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to a Participant’s Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be determined using any of the methods set forth below:
  (A)   Reasonable Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions, provided that the method does not violate Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than seven (7) days before the distribution.

A-10


 

  (B)   Alternative Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may allocate income to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year by multiplying the income for the Plan Year allocable to the Matching Contributions and other amounts taken into account under the ACP test (including contributions made for the Plan Year), by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) the Account Balance attributable to Matching Contributions and other amounts taken into account under the ACP test as of the beginning of the Plan Year; and (2) any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.
 
  (C)   Safe Harbor Method of Allocating Gap Period Income . The Committee may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine income on Excess Aggregate Contributions for the gap period. Under this safe harbor method, income on Excess Aggregate Contributions for the gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (B) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month.
 
  (D)   Alternative method for Allocating Plan Year and Gap Period Income . The Committee may determine the income for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period, by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (B) above to the aggregate period. This is accomplished by (1) substituting the income for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the income for the Plan Year, and (2) substituting the amounts taken into account under the ACP test for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the amounts taken into account under the ACP test for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that income.
     For purposes of this subsection, the gap period means the period between the end of the Plan Year to a date determined by the Plan Administrator, which date shall not be more than seven days prior to the date of distribution.
(g)   Testing. The ACP test shall be performed in accordance with the Code and applicable IRS guidance, rulings and regulations.

A-11


 

    A.3. Excess 401(k) Deferrals . 401(k) Contributions that are includible in a Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s 401(k) Contributions for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code Section are “Excess 401(k) Deferrals.” Excess 401(k) Deferrals are treated as annual additions under the Plan for Code Section 415 purposes, unless such amounts are distributed on or before April 15th of the calendar year following the close of the Participant’s taxable year in which such Excess 401(k) Deferrals arose. The Participant must notify the Committee by April 1st of each year of the amount of the Excess 401(k) Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan with respect to a prior Plan Year. A Participant is deemed to notify the Committee of any Excess 401(k) Deferrals that arise if such Excess 401(k) Deferrals arise solely from 401(k) Contributions made under this Plan or any other plans of the Company.
  (a)   Distribution of Excess 401(k) Deferrals . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess 401(k) Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed to the Participant on or before April 15th of the calendar year following the close of the Participant’s taxable year in which such Excess 401(k) Deferrals arose in accordance with IRS guidance, rulings and regulations. The amount to be distributed with respect to a Participant for a Plan Year is reduced by any Excess 401(k) Deferrals previously distributed to the Participant for the Plan Year.
 
      Excess 401(k) Deferrals that are distributed after April 15th are includible in the Participant’s gross income in both the taxable year in which such Excess 401(k) Deferrals are deferred and in the taxable year in which such Excess 401(k) Deferrals are distributed.
  (b)   Determination of Income or Loss Allocable to Excess 401(k) Deferrals . Excess 401(k) Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss allocable to such Contributions up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to a Participant’s Excess 401(k) Deferrals shall be determined using any of the methods set forth below:
  (A)   Reasonable Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Deferrals, provided that the method does not violate Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Deferrals merely because the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Deferrals is determined on a date that is no more than seven (7) days before the distribution.
 
  (B)   Alternative Method of Allocating Income . The Committee may allocate income to Excess 401(k) Deferrals for the Plan Year by multiplying the income for the Plan Year allocable to the 401(k)

A-12


 

      Contributions by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess 401(k) Deferrals for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of (1) the Account Balance attributable to 401(k) Contributions; and (2) any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.
 
  (C)   Safe Harbor Method of Allocating Gap Period Income . The Committee may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine income on Excess 401(k) Deferrals for the gap period. Under this safe harbor method, income on Excess 401(k) Deferrals for the gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Deferrals for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (B) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month.
 
  (D)   Alternative method for Allocating Plan Year and Gap Period Income . The Committee may determine the income for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period, by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (B) above to the aggregate period. This is accomplished by (1) substituting the income for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the income for the Plan Year, and (2) substituting the amounts taken into account for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the amounts taken into account for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that income.
            For purposes of this section, the gap period means the period between the end of the Plan Year to a date determined by the Plan Administrator, which date shall not be more than seven days prior to the date of distribution.
 
  (c)   Attributable Matching Contributions. If Excess 401(k) Deferrals are distributed to a Participant, no Matching Contributions will be made with respect to the Excess 401(k) Deferrals. If Matching Contributions have already been allocated based on such Excess 401(k) Deferrals, the Matching Contributions attributable to the Excess 401(k) Deferrals shall be forfeited.
A.4. Forfeitures.
     All forfeitures under this Schedule A shall be used in the discretion of the Company to reduce Employer contributions or to pay administrative expenses of the Plan.

A-13


 

SCHEDULE B
ELIGIBLE UNION EMPLOYEES
Agreement with Office and Professional Employees International Union, Local 108
B-1

 


 

SCHEDULE C
PARTICIPATING AFFILIATES
1.   International Helicopter Transport, Inc.
 
2.   Evangeline Airmotive, Inc.
 
3.   Acadian Composites, Limited Liability Co.
 
4.   Air Evac Services, Inc.
 
5.   PHI Aeromedical Services, Inc.
 
6.   Petroleum Helicopters International, Inc.
C-1

 

 

Exhibit 10.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.
1995 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
      1. Purpose. The purpose of the 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) of Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. (“PHI”) is to increase shareholder value and to advance the interests of PHI and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) by furnishing a variety of economic incentives (the “Incentives”) designed to attract, retain and motivate key employees and officers and to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such employees and officers and PHI’s shareholders. Incentives may consist of opportunities to purchase or receive voting and non-voting shares of common stock, $.10 par value per share, of PHI (the “Common Stock”), on terms determined under the Plan. As used in the Plan, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation of which PHI owns (directly or indirectly) within the meaning of Section 425(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock. Any Incentives granted hereunder prior to shareholder approval of the Plan by the shareholders of PHI, shall be granted subject to such approval.
      2. Administration.
      2.1. Composition. The Plan shall be administered by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of PHI (the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the Board of Directors, each of whom shall (a) qualify as a “disinterested person” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), as currently in effect or any successor rule, and (b) qualify as “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
      2.2. Authority. The Committee shall have plenary authority to award Incentives under the Plan, to interpret the Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to the Plan that it determines to be appropriate, to enter into agreements with participants as to the terms of the Incentives (the “Incentive Agreements”) and to make any other determination that it believes necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan. Its decisions in matters relating to the Plan shall be final and conclusive on the Company and participants. The Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent provided in Section 3 hereof. The Committee shall not have authority to award Incentives under the Plan to directors in their capacities as such.
      3. Eligible Participants. Key employees and officers of the Company (including officers who also serve as directors of the Company) and persons providing services as consultants or advisors to the Company shall become eligible to receive Incentives under the Plan when designated by the Committee. Only Carroll W. Suggs may be granted Incentives with respect to voting Common Stock. Employees may be designated individually or by groups or categories, as the Committee deems appropriate. With respect to participants not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may delegate to appropriate personnel of the Company its authority to designate participants, to determine the size and type of Incentives to

1


 

be received by those participants and to determine or modify performance objectives for those participants.
      4. Types of Incentives. Incentives may be granted under the Plan to eligible participants in any of the following forms, either individually or in combination, (a) incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options; (b) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) (c) restricted stock; (d) performance shares; (e) stock awards; and (f) cash awards.
5. Shares Subject to the Plan.
      5.1. Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10.6, a total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock are authorized to be issued under the Plan, 175,000 shares of which shall be voting Common Stock and 325,000 shares of which shall be non-voting Common Stock. Incentives with respect to no more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock may be granted through the Plan to a single participant in one calendar year. In the event that a stock option, SAR or performance share granted hereunder expires or is terminated or cancelled prior to exercise or payment, any shares of Common Stock that were issuable thereunder may again be issued under the Plan. In the event that shares of Common Stock are issued as Incentives under the Plan and thereafter are forfeited or reacquired by the Company pursuant to rights reserved upon issuance thereof, such forfeited and reacquired shares may again be issued under the Plan. If an Incentive is to be paid in cash by its terms, the Committee need not make a deduction from the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan with respect thereto. If and to the extent that an Incentive may be paid in cash or shares of Common Stock, the total number of shares available for issuance hereunder shall be debited by the number of shares payable under such Incentive, provided that upon any payment of all or part of such Incentive in cash, the total number of shares available for issuance hereunder shall be credited with the appropriate number of shares represented by the cash payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Additional rules for determining the number of shares granted under the Plan may be made by the Committee, as it deems necessary or appropriate.
      5.2. Type of Common Stock. Common Stock issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held as treasury shares.
      6. Stock Options. A stock option is a right to purchase shares of Common Stock from PHI. Stock options granted under this Plan may be incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. Any option that is designated as a non-qualified stock option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option. Each stock option granted by the Committee under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
      6.1. Price. The exercise price per share shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment under Section 12.6; provided that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

2


 

      6.2. Number. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined by the Committee, subject to Section 5.1 and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.6.
      6.3. Duration and Time for Exercise. Subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 12.4, the term of each stock option shall be determined by the Committee. Subject to Section 12.12, each stock option shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as shall be determined by the Committee, provided, however, that, except as provided below, no stock option granted to an officer or director of PHI who is subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act (an “Insider”) shall be exercisable within the six-month period immediately following the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time, in addition to the automatic acceleration of stock options under Section 12.12.
      6.4. Repurchase. Upon approval of the Committee, the Company may repurchase a previously granted stock option from a participant by mutual agreement before such option has been exercised by payment to the participant of the amount per share by which: (i) the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.13) of the Common Stock subject to the option on the business day immediately preceding the date of purchase exceeds (ii) the exercise price.
      6.5. Manner of Exercise. A stock option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. The exercise notice shall be accompanied by the full purchase price for such shares. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars and may be paid by (a) cash; (b) uncertified or certified check; (c) unless otherwise determined by the Committee, by delivery of shares of Common Stock held by the optionee for at least six months, which shares shall be valued for this purpose at the Fair Market Value on the business day immediately preceding the date such option is exercised; (d) by delivering a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker approved by PHI (with a copy to PHI) to promptly deliver to PHI the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price; (e) in such other manner as may be authorized from time to time by the Committee. In the case of delivery of an uncertified check upon exercise of a stock option, no shares shall be issued until the check has been paid in full. Prior to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of a stock option, a participant shall have no rights as a shareholder.
      6.6. Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following additional provisions shall apply to the grant of stock options that are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code):
               (a) Any Incentive Stock Option agreement authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable, but shall in all events be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required in order to qualify the options as Incentive Stock Options.

3


 

               (b) All Incentive Stock Options must be granted within ten years from the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors.
               (c) Unless sooner exercised, all Incentive Stock Options shall expire no later than ten years after the date of grant.
               (d) No Incentive Stock Options shall be granted to any participant who, at the time such option is granted, would own (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary corporation.
               (e) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each Incentive Stock Option as of the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of PHI or any of its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that such limitation is exceeded, such options shall not be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as Incentive Stock Options.
      6.7. Equity Maintenance. If a participant exercises an option during the term of his employment with the Company, and pays the exercise price (or any portion thereof) through the surrender of shares of outstanding Common Stock owned by the participant, the Committee may, in its discretion, grant to such participant an additional option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the shares of Common Stock so surrendered by such participant. Any such additional options granted by the Committee shall be exercisable at the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock determined as of the business day immediately preceding the respective dates such additional options may be granted. As stated above, such additional options may be granted only in connection with the exercise of options by the participant during the term of his active employment with the Company. The grant of such additional options under this Section 6.7 shall be made upon such other terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time determine.
7. Restricted Stock.
      7.1. Grant of Restricted Stock. The Committee may award shares of restricted stock to such officers and key employees as the Committee determines pursuant to the terms of Section 3. An award of restricted stock may be subject to the attainment of specified performance goals or targets, restrictions on transfer, forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan. To the extent restricted stock is intended to qualify as performance based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, it must meet the additional requirements imposed thereby.

4


 

      7.2. The Restricted Period. At the time an award of restricted stock is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the transfer of the shares of restricted stock shall be restricted (the “Restricted Period”). Each award of restricted stock may have a different Restricted Period. In addition, any participant subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act shall be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring shares of restricted stock for a period of six months from the grant thereof. The expiration of the Restricted Period shall also occur as provided under Section 12.4 and under the conditions described in Section 12.12 hereof.
      7.3. Escrow. The participant receiving restricted stock shall enter into an Incentive Agreement with the Company setting forth the conditions of the grant. Certificates representing shares of restricted stock shall be registered in the name of the participant and deposited with the Company, together with a stock power endorsed in blank by the participant. Each such certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
The transferability of this certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented by it are subject to the terms and conditions (including conditions of forfeiture) contained in the Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. thereunder. Copies of the Plan and the agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.
      7.4. Dividends on Restricted Stock. Any and all cash and stock dividends paid with respect to the shares of restricted stock shall be subject to any restrictions on transfer, forfeitability provisions or reinvestment requirements as the Committee may, in its discretion, prescribe in the Incentive Agreement.
      7.5. Forfeiture. In the event of the forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock under the terms provided in the Incentive Agreement (including any additional shares of restricted stock that may result from the reinvestment of cash and stock dividends, if so provided in the Incentive Agreement), such forfeited shares shall be surrendered and the certificates cancelled. The participants shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same forfeiture provisions, with respect to any additional shares received pursuant to Section 12.6 due to a recapitalization, merger or other change in capitalization.
      7.6. Expiration of Restricted Period. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee or at such earlier time as provided for in Section 7.2 and in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, the restrictions applicable to the restricted stock shall lapse and a stock certificate for the number of shares of restricted stock with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions and legends, except any that may be imposed by law, to the participant or the participant’s estate, as the case may be.

5


 

      7.7. Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject to any restrictions on the receipt of dividends that may be imposed in the Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of stock during any period in which such shares are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transfer, including without limitation, the right to vote any shares of voting Common Stock.
           8. Stock Appreciation Rights. A SAR is a right to receive, without payment to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock, cash or any combination thereof, the amount of which is determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 8.4. A SAR may be granted (a) with respect to any stock option granted under the Plan, either concurrently with the grant of such stock option or at such later time as determined by the Committee (as to all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the stock option), or (b) alone, without reference to any related stock option. Each SAR granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
      8.1. Number. Each SAR granted to any participant shall relate to such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee, subject to Section 5.1 and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.6. In the case of a SAR granted with respect to a stock option, the number of shares of Common Stock to which the SAR pertains shall be reduced in the same proportion that the holder of the option exercises the related stock option.
      8.2. Duration and Time for Exercise. Subject to Section 12.12, the term and exercisability of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in the Incentive Agreement, each SAR issued in connection with a stock option shall become exercisable at the same time or times, to the same extent and upon the same conditions as the related stock option. No SAR granted to a person subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act may be exercised during the first six months of its term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in its discretion accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time in addition to automatic acceleration of SARs under Section 12.12.
      8.3. Exercise. A SAR may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of SARs that the holder wishes to exercise. The Company shall, within 30 days of receipt of notice of exercise by the Company, deliver to the exercising holder certificates for the shares of Common Stock or cash or both, as determined by the Committee, to which the holder is entitled pursuant to Section 8.4.
      8.4. Payment. Subject to the right of the Committee to deliver cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock that shall be issuable upon the exercise of an SAR shall be determined by dividing:
     (a) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the SAR is exercised multiplied by the dollar amount of the appreciation in such shares (for

6


 

this purpose, the “appreciation” shall be the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the SAR on the Exercise Date exceeds (1) in the case of a SAR related to a stock option, the purchase price of the shares of Common Stock under the stock option or (2) in the case of a SAR granted alone, without reference to a related stock option, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, which shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to adjustment under Section 12.6); by
     (b) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Exercise Date.
     In lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of a SAR, the Committee may elect to pay the holder of the SAR cash equal to the Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date of any or all of the shares which would otherwise be issuable. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the exercise of a SAR; instead, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to receive a cash adjustment equal to the same fraction of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Exercise Date or to purchase the portion necessary to make a whole share at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date.
      9. Performance Shares. A performance share consists of an award that may be paid in shares of Common Stock or in cash, as described below. The award of performance shares shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.
      9.1. Performance Objectives. Each performance share will be subject to performance objectives for PHI or one of its subsidiaries, divisions or departments to be achieved by the end of a specified period. The number of performance shares awarded shall be determined by the Committee and may be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. If the performance objectives are achieved, each participant will be paid (a) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of performance shares initially granted to that participant; (b) a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock on the date the performance objectives are met or such other date as may be provided by the Committee or (c) a combination of shares of Common Stock and cash, as may be provided by the Committee. If such objectives are not met, each award of performance shares may provide for lesser payments in accordance with a pre-established formula set forth in the Incentive Agreement. To the extent a performance share is intended to qualify as performance based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, it must meet the additional requirements imposed thereby.
      9.2. Not a Shareholder. The award of performance shares to a participant shall not create any rights in such participant as a shareholder of the Company, until the payment of shares of Common Stock with respect to an award, at which time such stock shall be considered issued and outstanding.

7


 

           9.3. Dividend Equivalent Payments. A performance share award may be granted by the Committee in conjunction with dividend equivalent payment rights or other such rights. Dividend equivalent payments may be made to the participant at the time of the payment of the dividend or issuance of the other right or at the end of the specified performance period or may be deemed to be invested in additional performance shares at the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of payment of the dividend or issuance of the right.
      10. Stock Awards. A stock award consists of the transfer by the Company to a participant of shares of Common Stock, without other payment therefore, as additional compensation for services previously provided to the Company. The number of shares to be transferred by the Company to a participant pursuant to a stock award shall be determined by the Committee.
      11. Cash Awards. A cash award consists of a monetary payment made by the Company to a participant as additional compensation for his services to the Company. Payment of a cash award may relate to the tax liability of a participant in connection with the grant, exercise, or payment of an Incentive or may depend on achievement of performance objectives by the Company or by individuals. The amount of any monetary payment constituting a cash award shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Cash awards may be subject to other terms and conditions, which may vary from time to time among participants, as the Committee determines to be appropriate.
      12. General.
           12.1. Duration. Subject to Section 12.11, the Plan shall remain in effect until all Incentives granted under the Plan have either been satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or the payment of cash or been terminated under the terms of the Plan and all restrictions imposed on shares of Common Stock in connection with their issuance under the Plan have lapsed.
           12.2. Transferability of Incentives. Options, SARs and performance shares granted under the Plan shall not be transferable except: (a) by will; (b) by the laws of descent and distribution; (c) to family members, to a trust for the benefit of family members or to charitable institutions, if permitted by the Committee and provided in the Incentive Agreement, after a determination that the ability to transfer the Incentive will not result in the grant of the Incentive being taxable and, with respect to such Incentives granted to Insiders, if permitted by Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act; or (d) pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined by the Code. Options or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of a participant only by the participant or by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of an Incentive, or levy of attachment or similar process upon the Incentive not specifically permitted herein, shall be null and void and without effect.
           12.3. Non-transferability of Common Stock . Any shares of Common Stock awarded to an Insider as restricted stock, a stock award or in payment of a performance

8


 

share award must be held for a period of six months from the date of grant, unless transfer would not result in the loss of the exemption under Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act for the grant of the Incentive.
      12.4. Effect of Termination of Employment or Death. In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest or shall expire at such times as may be determined by the Committee in the Incentive Agreement. The Committee has complete authority to modify the treatment of an Incentive in the event of termination of employment of a participant by means of an amendment to the Incentive Agreement. Consent of the participant to the modification is required only if the modification impairs the rights previously provided to the participant in the Incentive Agreement.
      12.5. Additional Condition. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding: (a) the Company may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, at the time of award of any Incentive or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Incentive, require the recipient of the Incentive, as a condition to the receipt thereof or to the receipt of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto, to deliver to the Company a written representation of present intention to acquire the Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto for his own account for investment and not for distribution; and (b) if at any time the Company further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of any Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant thereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the award of any Incentive, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such Incentive shall not be awarded or such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued or such restrictions shall not be removed, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.
      12.6. Adjustment. In the event of any recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or other change in the Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the Plan, including shares subject to outstanding Incentives, shall be adjusted in proportion to the change in outstanding shares of Common Stock. In the event of any such adjustments, the purchase price of any option, the performance objectives of any Incentive, and the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to any Incentive shall be adjusted as and to the extent appropriate, in the reasonable discretion of the Committee, to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after such adjustment.
      12.7. Incentive Agreements. The terms of each Incentive shall be stated in an agreement approved by the Committee. The Committee may also determine to enter into

9


 

agreements with holders of options to reclassify or convert certain outstanding options, within the terms of the Plan, as Incentive Stock Options or as non-qualified stock options.
      12.8. Withholding. The Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments made under the Plan or to collect as a condition of payment, any taxes required by law to be withheld.
          (a) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments made under the Plan or to collect as a condition of payment, any taxes required by law to be withheld. At any time that a participant is required to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income tax laws in connection with the issuance of Common Stock, the lapse of restrictions on Common Stock or the exercise of an option, the participant may, subject to the approval of the Committee, satisfy this obligation in whole or in part by electing (the “Election”) to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The value of the shares to be withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld shall be determined (“Tax Date”).
          (b) Each Election must be made prior to the Tax Date. The Committee may disapprove of any Election, may suspend or terminate the right to make Elections, or may provide with respect to any Incentive that the right to make Elections shall not apply to such Incentive. If a participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to shares of restricted stock, an Election is not permitted to be made.
          (c) If a participant is subject to Section 16 under the 1934 Act, then the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3(e) under the 1934 Act for the stock withholding transaction will only be available if the Election meets the following additional requirements:
     (1) No Election shall be effective for a Tax Date that occurs within six months of the grant of the award.
     (2) The Election must be made either (i) six months prior to the Tax Date or (ii) during a period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for publication of the Company’s quarterly or annual summary statements of earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date (a “window period”). If the Election is made under (2)(ii) hereof and relates to the exercise of an option, the exercise must also occur during a window period.
     (3) An Election is irrevocable except upon six months’ advance written notice to the Company.

10


 

      12.9. No Continued Employment. No participant under the Plan shall have any right, because of his or her participation, to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of time or to any right to continue his or her present or any other rate of compensation.
      12.10. Deferral Permitted. Payment of cash or distribution of any shares of Common Stock to which a participant is entitled under any Incentive shall be made as provided in the Incentive Agreement. Payment may be deferred at the option of the participant if provided in the Incentive Agreement.
      12.11. Amendment of the Plan. The Board may amend or discontinue the Plan at any time. In addition, no amendment or discontinuance shall, subject to adjustments permitted under Section 12.6, change or impair, without the consent of the recipient, an Incentive previously granted, except that the Company retains the right to (a) convert any outstanding Incentive Stock Option to a non-qualified stock option, (b) require the forfeiture of an Incentive if a participant’s employment is terminated for cause, and (c) exercise all rights under Section 12.12.
      12.12. Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any related Incentive Agreement, if (i) PHI shall not be the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity other than a previously wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), (ii) the Company sells, leases or exchanges all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), (iii) PHI is to be dissolved or liquidated, (iv) any person or entity, including a “group” as contemplated by section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act, other than an employee benefit plan of the Company or a related trust, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than 30% of the outstanding shares of PHI’s voting stock, or (v) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of PHI before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of PHI (each such event is referred to herein as a “Corporate Change”), then upon the approval by the Board of Directors of PHI of any Corporate Change of the type described in clause (i) to (iii) or upon a Corporate Change described in clause (iv) or (v), all outstanding options and SARs shall automatically become fully exercisable, all restrictions or limitations on any Incentives shall lapse and all performance criteria and other conditions relating to the payment of Incentives shall be deemed to be achieved or waived by the Company, without the necessity of any action by any person. In addition, no later than (a) 30 days after the approval by the Board of Directors of PHI of any Corporate Change of the type described in clauses (i) to (iii) or (b) 30 days after a Corporate Change of the type described in clause (iv) or (v), the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any participant (and notwithstanding any removal or attempted removal of some or all of the members thereof as directors or committee members), may act to effect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual participants and which may vary among Incentives held by any individual participant: (1) require that all outstanding options and/or SARs be exercised on or before a specified date (before or after such

11


 

Corporate Change) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised options and SARs and all rights of participants thereunder shall terminate, (2) provide for mandatory conversion of some or all of the outstanding options and SARs held by some or all participants as of a date, before or after such Corporate Change, specified by the Committee, in which event such options and SARs shall be deemed automatically cancelled and the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to each such participant an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such option or SAR, as defined and calculated below, over the exercise price(s) of such options or SARs, or, in lieu of such cash payment, the issuance of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess, (3) make such equitable adjustments to Incentives then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Corporate Change (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Incentives then outstanding) or (4) provide that thereafter upon any exercise of an option or SAR theretofore granted the participant shall be entitled to purchase under such option or SAR, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such option or SAR, the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the participant would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement providing for the merger, consolidation, asset sale, dissolution or other Corporate Change of the type described in clause (i) to (iii) above, if, immediately prior to such Corporate Change, the participant had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such options or SARs. For the purposes of clause (2) above, the “Change of Control Value” shall equal the amount determined by whichever of the following items is applicable: (i) the per share price offered to shareholders of PHI in any such merger, consolidation or other reorganization, determined as of the date of the definitive agreement providing for such transaction, (ii) the price per share offered to shareholders of PHI in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Corporate Change takes place, or (iii) in all other events, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock into which such options or SARs being converted are exercisable, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of conversion of such options or SARs. In the event that the consideration offered to shareholders of PHI in any transaction described herein consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash.
      12.13. Definition of Fair Market Value. Whenever “Fair Market Value” of Common Stock shall be determined for purposes of this Plan, it shall be determined by the Committee in good faith based on a review and evaluation of recent trading activity of the Common Stock.
      12.14. Compliance with Section 16. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan and Incentives hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner, that, in the case of participants who are or may be Insiders, satisfies the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, so that such persons will be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or other exemptive rules under Section 16 of the 1934 Act and will not be subjected to avoidable liability thereunder. If any provision of the Plan or of any Incentives would otherwise

12


 

frustrate or conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 12.14, that provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict. To the extent of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with such intent, the provision shall be deemed void as applicable to Insiders.
                12.15. Loans. In order to assist a participant to satisfy his tax liabilities arising in connection with an Incentive granted under the Plan, the Committee may authorize, subject to the provisions of Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, at either the time of the grant of the Incentive, at the time of the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Incentive, or at the time of the lapse of restrictions on shares of restricted stock granted under the Plan, the extension of a loan to the participant by the Company. The terms of any loans, including the interest rate, collateral and terms of repayment, will be subject to the discretion of the Committee. The maximum credit available hereunder shall be equal to the maximum tax liability that may be incurred in connection with the Incentive.
Amendment and Restatement Adopted by the Board of Directors:
July 11, 1995
Approved by the Shareholders: September 22, 1995

13

 

Exhibit 10.4
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
PHI, INC.
1995 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
      THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of ___, by and between PHI, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (“PHI”), and ___ (“Optionee”).
      WHEREAS Optionee is a key employee of PHI or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) and PHI considers it desirable and in its best interest that Optionee be given an inducement to acquire a proprietary interest in PHI and an incentive to advance the interests of PHI by possessing an option to purchase shares of the voting common stock, $.10 par value per share, of PHI (the “Common Stock”) under the PHI, Inc. 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), which was adopted by the Board of Directors of PHI on May 31, 1995, and will be submitted to the shareholders for approval at PHI’s next annual meeting of shareholders;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed as follows:
1.
Grant of Option
     1.1 PHI hereby grants to Optionee effective ___ (the “Date of Grant”) the right, privilege and option to purchase ___ shares of Common Stock (the “Option”) at an exercise prices of $ ___ per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Option shall vest, become exercisable and expire as provided in Sections 2 and 3 below.
     1.2 The Option is a non-qualified stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.
Vesting of Option
     2.1 Effective ___, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of PHI (the “Committee”) shall make a determination as to the portion of the Option that is vested as follows:
     (a) Company Performance Goals
     (1) If the Company’s consolidated earnings before income taxes for the fiscal year ending ___, as adjusted by the Committee for extraordinary items (“Actual Operating Income”), equals the consolidated earnings before income taxes reflected in the Company’s annual budget for the fiscal year ending ___

1


 

    (“Budgeted Operating Income”), the Option shall vest with respect to ___of the shares covered thereby.
     (2) If Actual Operating Income exceeds Budgeted Operating Income, the Option shall vest with respect to an additional ___ shares for each _% by which Actual Operating Income exceeds Budgeted Operating Income, up to a maximum of ___ additional shares.
     (3) If Actual Operating Income is less than Budgeted Operating Income, but is between ___% and ___% of Budgeted Operating Income, then the Option shall vest with respect to ___ shares, less ___shares for each _% or fraction of _% by which Actual Operating Income is less than Budgeted Operating Income.
     (4) If Actual Operating Income is less than ___% of Budgeted Operating Income, no portion of the Option shall vest based upon Company performance.
(b) Individual Performance
     The Option may vest with respect to up to an additional ___ shares in the discretion of the Compensation Committee based on an evaluation of the Optionee’s performance for the year.
     2.2 All unvested Options or portions thereof shall be forfeited.
3.
Time of Exercise
     3.1 Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Section 2 hereof, the Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the vested portion of the Option with respect to ___% of the shares beginning ___ and with respect to the remaining ___% of the shares beginning ___.
     3.2 The Option shall expire and may not be exercised later than ten years following the Date of Grant.
     3.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become accelerated and immediately exercisable to the extent vested if (a.) Optionee dies while he is employed by the Company (b.) Optionee becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code (“Disability”) while he is employed by the Company, (c.) Optionee retires from employment with the Company on or after attaining the age of 65 or is granted early retirement by a vote of the Board of Directors (“Retirement”) or (d.) pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

2


 

4.
Conditions for Exercise of Option
     During Optionee’s lifetime, the Option may be exercised only by him or by his guardian or legal representative. The Option must be exercised while Optionee is employed by the Company, or, to the extent exercisable at the time of termination of employment, within 190 days of the date on which he ceases to be an employee, except that (a.) if he ceases to be an employee because of Retirement or Disability, the Option may be exercised within three years from the date on which he ceases to be an employee, (b.) if an Optionee’s employment is terminated for cause, the unexercised portion of the Option is immediately terminated, and (c.) in the event of Optionee’s death, the Option may be exercised by his estate, or by the person to whom such right devolves from him by reason of his death within two years after the date of his death; provided, however, that no Option may be exercised later than 10 years after the Date of Grant.
5.
Additional Conditions
     Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at any time PHI further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of an Option is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to PHI.
6.
No Contract of Employment Intended
     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or to interfere in any way with the right of PHI to terminate Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company at any time.
7.
Taxes
     The Company may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate for the withholding of any federal, state and local taxes that it determines are required to be withheld on the exercise of the Option.

3


 

8.
Binding Effect
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
9.
Inconsistent Provisions
     The Option granted hereby is subject to the provisions of the Plan. If any provision of this Agreement conflicts with a provision of the Plan, the Plan provision shall control.
10.
Adjustments to Options
     Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the number and class of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option and to the exercise price in certain situations described in Section 12.6 of the Plan.
11.
Termination of Option
     The Committee, in its sole discretion, may terminate the Option. However, no termination may adversely affect the rights of Optionee to the extent that the Option is currently vested on the date of such termination.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
By: PHI, INC.

4

 

Exhibit 10.5
PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.
OFFICER DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN II
1.   Purpose . The purpose of the Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. Officer Deferred Compensation Plan II (the “Plan”) is to provide certain officers of Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (hereinafter collectively referred to as “PHI”) designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. with an opportunity to defer compensation earned in calendar years beginning on and after January 1, 2005, to assist said officers in their individual financial planning. This Plan is intended to be an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 2.01(2), 3.01(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. It shall be maintained, interpreted and administered in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and applicable regulations and rulings.
2.   Effective Date and Term of Plan . The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 2005, and the Plan shall remain in effect until terminated by the Board.
3.   Duties of General Administration Vested in Committee . The general administration of the Plan shall be the responsibility of the Committee. The Committee shall have full discretionary power and authority necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its administrative duties, including but not limited to: the power to make rules and regulations relating to the Plan; the power to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine all questions that arise thereunder; the power to determine all questions of the eligibility, rights and status of Participants and others under the Plan; the power to determine from time to time the method for crediting earnings and losses on Accounts; and the power to review and decide all disputes arising under the provisions of the Plan. The Committee may delegate its rights and duties under this Plan, including administration of the Plan. The Committee may also delegate responsibility for maintenance of each Account to a director or officer of the Company other than the Participant with respect to whom any such Account is maintained or to an unrelated third party. The Committee shall have the broadest discretion with respect to interpretation and amendment of the Plan to ensure its compliance with applicable law.
4.   Definitions .
  4.1.   “Account” means the notational account established by the Committee with respect to each Participant pursuant to Section 6.
 
  4.2.   “Beneficiary” means the person or persons, including a trust, last designated by a Participant, by written notice filed with the Committee, as the recipient of any benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant after his or her death. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or if no designated

 


 

      Beneficiary survives the Participant, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.
  4.3.   “Beneficiary Designation Form” means a Beneficiary Designation Form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , as it may be revised by the Committee from time to time. Any designation of a Beneficiary shall be made by the Participant on a Beneficiary Designation Form filed with the Committee, and may be changed by the Participant at any time by filing a new Beneficiary Designation Form.
 
  4.4.   “Board” means the Board of Directors or similar governing body of the Company.
 
  4.5.   “Bonus Compensation” means cash bonuses payable by the Company which may include Performance-Based Compensation payable with respect to a specified calendar year.
 
  4.6.   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  4.7.   “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  4.8.   “Company” means Petroleum Helicopters, Inc.
 
  4.9.   “Compensation” means the Participant’s base pay as reflected on the Company’s payroll records, excluding all other types of remuneration such as, but not limited to, Bonus Compensation or any benefits or special allowances.
 
  4.10.   “Deferral Election Form” means a Deferral Election Form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , as it may be revised by the Committee from time to time.
 
  4.11.   “Deferred Compensation” means the aggregate amount of all Compensation and Bonus Compensation that the Participant elects to defer from time to time under the Plan.
 
  4.12.   “Disabled” means with respect to a Participant:
  (a)   being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or
 
  (b)   having received income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan of the Company by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months,

2


 

  4.13.   “Eligible Employee” means an officer of the Company designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.
 
  4.14.   “Eligible Securities” means the investments selected by the Committee which may be chosen by a Participant to measure gains and loss on Deferred Compensation.
 
  4.15.   “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
  4.16.   “Key Employee” means an employee of a publicly-traded company who is determined to be a key employee under Internal Revenue Code Section 416(i).
 
  4.17.   “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 5.
 
  4.18.   “Payment Commencement Date” means the date elected by the Participant in accordance with Article 6, on which the Account will begin to be paid to the Participant.
 
  4.19.   “Payment Election Form” means a Payment Election Form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , as it may be revised by the Committee from time to time.
 
  4.20.   “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation based on services performed by the Participant over a period of at least 12 months that is
  (a)   variable and contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria, and
 
  (b)   not readily ascertainable at the time of election, and will be determined based on the rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
  4.21.   “Rabbi Trust” means the trust attached as Exhibit D which is intended to satisfy the requirements of Revenue Procedure 92-64.
 
  4.22.   “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant, resulting from:
  (a)   an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a));
 
  (b)   loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or
 
  (c)   other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

3


 

5.   Election to Defer Compensation and Bonus Compensation .
  5.1.   Deferral Election Amount . Each Participant may elect to defer up to twenty-five percent (25%) of his Compensation in one percent (1%) increments and up to one hundred percent (100%) of any Bonus Compensation received for services provided to PHI in one percent (1%) increments up to twenty-five (25%) of said bonus and in five percent (5%) increments thereafter.
 
  5.2.   Deferral Election Form.
  (a)   An election to defer Compensation and Bonus Compensation shall be made by the Participant on a Deferral Election Form. Deferrals shall be effective only if the Participant executes a Deferral Election Form and such Deferral Election Form is received by the Committee prior to January 1 of the calendar year for which the election is to be effective.
 
  (b)   If a Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after January 1 of a particular year, he may, in that year only, make an election to defer Compensation or Bonus Compensation to be paid for services that he will perform after the date of said election and until the end of such year, within thirty (30) days after the date on which such officer becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.
 
  (c)   A Participant shall make a new deferral election with respect to each calendar year for which he wishes to defer Compensation or Bonus Compensation by completing and returning a Deferral Election Form to the Committee in accordance with paragraph (a) above.
  5.3.   Revocation of Election . A Participant’s election made pursuant to Section 5.2 may be revoked only if such revocation is in writing and received by the Committee prior to January 1 of the calendar year for which the election is made. Any such revocation shall also be subject to such other rules as may be established by the Committee. If a Participant revokes an election to defer Compensation, he may not again elect to participate in the Plan for the calendar year for which the election was revoked. On and after January 1 of a calendar an election is irrevocable.
 
  5.4.   Election as to Time and Form of Payment. Not later than the date an Eligible Employee files a Deferral Election Form with the Committee, the Eligible Employee also may file a Payment Election Form. Participants shall elect on the Payment Election Form to have the payment of the Account commence upon:
  (a)   Attainment of an age not younger than 50 and not older than 70; or
 
  (b)   Termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company.

4


 

      Participants also may elect to have payments made in either a single lump sum payment or annual installments over a specified period not to exceed 20 years.
 
      Except as provided in Section 5.5, all elections made pursuant to this section shall be irrevocable.
 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to modify a Participant’s election in any manner to the extent necessary to comply with applicable representations and rulings.
  5.5.   Changes in Time and Form of Payment . Deferral Election Forms. A Participant may make a subsequent election to change the time or form of payment but such election is effective only if:
  (a)   Such election is not effective for at least 12 months after the date the election is made;
 
  (b)   The first payment with respect to which the election is made is deferred for at least 5 years from the date such payment, would otherwise have been made; and
 
  (c)   The election is made not less than 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment.
      The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan is not permitted, except as provided in regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
6.   Deferred Compensation Accounts .
  6.1.   Establishment of Deferred Compensation Accounts . A separate Account shall be established for each Participant’s Deferred Compensation. Each Account shall be deemed to have been invested and reinvested from time to time in such Eligible Securities as the Participant shall designate. Accounts shall periodically be adjusted for gains or losses to reflect the investment performance of the Eligible Securities and any payments made to a Participant under the Plan.
 
  6.2.   Unfunded Plan .
  (a)   This Plan is an unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits to Participants. Should the Company elect to set aside assets for any obligations under this Plan outside the Rabbi Trust through the purchase of mutual funds, such assets shall not constitute funding for the Plan, shall be owned by the Company and shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors. The Company

5


 

      reserves the right in its sole and absolute discretion to sell any such assets, in whole or in part, at any time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to purchase, set aside or segregate assets of any kind to meet any obligations that it may have hereunder; and any obligations of the Company to pay benefits hereunder shall be an unsecured promise only, and a Participant’s right to enforce such obligation shall be solely as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Company to hold assets equal to the value of the Participants’ Accounts in the Rabbi Trust attached as Exhibit D.
  6.3.   Distribution of Account .
  (a)   Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the value of a Participant’s Account shall be distributed in either a single lump sum or annual installments (not to exceed twenty (20) installments), as designated by the Participant on his Deferral Election Form. Distribution of such amount shall be made (in the case of a lump sum payment) or commence (in the case of installment payments) thirty (30) days following the Payment Commencement Date elected by the Participant on the Deferral Election Form.
 
  (b)   If a Participant elects to have the value of his Account distributed in installments, the amount of the first installment shall be a fraction of the value of the Account, the numerator of which is one and denominator of which is the total number of installments elected, and the amount of each subsequent installment shall be a fraction of the value of the Account on the date preceding each subsequent payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.
  6.4.   Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Participant either (a) prior to the Payment Commencement Date or (b) subsequent to the Payment Commencement Date but prior to the distribution of the full value of the Participant’s Account, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary of such Participant, within 90 days of the death of such Participant, a lump-sum benefit equal to the remaining balance of the Participant’s Account, notwithstanding any election made by the Participant on the Deferral Election Form as to the time and form of payment.
 
  6.5.   Benefits for Unforeseeable Emergencies . If a Participant experiences unforeseen, adverse circumstances that the Committee determines to constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency, then the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay to such Participant, from the Participant’s Account, a lump-sum emergency benefit as soon as administratively practicable. Any benefits distributable pursuant to this section shall not exceed the amount that the Committee determines is necessary to

6


 

      defray the costs arising from or attributable to such Unforeseeable Emergency, including any federal, state or local income taxes reasonably anticipated to result from such distribution. The Committee shall take into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).
  6.6.   Disabled Participants. A Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the Participant within 90 days of a determination by the Committee that the Participant is Disabled, notwithstanding any election made by the Participant on the Deferral Election Form as to the time and form of payment.
 
  6.7.   Distribution Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of any Key Employee who separates from service, distributions may not be made for six months after the date of separation from service. However, Section 6.4 will apply in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
  6.8.   Taxes . All federal, state or local taxes that the Plan Administrator determines are required to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to the Plan shall be withheld.
 
  6.9.   Statement of Account . Each Participant shall be provided with a statement of his Account not less frequently than one time per year.
7.   No Right to Continue as an Officer or an Employee . Neither this Plan nor any action taken pursuant to this Plan shall constitute evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a Participant in the capacity of an officer or as an employee in any capacity for any period of time, or at any particular rate of Compensation.
 
8.   Rules of Construction . All pronouns used in the Plan shall include all genders. Words used in the singular shall be construed to include the plural, where appropriate, and vice versa. The headings and subheadings in the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered as conclusive in the construction of any provision of the Plan. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and governed by the laws of the State of Louisiana, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.
 
9.   Amendment, Modification and Termination . The Committee may at any time terminate, amend or modify this Plan. No amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect the amount credited to a Participant’s Account immediately prior to such amendment, modification or termination. The Committee shall have the right to merge this Plan with another nonqualified deferred compensation plan or to accept the merger of another such plan into this one.
 
10.   Nonalienation of Benefits . No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber all or any part

7


 

    of any amount credited to his Account or any right to payment of benefits hereunder, which credits, benefits and rights are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable.
11.   Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided by applicable federal law, if any, any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United Stats certified mail, postage prepaid. If the intended recipient is a Participant or Beneficiary, such notice, consent or demand shall be addressed to such person at such person’s last known address as shown on Company’s records. If the intended recipient is the Company, such notice, consent or demand shall be addressed to the Company at its principal place of business at the time of the mailing of such notice, consent or demand. Unless otherwise expressly provided by applicable federal law, if any, the date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such notice, consent or demand.
 
12.   Claims Procedure . Any Participant or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) who believes he or she is entitled to benefits under this Plan that have not been granted, may submit a written claim for benefits to the Committee which shall be handled in accordance with the Plan’s claim procedure set forth in Exhibit E .
 
13.   Waiver and Severability . No waiver of any term shall constitute a continuing waiver nor shall it constitute a waiver of any other term. The waiver by any party of a breach or violation of any provision of this Plan shall not operate as, or be construed to constitute, a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. If a provision of the Plan is held to be invalid or does not comply with applicable federal law, it shall be severed from the Plan unless appropriately modified by the Committee.

8

 

Exhibit 10.6
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
Between
Petroleum Helicopters, Inc.
&
Office & Professional Employees International Union
and its Local 108
Effective June 1, 2001 through May 31, 2004
Revision 7.12.01

 


 

         
Table of Contents   Page  
Preamble
    1  
Article 1. Purpose of Agreement
    2  
Article 2. Recognition
    3  
Article 3. Pilot Status
    4  
Article 4. Nondiscrimination
    5  
Article 5. Seniority
    6  
Article 6. Seniority List
    7  
Article 7. Reductions in Work Force
    8  
Article 8. Categories of Aircraft
    10  
Article 9. Job Posting & Bidding
    11  
Article 10. Schedules of Service
    14  
Article 11. Leaves of Absence
    15  
Article 12. Paid Days Off and Banked Days
    18  
Article 13. On the Job Injury/Workers’ Compensation
    22  
Article 14. Bereavement Leave
    24  
Article 15. Jury Duty
    25  
Article 16. Fees and Physical Examinations
    26  
Article 17 . Training
    27  
Article 18. Facilities, Equipment and Uniforms
    31  
Article 19. Severance Pay
    34  
Article 20. Moving Expense
    35  
Article 21. Base Pay
    37  
Article 22. Pilot Bonuses
    40  
Article 23. Other Bonuses
    41  
Article 24. Workover
    42  
Article 25. Travel Pay
    45  
Article 26. Per Diem
    46  
Article 27. Insurance Benefits
    47  
Article 28. 401(k) Plan
    48  
Article 29. General & Miscellaneous
    49  
Article 30. Safety/Accident Prevention
    51  
Article 31. Sexual and Workplace Harassment Policy
    52  
Article 32. Environmental Compliance
    53  
Article 33. No Strike, No Lockout
    54  
Article 34. Management Rights
    55  
Article 35. Discipline and Discharge
    56  
Article 36. Grievance Procedure
    57  
Article 37. System Board of Adjustment
    59  
Article 38. Union Representation
    61  
Article 39. Union Bulletin Boards & Communications
    63  
Article 40. Union Membership, Dues, Agency Fees & Checkoff
    64  
Article 41. Savings Clause
    66  
Article 42. Duration
    67  

 


 

Petroleum Helicopters, Inc.
Employer Proposals
AGREEMENT
     This Agreement is entered into between Petroleum Helicopters, Inc., hereinafter called “the Employer,” and Office and Professional Employees International Union, and its Local 108, hereinafter jointly called “the Union” or “the OPEIU.”

1


 

Article 1. Purpose of Agreement
     1. The purpose of this Agreement is to define the wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment of the Flight Deck Crew members (hereinafter called “pilots”) covered by this Agreement.
     2. No pilot covered by this Agreement will be interfered with, restrained, coerced or discriminated against by the Employer or the Union, their officers or their agents, because of membership or non-membership in the union, or any lawful activity under the Railway Labor Act not in violation of this Agreement.
     3. Whenever the male gender is used in this Agreement, it is understood that it is referring to both male and female pilots.
     4. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties and may not be modified in any respect except by writing subscribed to by the parties. This Agreement supercedes all previous agreements, commitments or practices, oral or written, between the Employer and the Union and/or the pilots, and expresses all of the obligations of and restrictions imposed upon each of the respected parties during its term. The waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement by either party during the term of the Agreement shall not constitute a precedent for the future waiver of any breach or provision. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the parties from bargaining on any issue they desire if both parties mutually agree to do so during the term of this Agreement.

2


 

Article 2. Recognition
     1. The Employer recognizes the Union as the exclusive bargaining representative of , and this Agreement applies only to, all flight deck crewmembers employed by Petroleum Helicopters, Inc. in the United States, its territories and possessions.
     2. The Employer may subcontract pilots and/or aircraft with pilots (collectively know as “Subcontracting”) for a period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days per occurrence during the term of the Agreement when (i) Subcontracting is necessary for the Employer to continue its operations, (ii) the Employer determines that it does not have sufficient aircraft, or appropriate aircraft type(s), or it lacks sufficient pilots, or its pilots are not appropriately trained for such Subcontracting work, (iii) the temporary and occasional use of Subcontracting is required for Fixed Wing operations and (iv) the Employer does not furlough any pilot as a direct result of such Subcontracting. It is understood and agreed that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the Employer from furloughing or terminating pilots in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement due to business or economic reasons independent of, and unrelated to Subcontracting.
     3. Notwithstanding Section 2 above, in the event the Employer is required to Subcontract due to circumstances beyond its control, the Employer may Subcontract for a time not to exceed the duration of the such circumstance or twelve (12) months, whichever is less. Circumstances beyond the Employer’s control shall include (i) an act of nature, (ii) a strike affecting the Employer’s business, (iii) grounding of a significant number of the Employer’s aircraft by a governmental agency or court, (iv) loss or destruction of the Employer’s aircraft, (v) an act or declaration of war affecting directly or indirectly the Employer’s operations, or (vi) an owner’s or manufacturer’s delay in the delivery of aircraft scheduled for delivery.
     4. In the event the employer sells all or part of its helicopter operations to another carrier during the term of this Agreement, in advance of such sale, the employer shall give notice of the existence of this Agreement to such successor carrier and shall make reasonable effort to persuade such successor carrier to agree to the continuation of the economic terms set forth in this Agreement.
     5. All revenue and all known and recurring miscellaneous flying performed by the Employer will be performed by pilots on its payroll, except as provided in Sections 2 and 3 above.

3


 

Article 3. Pilot Status
     1. All pilots covered by this Agreement are on probation for the first six months of their employment by the Employer.
     2. Probationary pilots shall be entitled to all rights and benefits under this agreement except that such pilots may not utilize the provisions of this Agreement concerning any corrective actions taken by the Employer in connection with the pilot’s performance or conduct or any disciplinary actions, up to and including discharge.
     3. After a new pilot completes the Employer’s new employee orientation, he will be introduced to a union representative for the purpose of discussing union membership.

4


 

Article 4. Nondiscrimination
     1. The Employer and the Union agree to comply with all applicable laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or Vietnam-era veteran status.

5


 

Article 5. Seniority
     1. There shall be two types of seniority:
  A.   Company seniority - Company seniority shall be defined as the pilot’s length of employment from date of hire with the Employer, adjusted for any breaks in service as defined in Section 2 of this Article. Company seniority shall be used for determining eligibility for, and the level of, all benefits.
 
  B.   Bidding seniority - Bidding seniority shall be defined as the pilot’s length of employment as a pilot with the Employer.
     2. Company seniority shall be adjusted for any breaks in employment with PHI of one (1) year or less, except as provided in Article 7. Reduction in Force, Section 6.
     3. If a pilot is assigned to a position not covered by this agreement, he shall have no rights under this agreement, except that pilots on foreign assignment, pilots on assignment as managers and supervisors on the date this Agreement is executed, and no more than one pilot elected or appointed to a position with the Local Union shall continue to accrue company and bidding seniority. Pilots who are assigned to management or supervision following the date this Agreement is executed shall continue to accrue bidding seniority for one (1) year after being placed in the position, and shall thereafter retain all such seniority.
     4. A pilot shall lose all seniority rights and have his name removed from the seniority list under the following conditions:
  A.   resignation or retirement;
 
  B.   discharge;
 
  C.   absent from work for forty-eight (48) consecutive hours without proper notification of the reason to the Director of Operations or his designee, unless the Employer determines the pilot is physically incapable of providing the Employer with the proper notification of his absence;
 
  D.   failure to return to work from an authorized leave of absence in the time provided by the Employer, giving a false reason for obtaining a leave of absence or accepting gainful employment while on a leave of absence (when the employment was not specifically authorized by the Employer);
 
  E.   failure to inform Human Resources in person or by certified mail of his intention to return to work or failure to return to work on or before a date specified in the notice of recall as provided for in Article 7, Section 8(A); or
 
  F.   a pilot who is furloughed and who is not recalled to service with the Employer within thirty-six (36) months from the date of furlough.

6


 

Article 6. Seniority List
     1. The pilot seniority list shall consist of the seniority number, name and seniority dates of all pilots covered by this agreement. The Employer will post the seniority list at all work locations where pilots covered by this agreement are assigned. A copy of the seniority list will be furnished to the Union in computer floppy disk form with leave of absence and new hire designations.
     2. When two or more pilots are employed on the same date, they shall be placed on the seniority list according to their date of birth with the eldest pilot having the most seniority. If two or more pilots are employed on the same date and have the same date of birth, the pilot who has the lowest last four digits in his social security number shall have the most seniority.
     3. The Employer agrees to update and distribute as described above the seniority list once each month with the effective date of this agreement. A pilot shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the posting of the seniority list to protest to the Employer any omission or incorrect posting affecting his bidding seniority. Once the thirty (30) day period has expired without a protest, a pilot’s posting shall be considered correct and shall not be subject to further protest unless the omission or incorrect posting was the result of a clerical error on the part of the Employer.

7


 

Article 7. Reductions in Work Force
     1. If there is a loss or reduction of an Aeromedical contract, the affected pilot(s) assigned to that contract will be placed in the Oil & Gas pilot pool, except as described in section 2 below. If there is a loss or reduction of an Oil & Gas contract, the affected pilot(s) assigned to that contract will be placed in the Oil & Gas pilot pool. If a reduction in force is necessary in any other business unit, the affected helicopter pilot(s) will be placed in the Oil & Gas pilot pool. If a reduction in force is necessary in Oil & Gas, a pilot’s bidding seniority shall determine the order of layoff, with the least senior pilot laid off first.
     2. Pilots hired for a specific contract (i.e., Aeromedical) may be exempted from general layoffs; however, they may be subject to layoff upon termination of that specific contract.
     3. If the customer owns or dry leases the aircraft and retains the right to select pilots for these aircraft, the customer retains the right to exempt pilots from layoff.
     4. The Employer shall provide the Union with reasonable notice of an impending reduction in force affecting pilots under this Agreement, in order to permit the parties to discuss alternative options. Such notice and discussions shall be waived when circumstances beyond the control of the employer require immediate action.
     5. Pilots with seniority rights will be recalled from furlough into the pilot pool in bidding seniority order, with the most senior laid off pilot being recalled first. In the event vacant jobs in Aeromedical cannot be filled from within, furloughed pilots will be offered such jobs in bidding seniority order. However, furloughed pilots, who would be required to relocate, will not be removed from the seniority list if they choose not to accept the vacant Aeromedical job offered.
     6. Pilots who are furloughed shall continue to accrue bidding seniority for as long as they have seniority rights. They will accrue company seniority up to a maximum of thirty (30) days while on furlough.
     7. Pilots on furlough are required to file their proper mailing address and telephone number(s) with Human Resources at the time of the layoff and will notify Human Resources of any changes to this information within ten (10) calendar days.
     8. Furloughed pilots shall be notified of their recall by telephone or certified mail to the most recent contact information provided as per Section 7 above. The date of recall notification shall be the date the Employer contacts the furloughed pilot by telephone or the pilot acknowledges receipt of the certified letter. Written notice to the pilot’s last address of record shall be conclusive evidence of notice to that furloughed pilot.
  A.   Each pilot accepting recall shall answer his recall notice no later than five (5) calendar days after the Employer contacts the pilot or the date the pilot signs for the certified letter, whichever is earlier. Pilots who fail to respond to a recall

8


 

      notice within the time limits set forth above, pilots who refuse recall, or pilots who reject a recall notice shall forfeit all recall rights and have their name stricken from the seniority list.
 
  B.   A furloughed pilot who is recalled must report to work no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after the date of recall notification to report to duty. Nothing shall prevent the Employer from beginning recurrent or requalification training for recalled pilots prior to the fourteen (14) day period if a sufficient number of pilots agree to return from recall early.
     9. Seniority and recall rights shall terminate if a laid off pilot is not recalled within thirty-six (36) months from the commencement of his lay off.

9


 

Article 8. Categories of Aircraft
     1. Company aircraft shall be divided into three (3) categories consistent with FAA definitions:
  A.   Small Aircraft: A single engine or multi-engine aircraft, type-certificated to carry nine (9) passengers or less, and with a maximum certified gross weight of 7000 pounds or less.
 
  B.   Medium Aircraft: An aircraft type-certificated to carry more than nine (9), but less than twenty (20) passengers, and with a maximum certified gross weight of more than 7000 pounds, but less than 12,500 pounds.
 
  C.   Large Aircraft: An aircraft type-certificated to carry more than nine (9) passengers, and with a maximum certified gross weight of 12,500 pounds or greater.

10


 

Article 9. Job Posting & Bidding
     1. In the event there is a non-temporary job opening, a Job Posting will be issued, normally within seven (7) days. The Job Posting will normally be posted for a minimum of fourteen (14) days and will include any terms of the job opening such as pay, work schedule, experience and qualification requirements, location(s), application and other pertinent job requirements information. The selection will be made within seven (7) days after the closing of the job posting, subject to customer acceptance of the pilot(s) and contract award .
     2. A Job Opening will exist when the employer determines that a need exists for an aircraft transition, upgrade or specialized training, or that a vacancy exists on a non-temporary customer contract. Transitions and specialized training required for replacement aircraft or ad hoc specials will be posted in accordance with this article, and will include any conditions such as base, regional or area requirements, pool assignment, workover expectations, and reassignment obligations and limits thereto (normally not to exceed twelve (12) months).
     3. A pilot applicant shall be considered qualified if he has been previously trained in aircraft type and has the specialized training; and is current in duty position and meets customer and employer minimum experience requirements. For transition and upgrade, qualified means that the pilot holds appropriate FAA certification and duty position.
     4. A job which is contracted for one hundred eighty (180) days or less is considered temporary . Temporary jobs expected to last more than sixty (60) days will be posted except as provided for in Section 11 (temporary reassignments) of this Article. A temporary job filled by posting will not be re-posted in the event it becomes non-temporary, and the pilot awarded the job through the temporary posting will remain on that job unless he opts to be reassigned to the pilot pool, or he successfully bids on another job.
     5. A non-temporary job vacancy is created when:
  A.   A new customer contract is obtained, unless contract requirements dictate that specific pilots fill the job, or
 
  B.   A pilot on a non-temporary job accepts another position, or
 
  C.   A pilot is removed from a job.
     6. A vacancy does not exist if:
  A.   A customer changes aircraft type, and requests that the assigned pilot(s) remain on the job, or
 
  B.   The pilot on a non-temporary job is either on an extended leave (i.e- sick leave, occupational injury leave or personal leave) for ninety (90) days or less; or the pilot is on a special assignment or temporary assignment for one hundred eighty (180) days or less, or
 
  C.   The customer owns or dry leases the aircraft and retains the right to select pilots for these aircraft. If the customer requests that the employer select the pilot(s), then the job will be posted in accordance with this section.

11


 

7.   Nothing in this Article prevents the Employer from hiring pilots into the pilot pool.
 
8.   Downgrades from a medium or heavy ship assignment require the approval of the Chief Pilot or Director of Operations.
 
9.   All job openings will be posted and awarded by the following method:
  A.   A job posting is issued and posted at all domestic company locations.
 
  B.   The Employer will use the following criteria to determine if a pilot meets the requirements to be considered for a job opening:
  1)   The customer must accept the pilot applicant, and
 
  2)   The Employer reserves the right to require a minimum of six (6) months in a previously awarded job; or twelve (12) months in a previously awarded job involving an upgrade or transition with a pay increase; or twenty-four (24) months in a previously awarded job involving a company paid relocation. Except for the six month requirement and a company paid relocation, nothing in this language prevents a pilot from an upgrade or promotion opportunity.
  C.   The job opening is awarded to the qualified pilot with the greatest bidding seniority.
 
  D.   If no qualified applicant submits a bid, the employer shall award the job using the following criteria:
  1)   In EMS:
  a)   Select and qualify the senior applicant who meets customer requirements.
 
  b)   Select and qualify the senior furloughed pilot who meets customer requirements.
 
  c)   Hire from outside the company as necessary to fill job opening.
  2)   In all other business units:
  a)   Transition the senior applicant who is otherwise qualified except as to aircraft type if the transition or specialized training does not involve a pay increase.
 
  b)   Select the least senior qualified pilot from the pilot pool.
 
  c)   Select and qualify the senior applicant who meets customer requirements (such as aircraft transition with a pay increase or upgrade).
 
  d)   Select and qualify the least senior pilot from the pilot pool who meets customer requirements.
 
  e)   Select the least senior qualified pilot.
 
  f)   Select and qualify the least senior pilot who meets customer requirements.
 
  g)   Select and qualify the senior furloughed pilot who meets customer requirements.
 
  h)   Hire from outside the company as necessary to fill job opening.

12


 

     10. Before removing a pilot from a previous bid and assigned job, the Employer will first attempt to get the customer to modify job requirements to allow a pool pilot to fill the job until such time as an applicant can be trained or otherwise qualified to fill the job.
     11. The Director of Operations may temporarily assign a qualified pool pilot to fill an immediate or new contract job opening until a job posting and qualifications can be accomplished. In the event a qualified pool pilot is not available, the Director of Operations may assign another qualified pilot. This assignment will normally not exceed ninety (90) days, but may be extended an additional ninety (90) days for extreme and unusual operational necessity. Upon completion of the assignment, the pilot may return to his regularly assigned job if that job still exists. His regularly assigned job while he is on reassignment will be filled on a temporary basis. While on such assignment, the pilot will be paid per diem at the rate specified for pool pilots, so long as he is assigned to a job at a base other than his regularly assigned base.
     12. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, pilots shall not be removed from their regularly assigned jobs to cover vacant jobs for more than three (3) consecutive workdays, not to exceed three (3) workdays per hitch and a total of nine (9) workdays per calendar quarter.
     13. A pool pilot may submit a request for a base assignment, and Scheduling will make a good faith effort to honor such request on a seniority basis.
     14. In any case in which a pilot is interviewed by a customer for a position, the Employer will provide the customer with the training records, medical certificate and any commendations and/or disciplinary actions in the pilot’s personnel or operations file. No other records will be provided unless requested in writing by the customer.

13


 

Article 10. Schedules of Service
     1. Pilots will work a schedule that complies with applicable Federal Air Regulations (FARs) and will essentially be one of the following types of work schedules:
  A.   An earned day off for each day worked (e.g.- 6/6, 7/7, 14/14, 4/3/3/4, 5/2/5/9);
 
  B.   An earned day off for each two days worked (e.g.- 8/4, 10/5, 14/7);
 
  C.   Two days off for each 5 days worked (8 1 / 2 hour duty day where the pilot is required to remain at the base);
 
  D.   Two days off for each 5 days worked (14 hour duty day where the pilot is not required to remain at the base when there is no flight requirement); and
 
  E.   Continuous duty (e.g.- fire fighting, and other temporary assignments usually not exceeding ninety (90) days). The Employer will attempt to provide the pilot on continuous duty two (2) days rest for each fourteen (14) duty days.
          The provisions of this Article are intended to define a pilot’s pay in a biweekly payperiod and should not be construed as a guarantee of hours of work or hours paid in a payperiod or as a limitation of the Employer’s right to schedule work or change the workday, the workweek, or the work schedules as required by operations. However, the Employer agrees to confer with the Union for any work schedule which deviates from those listed above, including the appropriateness of any schedule bonus.
     2. The standard work schedule for Oil & Gas operations is the 7/7 schedule (i.e.- 7 days on and 7 days off). Any job assignment deviating from the 7/7 schedule, including those other work schedules listed above, shall be filled according to Article 9. Job Posting & Bidding Article.
     3. The Employer will make assignments of pilots in compliance with FAR required flight duty time limitations and rest periods.
     4. A pilot’s work days shall not be changed without at least five (5) calendar days notice unless caused by extreme or unusual operational changes or upon mutual agreement between the pilot and the Employer.
     5. A pilot may leave his duty location, with his manager’s approval, if it is determined that no flying or other job requirements are foreseeable for the remainder of the duty day.

14


 

Article 11. Leaves of Absence
     1. A Leave of Absence (LOA) is intended to account for a reasonable period of time that a pilot may be required to be absent from the job for reasons other than VSTO, STO, or paid bereavement leave. A LOA may fall into one of the following categories:
  A.   Informal LOA (a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days) without pay may be granted to a pilot for urgent personal matters. Some examples include attending special schools for personal benefit, a need to handle family affairs associated with the death or serious illness of a close family member, or other special reasons. Except as approved by the Director of Human Resources, a pilot may be granted no more than one (1) Informal LOA in a 2-year period.
 
  B.   Formal LOA (a reasonable time up to one (1) year, or in cases of non-occupational injury or illness which may be extended an additional year if the Employer and the physician agree that the pilot is likely to return to active duty during the extension) without pay may be granted to a pilot to extend the time they are gone from work for recuperation from an injury or illness, or to allow a pilot with insufficient paid time off to fulfill the 90 day waiting period for the Long Term Disability Plan. A pilot on a Formal LOA may be required by the Employer to provide periodic proof that he remains disabled from work. Except as approved by the Director of Human Resources, a pilot may be granted no more than one Formal LOA in a 2-year period.
 
  C.   Military LOA - Military leaves of absence and reemployment rights upon return from such leave shall be granted in accordance with applicable laws. All orders for military duty, including National Guard and Reserve duty, shall be provided in writing to the Director of Operations, within four (4) calendar days of receiving the orders. A pilot on a military leave shall retain and accrue company and bidding seniority.
 
  D.   Family & Medical LOA (leave granted under the Family and Medical Leave Act) will be granted to eligible pilots as required by law. The Employer’s separate policy on leaves associated with the Family and Medical Leave Act will apply in these type leaves of absence. A pilot on FMLA will continue to accrue all seniority rights. In a case of a serious non-occupational health condition of a pilot who does not return to work within the twelve (12) week period provided for under the FMLA, he will be placed on a Formal Leave of Absence.
     2. A pilot who wishes to apply for a leave of absence must submit his request in writing to his supervisor. This written request must include the expected duration of the leave, the purpose of the leave and where the pilot may be contacted during the leave. It is the pilot’s responsibility to keep Human Resources informed of any changes in his contact information for the duration of the approved leave.
     3. All requests for leaves of absence must be submitted in writing and must be approved by the Department Manager and the Director of Human Resources. Except as approved by the Director of Human Resources, a pilot will not be granted a leave of absence (except a Military

15


 

LOA or Workers Compensation LOA) without first using all VSTO or in the case of a Formal leave of absence for illness or injury without first using all STO.
     4. Prior to returning to duty from medical leave, a pilot may be required to present a physician’s statement to the Employer verifying that he is medically fit to perform all pilot duties.
     5. A pilot on any non-medical leave of absence may continue certain benefits, if any, such as Medical, Dental, Life Insurance, and Long Term Disability/Loss of License for a maximum of one (1) month at premium rates comparable to what other represented pilots are paying. A pilot on any non-occupational leave of absence may continue certain benefits, if any, for a maximum of six (6) months at premium rates comparable to what other represented pilots are paying.
     6. Continued pilot contributions and Employer matching in the 401(k) plan, if any, are based exclusively on receipt of wages in any payperiod.
     7. A pilot will continue to accrue VSTO and all seniority rights for a maximum of 90 days for any leave of absence. However, a pilot on a Military Leave of Absence, Worker’s Compensation Leave of Absence and non-occupational serious illness or injury will continue to accrue company and bidding seniority for the duration of the leave.
     8. Approval of any leave of absence for a probationary employee rests exclusively with the Employer. If a pilot is granted a leave of absence during his probationary period, his probationary period shall be extended accordingly.
     9. In the event of a reduction-in-force, a pilot on a leave of absence who would otherwise be laid off will have his leave of absence cancelled. The pilot will be notified that his rights under this agreement have been changed to those of a furloughed pilot.
     10. A pilot returning from a leave of absence will be returned to his duty position if it still exists or any other vacant position where his seniority and qualifications permit. Any pilot returning from a leave of absence who requires training prior to returning to flying will be scheduled for required training within seven (7) duty days or the next scheduled class from the time the pilot notifies the Employer he is returning from such leave and has met all requirements to return to flight duty. Pay shall resume when the pilot commences training.
     11. All leaves of absence shall specify the date on which the pilot will return to duty unless mutually agreed otherwise or by operation of law.
     12. All leaves of absence shall be without pay unless otherwise specified in this agreement.
     13. Failure of any pilot to return to active status at the end of any leave of absence shall be deemed a voluntary resignation and his name will be removed from the seniority list.

16


 

     14. Any pilot on a leave of absence who enters the services of another employer or who enters into a business of his own without first obtaining written permission from the Employer, will be terminated and will forfeit his seniority rights.

17


 

Article 12. Paid Days Off and Banked Days
PAID TIME OFF AND LEAVE ACCURAL
     1. There will be two types of leave accrual banks: a Vacation and Scheduled Time Off Bank (VSTO) and a Sick Time Off (STO) Bank. These two banks are used to give a pilot more flexibility and control for his paid time off.
VACATION AND SCHEDULED TIME OFF
VSTO Accrual
     1. The number of VSTO days earned each year is dependent on a pilot’s years of active service with the Employer.
           
Completed Years of Active      
Service As A Pilot
  Accrual Units
1-5 Years
      10  
6 Years
      11  
7 Years
      12  
8 Years
      13  
9 Years
      14  
10-11 Years
      15  
12-13 Years
      16  
14-15 Years
      17  
16-17 Years
      18  
18-19 Years
      19  
20 Years and More
      20  
      To compute work days vacation due :
    5&2, 8&4, 10&5 schedules: Multiply accrued units by 1.0
 
    All one for one schedules: Multiply accrued units by 0.7 & round to nearest day
     2. In order to accrue VSTO days, a pilot must be an active pilot on the payroll for at least fifteen (15) days in a month.
     3. A new hire pilot will accrue VSTO in a month only if he is on the payroll prior to the fifteenth (15 th ) of the month.
     4. A pilot does not earn and is not eligible to take VSTO days until he completes one (1) year of active duty with the Employer.
Scheduling and Bidding VSTO

18


 

     1. VSTO is to be used for scheduled time off. A pilot may request up to seven (7) day-at-a-time (DAT) VSTOs per year. Approval of the individual DAT VSTO days is based on operational needs. The request must be submitted to the Scheduling Department prior to the end of a hitch for use in the next hitch. DAT will be granted on a first-come, first-serve basis.
     2. A pilot may bid all or part of his VSTO accrual as full weeks of vacation. In cases where more than one pilot desires full week VSTO days on the same work hitch and the Employer must limit such request due to operational needs, the full week VSTO days will be awarded to the pilot(s) with the greatest company seniority. The Employer may limit the number of pilots permitted time off at any one time due to operational needs.
     3. Full week requests must be made at least sixty (60) days in advance. Approvals will be given to pilots no less than thirty (30) days prior to the start date of the pilot’s requested vacation.
     4. A pilot may request the Employer purchase up to eighty (80) hours accrued VSTO once each twelve months. In this case the pilot must submit his request in writing to the Director of Human Resources. A pilot may accrue a maximum of three hundred forty-four (344) hours VSTO at his anniversary date.
     5. A pilot may elect to use his VSTO bank to supplement any Workers Compensation payments due an injury/illness incurred on the job with the Employer as described in Article 13, On-the-job Injuries/Worker’s Compensation.
     6. All VSTO days are paid at a pilot’s applicable daily rate, except as provided for by Employer policy.
VSTO Cancellation due to Operational Necessity
     1. In the event VSTO days are canceled due to operational necessity, the Employer shall notify the affected pilot. Cancellations shall first be offered to volunteers in reverse seniority order. If an insufficient number of pilots voluntarily accept cancellation, remaining cancellations shall be involuntarily cancelled and assigned in inverse seniority order. If a vacation is involuntarily cancelled by the Employer or the pilot voluntarily cancels his vacation at Employer request, the pilot shall be paid one hundred and fifty (150) percent of his base pay for that period of scheduled vacation that he actually works.
     2. When a full week’s VSTO is canceled, the pilot and the Employer shall attempt to find a mutually agreeable substitute block during the current year. In the event a mutual agreement is not reached, the pilot may elect to receive compensation in lieu of vacation. In this case, the pilot will not be limited to the maximum of eighty (80) hours Employer purchased VSTO as described in Section 4 above.
     3. In the event the Employer cancels a pilot’s full week VSTO for operational needs and it was involuntary on the pilot’s part, all non-refundable vacation deposits which the pilot, with the assistance of the Employer, is unable to recover shall be reimbursed to the pilot. In order to

19


 

receive reimbursement, the pilot shall provide the Employer with proof of the deposit.
Treatment of VSTO Upon Termination
     1. In the event a pilot voluntarily leaves the Employer (including retirement or permanent disability), he will be paid for his accrued VSTO days provided he has given the Employer two weeks notice of his departure.
SICK TIME OFF (STO)
     1. Sick Time Off (STO) Days are granted to a pilot to provide an opportunity for him to recover from an illness or injury. A pilot may elect to use his STO bank to supplement any Workers Compensation payments due to an injury/illness incurred on the job with the Employer as described in Article 13, On-the-job Injuries/Worker’s Compensation.
     2. The number of STO days accrued each year is dependent on a pilot’s years of active service with the Employer according to the following schedule:
           
Completed Years of Active      
Service As A Pilot
  Accrual Units/year
6 months but less than 1 Year
      1  
1 Year but less than 2 Years
      1  
2 Years but less than 3 Years
      2  
3 Years but less than 4 Years
      3  
4 Years and over
      4  
      To compute work days STO accrued :
    5&2, 8&4, 10& 5 schedules: Multiply accrued units by 5
 
    All one for one schedules: Multiply accrued units by 3.5
     3. A pilot may accrue a maximum of 560 hours STO, except that any pilot who has greater than this maximum at the time this agreement is executed shall be grandfathered with his accrued STO and will not accrue any additional STO until such time as his total STO hours drops below the 560 hour maximum. STO days will be accrued to a pilot only after he has completed six (6) months of active duty with the Employer.
     4. All STO days are paid at a pilot’s applicable daily rate, except as provided for by Employer policy.
     5. Unscheduled absences are taken in the following order:
  A.   Unscheduled absences due to personal illness or injury off the job will be taken from the STO Bank.
 
  B.   Once the STO Bank is exhausted, a pilot may use his remaining unused VSTO days.
 
  C.   Unbid accrued VSTO days must be used for any additional unscheduled absences.

20


 

     6. Use of VSTO and STO on Family Medical Leave shall be required pursuant to Family Medical Leave Act policy of the Employer. Use of VSTO days for other leaves of absence will be pursuant to the Employer’s leave policies.
     7. A pilot who is out on STO days for seven (7) consecutive work days will be required to provide a physician’s statement at that time and on a monthly basis until he is released by the physician to return to active duty. The pilot is responsible to ensure the FAA has cleared the pilot to return to active duty if such illness or injury requires this FAA clearance.
     8. Maternity leave and disabilities caused or contributed by pregnancy, miscarriage, abortion, childbirth and recovery therefrom shall be treated as time covered by STO.
     9. Pilots and the Union share in the responsibility for preventing unnecessary absences and shall assist the Employer in its efforts to minimize any abuse of excessive absenteeism.
  A.   A pilot who cannot perform his duties due to a non-occupational injury or illness shall immediately report such absence and the reason for it to his immediate supervisor. A pilot shall personally contact his supervisor on a daily basis during his scheduled work hitch unless physically unable to do so and shall advise the supervisor of his expected date of return and a telephone number where he can be reached during his absence.
 
  B.   Upon reasonable suspicion of misuse of such leave, the Employer reserves the right to require a physician’s certificate or an examination by a Employer-designated physician. To the extent any Employer-requested examination is not covered by insurance, it shall be paid for by the Employer provided the pilot submits receipts for reimbursement in a timely manner.

21


 

Article 13. On the Job Injury/Workers’ Compensation
     1. A pilot is eligible for worker’s compensation benefits with respect to injuries or illnesses arising out of and in the course of employment with the Employer, provided that the pilot injured on the job reports the injury immediately to his supervisor. If the injury is not immediately apparent, the pilot must notify his supervisor as soon as the injury becomes apparent.
     2. A pilot injured on the job will receive his worker’s compensation benefits in accordance with applicable law. The Employer will make whole any lost wages for the pilot during the statutory waiting period to the extent that such wages are not paid by the Worker’s Compensation carrier or the state.
     3. The pilot shall inform his supervisor of the injury and immediately complete the First Report of Injury and give to the supervisor (unless urgent medical care is required for the pilot in which case this report shall be completed as soon as practical). If the pilot refuses medical attention, he must complete and sign the refusal of care form and give it to his supervisor.
     4. A post-accident drug and alcohol screen will be performed if the injury is a direct result of the actions of the pilot or if required by Company policy, DOT or FAA regulations.
     5. Pilots unable to report to work on their next scheduled workday due to an On the Job Injury (OJI) will be placed on Worker’s Compensation (WC) leave of absence. VSTO and STO days will not be charged to a pilot who is injured on the job. The pilot is eligible to use Long-Term Disability insurance, if any, at the end of the waiting period. A Worker’s Compensation leave and leave under the FMLA shall run concurrently in cases of on-the-job injuries or illness, except such leaves shall not prevent the pilot from obtaining an additional leave for other reasons covered by the FMLA within the twelve (12) month period prescribed by law.
     6. A Workers Compensation leave of absence of up to one (1) year will be granted to a pilot who experiences an on-the-job injury/illness (OJI) and is medically required to be absent from work. If the pilot is unable to return to work following the one year leave, the Employer will consult with the pilot’s physician and Aeromedical Medical Examiner in a review of the pilot’s medical prognosis to determine if an extension of the leave is necessary, in which case the leave may be extended not to exceed thirty-six (36) months from the date of the injury.
     7. WC leave will have no effect on the pilot’s seniority with the Employer and the pilot will accrue VSTO while on WC leave for up to one year. All insurance benefits, if any, shall continue to be available to the pilot on the same basis as other active represented pilots for a maximum of twelve (12) months of WC leave. If the pilot continues on Workers Compensation leave beyond twelve (12) months, he may continue his insurance benefits at the same premium rate as under COBRA.

22


 

     8. A pilot on WC leave will contact his Supervisor or Human Resources weekly to update his progress and discuss returning to work.
     9. If the pilot is unable to return to active duty, either in a restricted or unrestricted capacity, at the end of his Worker’s Compensation leave of absence, his employment will be terminated.
     10. The Employer may require an injured pilot to submit to a physical examination at the Employer’s expense.
TRANSITIONAL WORK POLICY
     1. At the Employer’s discretion, a pilot on WC leave may be offered, and he may accept, a transitional work assignment within the restrictions placed on the pilot by the treating physician. Human Resources and the supervisor will work with the physician to determine if the pilot’s restrictions allow him to perform the transitional work.
     2. If the pilot is unable to return to work in his regular job, but can perform other duties beneficial to the organization, the supervisor working with Human Resources may temporarily assign the pilot to a transitional work assignment which falls into one of the following categories:
  A.   he temporarily fills a vacant position;
 
  B.   he performs work which will offset overtime or vacation.;
 
  C.   he performs work which reduces the need for contractors or temporary pilots; or
 
  D.   he performs project work beneficial to the Employer.
     3. This arrangement will be reviewed by the Supervisor and Human Resources with the treating physician at least twice a month to determine if the pilot is able to return to full duty.
     4. If the pilots regular rate of base pay is within the pay range for the temporary assignment, then the pilots base pay shall not be reduced, otherwise the Supervisor working with Human Resources will determine an appropriate pay rate.
     5. It is the sole discretion of the Employer to return an injured/disabled pilot to work prior to their full medical release and to determine duration of the accommodation.

23


 

Article 14. Bereavement Leave
     1. The provisions of this section are intended to provide pilots with paid leave, if needed, in cases of death of a member of the pilot’s immediate family while the pilot is scheduled to work.
     2. Paid time may be granted to a pilot for a death to a member of the pilot’s immediate family while the pilot is scheduled to work. Immediate family is defined as: Parent (or legal guardian), Sister, Brother, Spouse, Children, Grandparents, Mother-in-Law, or Father-in-Law.
     3. The Employer will grant bereavement leave for the death of a pilot’s immediate family. This leave shall be granted for up to three (3) consecutive days for each occurrence, provided however, that such three day period must include the day of the funeral, or absent a funeral, a memorial service. Pilots will be paid for each duty day missed during this three day period. A pilot must receive Employer approval for any additional time off work for bereavement leave and the pilot may use accrued VSTO to cover his pay for such additional time off.
     4. The pilot shall provide, and the Employer will accept, any reasonable proof of death and verification of the date of the funeral or memorial service.

24


 

Article 15. Jury Duty
     1. Jury Duty is considered an authorized absence with regular pay. Any monies received by a pilot from the court for Jury Duty shall be signed over to the Employer.
     2. A copy of the jury summons should be forwarded to the Human Resources Department
     3. Jury Duty pay is not applicable when a pilot is on leave of absence, VSTO/STO or layoff.
     4. In the event a pilot is released from Jury Duty on a duty day, he shall be required to return to his base provided the court is located within reasonable proximity to the base and he has at least six (6) hours remaining in his duty day.
     5. If a pilot is called for Jury Duty twice within a twelve (12) month period in jurisdiction where citizens are exempt on the second call within the twelve (12) period, the Employer is not obliged to pay for Jury Duty.
     6. Pilots under subpoena for reasons other than those benefiting the Employer or jury duty, will be charged VSTO. When VSTO is not available, the time off will be without pay.

25


 

Article 16. Fees and Physical Examinations
     1. It shall be the responsibility of each pilot to maintain an appropriate and current FAA medical certificate, and to provide a copy of this certificate to the Employer by the 20 th of the month in which it is due.
     2. It shall be the responsibility of each pilot to maintain the appropriate FAA pilot certificate(s) required for his duty position. The pilot shall provide the most current certificate(s) to the Employer, and immediately report any changes that affect the validity of those certificates.
     3. It shall be the responsibility of each pilot to arrange his required medical examination as required by the FAA by a qualified aeromedical examiner of the pilot’s choice. Such medical examinations are to be scheduled and conducted on the pilot’s off duty time. The pilot is responsible for all costs associated with these medical examinations to the extent that these costs are not covered by the wellness benefit under the Employer medical insurance, if any.
     4. When the Employer believes that there are grounds to question a pilot’s physical or mental condition to remain on flight status, the Employer may require that such pilot be examined by a FAA designated aeromedical examiner (AME) selected by the Employer. The Employer shall pay for this medical examination or tests required by the Employer pursuant to this Article. The pilot agrees to sign a medical release to allow a copy of the results to be given to the Employer and the pilot shall also be provided a copy of this report. This report will state specifically if the pilot is unable to perform his duties.
     5. A pilot who fails to pass an Employer’s medical examination may have a review of the case. Such review will be conducted by the Medical Certification Branch of the FAA. The pilot may, at his expense, have a second medical examination conducted and submitted along with the Employer’s medical examination to this branch of the FAA.

26


 

Article 17. Training
     1. For the purposes of this agreement, the following terms apply to pilot training and duty position assignment:
  A.   Initial New Hire Training. This training category is for newly hired pilots who have not had previous experience with the Employer or rehires who are not eligible for recurrent training. It also applies to pilots employed by the Employer who have not previously held a crewmember position.
 
  B.   Initial Equipment Training. This category of training is for pilots who have been previously trained and qualified for a duty position by the Employer (not new hires) and who are being reassigned for any of the following reasons:
(1) For Part 135 operations, the crewmember is being reassigned in one of the following circumstances:
a) Reassignment to a different duty position or a different aircraft type and the crewmember has not been previously trained and qualified by the Employer for that duty position and aircraft type.
b) Reassignment to an aircraft of a category or class for which the crewmember has not previously qualified with the Employer.
  C.   Transition Training. This category of training is for a pilot who has been previously trained and qualified for a specific duty position by the Employer and who is being assigned to the same duty position on a different aircraft type.
 
  D.   Upgrade or Promotion Training. This category of training is for a pilot who has been previously trained and qualified as First Officer, IFR (SIC or second in command) by the Employer and is being assigned as a Captain, IFR (PIC or pilot in command) to the same aircraft type for which the pilot was previously trained and qualified.
 
  E.   Recurrent Training. This category of training is for a pilot who has been trained and qualified by the Employer, who will continue to serve in the same duty position and aircraft type, and who must receive recurring training and/or checking within an appropriate eligibility period to maintain currency.
 
  F.   Requalification Training. This category of training is for a pilot who has been trained and qualified by the Employer, but is not current to serve in a particular duty position and/or aircraft due to not having received recurrent training and/or a required flight or competency check within the appropriate eligibility period. Requalification training is also applicable if a crewmember fails a required test or check.
 
  G.   Specialized Training. This is training conducted for pilots who are assigned to a job they have not previously flown for the Employer or is supplemental training. Some examples, but not a complete list, of specialized training are; fire fighting, long line, mountain, EMS, Offshore, and rescue hoisting; and some examples of supplemental training are water survival and customer required training.
 
  H.   Duty Position: The functional or operating position of a crewmember. For purposes of this agreement, duty positions are Captain, IFR; First Officer, IFR; and Captain, VFR.

27


 

     2. When it becomes necessary to transition or upgrade (promote) pilots, bidding seniority shall be given priority to the extent possible subject to job and customer requirements.
     3. Recurrent Training
  A.   Recurrent training will be conducted in accordance with the Employer’s FAA approved training program. Pay for recurrent training will be in accordance with Article 21, Section 9.
 
  B.   Each month the Employer will publish a list of those who are scheduled for recurrent training; however, it is the pilot’s responsibility to know when his recurrent training and/or checkrides are due, and to notify the director of training if he has not been scheduled at the appropriate time. In the event a pilot is unable to attend training on the day(s) scheduled, he will notify the director of training or his representatives as far in advance as possible. If a mutually acceptable date cannot be agreed upon by the pilot and the Director of Training, the pilot shall be obligated to attend on the originally scheduled date(s).
     4. Transition, Upgrade, and Initial Equipment Training, and Specialized Training
  A.   Transition, Upgrade, and Initial Equipment training will be conducted in accordance with PHI’s FAA approved training program. Pay for Transition, Upgrade, and Initial Equipment training will be in accordance with Article 21, Section 9.
 
  B.   A pilot who fails training during an upgrade, transition, initial equipment or specialized course will not be eligible to reapply (in writing) for that training for six (6) months unless approved by the Chief Pilot, the Director of Operations or their representative. A second failure of an upgrade, transition, initial equipment training or specialized course will make the pilot ineligible for that course for at least twelve (12) months, and only then with the approval of the Chief Pilot, the Director of Operations or their representative.
     5. Initial New Hire Training
  A.   Initial New Hire training will be conducted in accordance with PHI’s FAA approved training program. Pay for Initial New Hire will be in accordance with Article 21, Section 9.
     6. Training, Checking, or Testing Failures
  A.   Training (Initial New Hire, Recurrent, Initial Equipment, Transition, Upgrade, or specialized training). A pilot who is unable to successfully complete a required portion of training will have that training discontinued. The Director of Training will consult with the pilot in an effort to determine the cause of the of the pilot’s inability to complete the training. The pilot may request a change of instructor,

28


 

      and the Employer will grant this request if another instructor is available. If the pilot is still unable to successfully complete the training, the Director of Training will determine if training is to be continued or stopped. If the Director of Training stops the training, the pilot will be returned to his previous job. If that job no longer exists, the pilot will be assigned to the pilot pool. In the case of Initial New Hire training, the Chief Pilot or the Director of Operations will review the pilot’s training records and make a determination as to the appropriate course of action.
 
  B.   Checking or Testing Failures. A pilot who fails a required test or check will immediately be removed from flight duty. The pilot will be offered additional training if necessary, and a recheck, if he successfully completes the additional training , providing that the pilot has had no previous failures within the past three (3) years. The pilot may request a change of instructor or check airman, and the Employer will grant this request if another check airman is available. If the pilot has had a previous failure within the past three (3) years, the Chief Pilot or the Director of Operations, will consult with the pilot and determine an appropriate course of action. If further training, testing or checking is approved by the Chief Pilot or the Director of Operations, the pilot may request a check airman change. The Employer will grant this request if another check airman is available. The pilot may request a recheck by an FAA inspector, and the Employer will make an effort to accommodate this recheck request, but does not control the availability of an FAA inspector. If the pilot fails the recheck, the Chief Pilot or Director of Operations will determine an appropriate course of action.
 
  C.   Pay Procedures for Checking or Testing Failures. The Employer will make a reasonable effort to retest or recheck within seven (7) days of the date of the initial test or check failure. If the pilot fails a retest or recheck, he will be returned to his previous job, if qualified. If that job is not available, the pilot will be reassigned to the pilot pool, if qualified. The Employer will provide housing and per diem for time spent in training, testing or retesting, and;
  (1)   A pilot who fails any required test or check and has not failed a test or check within the past thirty-six (36) months will be ineligible for any additional pay during his earned time off and will be removed from flight duty. The pilot will be eligible for up to seven (7) scheduled workdays pay following the failure provided he has not declined to retest or recheck during his earned time off. If the additional time beyond the seven (7) scheduled missed workdays is due to the pilot’s unavailability or the pilot declines the opportunity to retest or recheck during his earned time off, then all time for missed scheduled workdays will be either leave without pay or VSTO, until the pilot completes the retest or recheck.
 
  (2)   A pilot who fails any required test or check and has failed a test or check within the preceeding thirty-six (36) months will be ineligible for any additional pay during his earned time off and will be removed from flight duty and will be placed on leave without pay or VSTO, until he successfully passes the retest or recheck.

29


 

     7. Training Committee
  A.   The parties agree to create to a joint training committee, which shall consist of two (2) representatives designated by the Employer, and two pilots designated by the Union. The role of the Training Committee shall be to jointly review pilot recommendations for changes and improvements in the pilot training programs. Pilot representatives shall function in an advisory capacity. The training committee will meet periodically as necessary, but no less than once per year.

30


 

Article 18. Facilities, Equipment and Uniforms
FACILITIES
     1. Except for regular assignments in Fixed Wing, EMS, firefighting and other unique operations in remote areas, the Employer shall provide pilots with clean and comfortable rooms near its operating bases. These may be either apartment units, motels, or mobile homes. The rooms will be provided under the following circumstances:
  A.   When a pilot does not work within thirty (30) miles of his home regardless of whether he is on regular work schedule or workover; or
 
  B.   When travel back to his home would prevent the pilot from receiving minimum rest in accordance with FARs.
     2. All mobile homes provided by the Employer will be limited to a maximum of five (5) bedrooms. If any pilot(s) in a mobile home objects to such sleeping accommodations for valid reasons, the Employer will endeavor to place the pilot(s) in alternate accommodations. Quality furnishings will be provided in each mobile home, including air conditioning, furniture, two refrigerators (in units with five (5) bedrooms), television with selectable cable or equivalent, stove and microwave oven, and cooking and eating utensils. If not provided in the mobile homes, washers and dryers will be provided near the operating bases.
     3. For Employer-provided accommodations, the Employer will provide maid service weekly to clean the facility and replace towels and bed linens. Adequate numbers of clean towels and linens will be provided to pilots at least once per week. When a pilot vacates a room, it is his responsibility to remove his bed linens and place his towels and linens in the designated location inside the residence.
     4. The Employer will arrange transportation to and from Employer-provided off-base accommodations for pilots who are assigned to a different work location than the location the pilot initially reported to, unless the pilot used his personal vehicle to move to that new work location. The Employer will endeavor to arrange transportation to such pilots at meal times as necessary.
     5. Pilots on temporary assignment or workover (other than at their regularly assigned base) in EMS shall be provided with clean and comfortable housing near the assigned work location and the Employer will arrange transportation to and from the accommodations when required. The Employer will provide or reimburse Fixed Wing pilots for accommodations when the pilot is required by the Employer to remain overnight (RON). If a pilot is assigned to a fire fighting assignment or other unique remote area assignments, the Employer will provide clean and comfortable housing where available.
     6. All Employer-provided accommodations shall be single occupancy, if available.
     7. The Union may appoint a Crew Accommodations Committee to work jointly with the Employer concerning pilot complaints about pilot accommodations. The Committee may

31


 

make recommendations to the Employer to improve crew accommodations and base living conditions.
     8. The Employer will make a reasonable effort to insure that customer-provided accommodations are suitable, clean and comfortable. If a pilot finds the customer-provided accommodations substandard, he shall immediately report his specific complaint to the Employer, and the Employer will promptly investigate and seek to resolve the complaint. In any case where the customer-provided accommodations are substandard, with Employer approval, the pilot may be permitted to move to another location with acceptable accommodations.
     9. It will be the responsibility of each pilot housed in Employer-provided accommodations to maintain the cleanliness of his area, treat all furnishings and appliances with care, and report any items in need of repair to the appropriate supervisor or Area Manager. Smoking is not permitted in Employer-provided accommodations.
     10. Employer-provided accommodations are to be used by PHI employees only.
EQUIPMENT
     1. The Employer shall make available to its pilots all equipment required to perform their duties.
     2. Pilots are responsible for all equipment assigned to them, and if they lose equipment, or damage equipment through negligence, the pilot will be required to reimburse the Employer for the cost of the replacement. Employer-provided equipment that becomes inoperative as a result of normal wear and tear will be repaired or replaced by the Employer.
     3. The Employer will provide each pilot with an individually assigned headset. If the pilot loses or damages the headset, the pilot will be required to purchase a replacement. Headsets that become inoperative as a result of normal wear and tear will be repaired or replaced by the Employer.
PILOT UNIFORMS
     1. Pilot uniforms are provided by the Employer and are required to be worn while on duty in the work environment. The Oil & Gas pilot uniform consists of tan shirt with shoulder boards and brown trousers. The IHTI pilot uniform consists of blue shirt with shoulder boards and blue trousers. The Aeromedical pilot uniform is appropriate to the customer assignment. Uniform colors are at the sole discretion of the Employer.
     2. Pilots will be issued fourteen (14) garments for seven (7) complete uniforms when hired. Short or long sleeve shirts may be ordered in any combination totaling seven (7), but may not be substituted for ordering extra pants. In addition, a pilot may be issued up to four (4) caps per year.

32


 

     3. Pilots’ names will be displayed on the uniform shirts. Space limitations dictate a maximum of twenty-seven (27) total letters. The maximum number of letters for the first name is eleven (11). If the pilot’s first name exceeds eleven (11) letters, the initial letter of the first name will precede the last name. A pilot may choose not to display his last name. Nicknames which are derivatives of given first, middle, or last names can be used on the uniform shirt.
     4. The replacement of pilot uniforms for reasonable wear and tear will be based on Employer approval.
     5. Substitution or modification other than tailoring for proper fit of uniform parts is not permitted. Shirts will be worn tucked in. Belts will be worn. The headgear issued by the Employer or that of an appropriate customer or manufacturer may be worn.
     6. Pilots shall maintain their uniforms in a clean and professional condition.
     7. Pilots shall wear brown or black professional footwear.

33


 

Article 19. Severance Pay
     1. A pilot who is laid off and goes on furlough with the Employer shall receive severance pay according to the schedule in Section 2 below except if one or more of the following conditions exist he shall receive no severance pay:
  A.   He refuses to accept a job or assignment within his category as “pilot” with the Employer;
 
  B.   The lay off is caused by circumstances beyond the control of the Employer; or
 
  C.   He is dismissed for cause, resigns or retires.
     2. Severance pay will be paid within seven (7) days of the pilot’s furlough according to the following schedule:
         
Years Company Service   Calendar Weeks Severance Pay
1 year but less than 4 years
    2  
4 years but less than 8 years
    4  
8 years but less than 12 years
    6  
12 years but less than 16 years
    8  
16 years or more
    10  
     3. The Employer may offer voluntary leaves of absence or voluntary furloughs to offset scheduled furloughs. Any volunteer selected by the Employer for furlough shall be covered by the provisions of this Article.
     4. Medical, dental and life insurance, if any, shall continue until the end of the month the pilot terminates provided such pilot pays appropriate premiums. The pilot will be eligible for COBRA coverage at that time.

34


 

Article 20. Moving Expense
     1. It is the policy of PHI to assist and ease the financial and other burdens associated with the reasonable expenses of relocation. This policy will provide uniform and equitable treatment regardless of work location within the United States.
     2. Pilots who relocate at the request of the Employer who are required to live within one (1) hour of the job location shall be reimbursed under this policy, however, a move will only be paid if it results in the Employer not having to provide the pilot with Employer-provided accommodations at his new work location. In the event the Employer reimburses a pilot for relocation to a new job assignment and that job contract later ends, the Employer will reimburse the pilot’s relocation to his previous domicile or his next assignment.
     3. The Human Resources Department will assist relocating pilots to facilitate their move.
     4. Eligible pilots will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses of moving as follows:
  A.   Packing, insuring, shipping, unpacking and placement of household personal effects and reasonable items of furniture, furnishings, clothing, appliances, tools and equipment from the principal place of residence to the new home up to a maximum of 12,000 pounds. Special handling items as defined by the moving company will not be eligible for reimbursement (e.g.- transportation of pets/animals, boats, automobiles, motorcycles and heavy shop equipment).
 
  B.   Automobile(s) will not be transported as part of the household goods move. PHI will pay the cost of driving one vehicle per family by the most direct AAA highway mileage route at the current mileage rate established by the IRS. No expenses will be paid for a second vehicle.
 
  C.   Transportation of pilot and family at the time of the move:
    Mileage at current IRS rate by the most direct AAA highway mileage route from home to home
 
    Pilots will be allowed the following enroute expenses when properly substantiated by receipts during the period of enroute travel:
  I.   For pilot only - $30.00/day
 
  II.   For pilot and Spouse - $60.00/day
 
  III.   For each dependent child - $15.00/day
    The period of enroute travel shall continue after arrival until the day the household effects arrive or until the end of the fifth (5 th ) day, whichever comes first.

35


 

  D.   For the purpose of determining necessary travel time, the Employer will allow one (1) travel day for each five hundred (500) miles or fraction thereof, to a maximum of five (5) travel days when driving a vehicle. The pilot is expected to move during his days off and be prepared to work on his assigned schedule. The most direct AAA mileage between the two (2) cities will determine travel time.
     5. Pilots eligible for Employer paid moving expenses who elect to move themselves shall be reimbursed for actual moving expenses such as truck or trailer rental, gas, oil, drop-off and other Employer-approved expenses. Pilots must notify the Employer in advance of a move, receive prior Employer approval, and follow the specified procedures per Company policy in order to be reimbursed. Actual expenses reimbursed cannot exceed the total estimated cost of a Company-coordinated move.
     6. Federal Tax Regulations require an Employer to include moving reimbursements as gross income. The Internal Revenue Code allows reasonable moving expense deductions provided pilots use the itemized deduction procedure when filing their income tax returns.
     7. Pilots who voluntarily leave the Employer within twenty-four months of a paid move will be required to reimburse the Employer for all moving expenses provided herein.

36


 

Article 21. Base Pay
     1. A pilot will be placed in his appropriate pay scale based on the type of aircraft flown and his years with the Employer as a pilot, except where a pilot has been hired and given credit for appropriate previous experience.
Captain, VFR (PIC)/First Officer, IFR (SIC)/First Officer, Fixed Wing (SIC)
                                 
    1/1/2001   June 2001   June 2002   June 2003
STEP   Annual Pay   Annual Pay   Annual Pay   Annual Pay
1
  $ 37,000     $ 40,700     $ 42,735     $ 44,872  
2
  $ 38,000     $ 41,800     $ 43,890     $ 46,085  
3
  $ 39,000     $ 42,900     $ 45,045     $ 47,297  
4
  $ 40,000     $ 44,000     $ 46,200     $ 48,510  
5
  $ 41,250     $ 45,375     $ 47,644     $ 50,026  
6
  $ 43,250     $ 47,575     $ 49,954     $ 52,451  
7
  $ 45,250     $ 49,775     $ 52,264     $ 54,877  
8
  $ 46,750     $ 51,425     $ 53,996     $ 56,696  
9
  $ 47,300     $ 52,030     $ 54,632     $ 57,363  
10
  $ 47,550     $ 52,305     $ 54,920     $ 57,666  
11
  $ 47,800     $ 52,580     $ 55,209     $ 57,969  
12
  $ 48,100     $ 52,910     $ 55,556     $ 58,333  
13
  $ 48,750     $ 53,625     $ 56,307     $ 59,122  
14
  $ 49,401     $ 54,341     $ 57,058     $ 59,911  
15
  $ 50,051     $ 55,056     $ 57,809     $ 60,700  
16
  $ 50,702     $ 55,772     $ 58,560     $ 61,488  
17
  $ 51,352     $ 56,487     $ 59,311     $ 62,277  
18
  $ 52,002     $ 57,202     $ 60,063     $ 63,066  
19
  $ 52,653     $ 57,918     $ 60,814     $ 63,854  
20
  $ 53,303     $ 58,633     $ 61,565     $ 64,643  

37


 

Captain, IFR (PIC)/Captain, Fixed Wing (PIC)
                                 
    1/1/2001   June 2001   June 2002   June 2003
STEP   Annual Pay   Annual Pay   Annual Pay   Annual Pay
1
  $ 43,420     $ 47,762     $ 50,150     $ 52,658  
2
  $ 43,420     $ 47,762     $ 50,150     $ 52,658  
3
  $ 43,420     $ 47,762     $ 50,150     $ 52,658  
4
  $ 44,554     $ 49,009     $ 51,460     $ 54,033  
5
  $ 45,550     $ 50,105     $ 52,610     $ 55,241  
6
  $ 46,500     $ 51,150     $ 53,708     $ 56,393  
7
  $ 48,000     $ 52,800     $ 55,440     $ 58,212  
8
  $ 50,250     $ 55,275     $ 58,039     $ 60,941  
9
  $ 51,500     $ 56,650     $ 59,483     $ 62,457  
10
  $ 52,750     $ 58,025     $ 60,926     $ 63,973  
11
  $ 54,750     $ 60,225     $ 63,236     $ 66,398  
12
  $ 56,250     $ 61,875     $ 64,969     $ 68,217  
13
  $ 58,500     $ 64,350     $ 67,568     $ 70,946  
14
  $ 60,000     $ 66,000     $ 69,300     $ 72,765  
15
  $ 61,000     $ 67,100     $ 70,455     $ 73,978  
16
  $ 61,246     $ 67,641     $ 71,023     $ 74,574  
17
  $ 61,492     $ 68,182     $ 71,592     $ 75,171  
18
  $ 61,738     $ 68,724     $ 72,160     $ 75,768  
19
  $ 61,984     $ 69,265     $ 72,728     $ 76,364  
20
  $ 62,230     $ 69,806     $ 73,296     $ 76,961  
21
  $ 62,476     $ 70,347     $ 73,865     $ 77,558  
22
  $ 62,722     $ 70,888     $ 74,433     $ 78,154  
23
  $ 62,968     $ 71,430     $ 75,001     $ 78,751  
24
  $ 63,214     $ 71,971     $ 75,569     $ 79,348  
25
  $ 63,460     $ 72,512     $ 76,138     $ 79,944  
26
  $ 63,706                          
27
  $ 63,952                          
28
  $ 64,198                          
29
  $ 64,444                          
30
  $ 64,690                          
31
  $ 64,936                          
32
  $ 65,182                          
33
  $ 65,428                          
34
  $ 65,674                          
35
  $ 65,920                          
     2. On the first day of the first pay period in April 2001, each pilot who was on the pilot payroll as of December 31, 2000 and who is not topped out in his respective pay scale will move

38


 

up one step on the appropriate pay scale. This represents approximately a 2.5% increase for pilots.
     3. On the first day of the first payperiod in June 2001, the Employer will compress the number of step levels in the Captain, IFR (PIC) pay scale from thirty-five (35) to twenty-five (25) steps as shown in Section 1 above (Captain, IFR (PIC) June 2001), and affected Captain, IFR (PIC) pilots’ pay will be increased accordingly.
     4. On the first day of the first payperiod in June 2001, each pilot will be moved to the pay scales listed in Section 1 above (June, 2001 Annual Pay). This scale represents a 10% increase over pay scales effective 1/1/2001.
     5. One year following the execution of this Agreement, each pilot will be moved to the pay scales listed in Section 1 above (2002 Annual Pay). This scale represents a 5% increase over the pay scales effective June 2001.
     6. On the first day of the first pay period in both April 2002, April 2003 and April 2004, each pilot who was on the pilot payroll as of December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2003 respectively, and who is not topped out in his respective pay scale will move up one (1) step on the appropriate pay scale. This represents approximately a 2.5% increase for each year of step increase for pilots.
     7. On the first day of the first pay period in June 2003, each pilot will be moved to the pay scale listed in Section 1 above (June 2003 Annual Pay). This scale represents a 5% increase over the pay scales effective 2002.
     8. The Employer has paid to each pilot on the payroll as of December 31, 1999, a one-time retroactive lump sum calculated on the basis of placing the pilot in his proper step level (generally based on years of service with the Employer) and the resulting increased regular base rate of pay for the period between April 2000 (or the pilot’s date of employment if after April 2000) and January 1, 2001.
     9. Workover rate shall be computed by dividing the pilot’s yearly base salary by one hundred eighty-two (182) anticipated yearly workdays on his assigned work schedule plus 50%. This rate is referred to as the “regular workover rate.”
     10. A pilot who is required to participate in any training required by the Employer or a customer (other than initial new hire training) outside his normal work schedule will be paid a regular day’s pay for that day (calculated by dividing his yearly base salary by the number of anticipated work days on his assigned schedule); provided, however, that he is in training for more than five (5) hours for that day. If the pilot spends five (5) hours or less in training as described above he shall be paid one-half (1/2) of a regular days pay for that day. Pilots participating in initial new hire training will be paid a regular monthly salary regardless of work schedule for the duration of this training.

39


 

Article 22. Pilot Bonuses
     1. Pilots will be eligible for the following bonuses for the period of time they are working the schedule:
Schedule Bonuses
Helicopter Pilots
5&2 Schedule (14 hour duty day only)- 25% of base pay up (maximum of $1,150/month)
2 for 1 Schedule - $1,150 per Month
Fixed Wing Pilots
New Orleans 5&2 Schedule - $350 per Month
2 for 1 Schedule - $1,150 per Month
Duty Bonuses
Lead Pilot - $25 per day ($30/day if Lead Pilot flies a contract job)
Instructor - $200 per month
Check Airman - $500 per month
Pilot/Mechanic - $500 per month
RMT Pilot - $1,000 per month
Fire/Extended Standby - Extended standby time is determined by the Forestry Service and is passed through to the pilot.
First Officer , IFR (SIC) - $125 per month
Captain, VFR (PIC) single pilot medium aircraft (reconfigured to 9 or less passengers) - $75 per month (see Note 1 below)
Captain, VFR (PIC) dual pilot VFR medium aircraft (10 passenger of more) - $75 per month (see Note 1 below)
Heavy Ship First Officer (SIC) (214ST) - $150 per month
Heavy Ship Captain (PIC) (214ST) - $300 per month
Certification Bonuses
Airline Transport Pilot Rating- $100 per month
Note 1 : To qualify for this bonus, pilot(s) must be permanently assigned as either single pilot Captain, VFR medium aircraft reconfigured to 9 passenger or less; or dual pilot Captain, VFR medium aircraft 10 passenger or more. These VFR medium aircraft configurations will only be at customer request and will usually be flown with VFR medium aircraft added to Employer’s fleet (and are not anticipated to constitute a significant portion of the Employer’s fleet).

40


 

Article 23. Other Bonuses
     1.  Offshore Bonus - In addition to his base salary, a pilot who is required by the Employer or the customer to remain at an offshore location overnight shall receive twenty-five (25) dollars per night.
     2.  Fire Contract Bonus - In addition to his base pay and any other bonuses, a pilot will receive a fire contract bonus of $100/day when the aircraft is activated on a fire contract. This bonus shall begin when he reports to the duty assignment (including reasonable travel time) and shall end when he is released from the duty assignment (including reasonable travel time).
     3.  Safety Award Program - The Employer’s safety award program will continue in its present form (attached as addendum herein). However, the Employer reserves the right to modify or discontinue the program at its discretion but agrees to confer with the union prior to doing so.
     4.  Holiday Pay - The Employer recognizes six holidays per calendar year: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, 4 th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Any pilot who works on an Employer designated holiday shall receive an additional eight hours pay at his Workover rate.

41


 

Article 24. Workover
     1. All pilots who work extra duty days over and above their assigned work schedule will be paid for the extra days worked at a workover rate, except that all types of training outside the pilot’s normal work schedule shall be paid according to Article 21. Base Pay, Section 9.
     2. Separate workover volunteer lists will be maintained at each base and at Lafayette Scheduling. These lists will indicate the days the pilot is willing to “workover” at particular bases on his normal time off. Each list will include a telephone number (or beeper number) where the pilot may be reached. Workover will be limited to a maximum of four days for any seven-day off-time period unless otherwise approved by the business unit manager or Director of Operations. A pilot who desires to have his name added to the workover list at a specific base(s) shall notify by Sunday 12 noon in writing (email, fax or otherwise) the appropriate Area Manager(s) (or their representatives) of his desire to workover. Each pilot is limited to requesting workover at two (2) specific bases, however, he may also send his workover request to Lafayette Scheduling. This request shall include the pilot’s name and contact number, the date(s) the pilot is available for workover, the aircraft the pilot is qualified to fly, his current job assignment and the date of his last workover. If the pilot is assigned offshore and has no means of notifying the base(s) except by telephone, the base will accept and note on the workover list such verbal notification for this pilot. If the pilot is willing to workover at any base, he will send his workover request to Lafayette Scheduling and will include the information listed above. Each workover list will be purged at the end of each calendar quarter and pilots who desire workover will be required to resubmit their workover requests as described above.
     3. The Employer will first attempt to award workover to pilots with off days between training and their normal work            hitch. For other available workover the Employer will allow the pilot in the order described below to choose which workover he desires to work. Available workover will be awarded in the following order: a) to pilots on that job at the base, b) on a rotating basis to all other pilots on the workover list starting with the pilot who reported the greatest length of time since his last workover at that base. In the event two or more pilots report the same length of time since their last workover, the pilot with the most bidding seniority will receive the workover. When a base workover list is exhausted, Lafayette Scheduling will provide a pilot for the workover on the same basis as described above. When the workover lists are exhausted, the Employer may fill the position with any qualified pilot who is employed by the Employer. If the Employer is still unable to fill the job requirement under the procedures outlined in this Article, workovers shall be assigned based on bidding seniority, starting with the least senior qualified pilot, except that once a pilot has worked three (3) such workover days per calendar year, the next least senior qualified pilot shall be required to accept the next mandated workover until he reaches three such workover days and so on until the seniority list is depleted. Further assigned workovers would then revert to the least senior pilot until he reaches six (6) mandated workover days in a calendar year and then continue as described above.
     Once the pilot has accepted a workover assignment, it may not be changed without prior mutual agreement between the pilot and the Employer.

42


 

     4. The pilot will designate on the workover request form with the Area Manager (or his representative) if he is available for “emergency workover” (workover opportunity which requires the pilot to report within two hours). Qualified pilots will be selected for emergency workovers on the same basis as described in Section 3 above.
     5. A pilot may request and be approved by the Employer to take compensatory time in lieu of receiving workover pay. A pilot will be compensated at his regular base pay for any approved compensatory time taken.
     6. A pilot will be passed over for workovers when:
  A.   A pilot is not qualified.
 
  B.   A customer requests a certain pilot or requests that a certain pilot not fly his job.
 
  C.   There is a conflict with a pilot’s regular job (i.e., FAR limitations).
 
  D.   The dates of a pilot’s availability conflict with the length of the workover requirement.
 
  E.   An off-duty pilot does not answer a phone call from the Employer or does not return a message left on his answering machine within fifteen (15) minutes. The time and date of the attempted call to contact the pilot will be documented by the Employer.
 
  F.   A pilot is unable to give a definitive answer at the time of the call.
 
  G.   An off-duty pilot will be allowed to use a beeper as his contact number only for normal workovers and will have fifteen (15) minutes to respond to his page or he will be passed over for a workover assignment. The pilot is responsible to make certain that his beeper is in working order.
 
  H.   An on-duty pilot cannot be contacted within two (2) hours.
     7. A pilot who has expressed interest in workover and subsequently twice refuses a workover without having previously removed his name from the workover request list will be removed from the workover list for the next four (4) calendar weeks, and he may not put his name back on that specific workover list during this period.
     8. The Director of Training or his designee shall determine workover in the Training Department. The Director of Operations and the Director of Training (or their designees) shall determine placement of Instructor/Check Airmen in the performance of their duties, including line checks.
     9. For jobs that are assigned to pilot/mechanics, any qualified pilot/mechanic will be called first for those workover assignments.
     10. If a pilot on a Gulf of Mexico assignment is required to remain overnight due to head-to-head crew change requirements, he will receive workover pay based on duty time rounded to the next hour with a minimum of two (2) hours and a maximum of one full day workover once he has been on duty at least eight (8) hours for that day.

43


 

     11. The Employer reserves the option to pay a premium rate (e.g. workover) for all time it deems appropriate due to operational necessity. The Employer will meet and confer with the Union prior to implementing a premium rate.
     12. A pilot attending any training required by the Employer or a customer outside his normal work schedule will not be eligible for workover for those days spent in training.
     13. For three (3) months after the execution of this agreement, the remedy for inadvertent Employer errors in awarding workover shall be that the affected pilot or pilots shall receive priority consideration without regard to the length of time since his last workover or his bidding seniority for the number of workovers which corresponds to the workover error only where the pilot is qualified and acceptable to the customer, however, Section 6 above shall apply to any offer of workover under this Section.
     14. Three (3) months after the execution of this Agreement, the parties will meet to determine if any changes should be made in the terms of this Article. If the parties mutually agree to changes, this Article shall be amended accordingly. In any event after the three month trial period, the additional remedy for Employer errors will be one (1) hour workover paid for each workover day missed due to the error, up to a maximum of four (4) hours workover pay.

44


 

Article 25. Travel Pay
     1. If a pilot is required to move between two or more field bases or another PHI designated location during his normal work schedule and that pilot uses personal transportation, a mileage allowance equal to the IRS standard mileage rate per mile will be paid. A mileage allowance will also be paid if a pilot is required to go directly from one base to another for workover in conjunction with that person’s regular work hitch. Such mileage allowance will be paid on the basis of an Employer approved mileage chart calculated using the most direct route between bases.
     2. The Employer shall make reasonable efforts to enter into Additional Crew Member Agreements (ACM) with other air transportation carriers. The Employer shall provide a photo identification card that clearly identifies the employee as a pilot on his next occasion of recurrent training.

45


 

Article 26. Per Diem
     1. A pilot shall receive per diem when company housing is provided as described in Article 18. Facilities & Equipment, Section 1.
     2. A pilot cannot receive both an offshore bonus and per diem for the same workday.
     3. Per diem shall be paid as follows:
  A.   Three (3) dollars per meal to a maximum of nine (9) dollars per day when the pilot is working at his regularly assigned base.
 
  B.   Five (5) dollars per meal to a maximum of fifteen (15) dollars per day for:
  (1)   Pilots assigned to the pilot pool;
 
  (2)   Replacement pilots for EMS;
 
  (3)   A pilot on a regular work schedule who is required to relocate via vehicle or aircraft after arriving at his assigned base;
 
  (4)   A pilot attending training at locations other than PHI facilities (e.g., Flight Safety Training); and
 
  (5)   A pilot assigned to an offshore contract and normally required to remain offshore who is required to RON onshore during his work schedule

46


 

Article 27. Insurance Benefits
     1. The Employer shall offer welfare benefits for Pilots equal in benefits and employee premiums to that of the company’s non-represented employees. This includes, but is not limited to, Medical Insurance, Dental Insurance, Term Life Insurance, Employee and Dependent Supplemental Life Insurance, LTD coverage, Medical Loss of License Coverage, Medical and Dependent Care Spending Accounts, Employee Assistance Program, and Vision Discount Program.
     2. Effective January 1, 2002, the Employer will modify its Term Life Insurance Plan to provide at no cost to each employee, including pilots covered under this Agreement, one and one-half (1 1 / 2 ) times his annual base salary in life insurance coverage and an equal amount of coverage under Accidental Death and Dismemberment (AD&D). The Employer will make reasonable efforts with the Insurance provider to avoid having the additional Employer-provided Life Insurance affect the amount of Supplemental Life Insurance and AD&D “buy-up” coverage which is now available to the employee.

47


 

Article 28. 401(k) Plan
     1. The Employer shall match a participating Pilot’s 401(k) plan salary deferral contribution two dollars for each dollar the pilot contributes up to a maximum of the pilot’s first three (3) percent of gross earnings bi-weekly, exclusive of bonuses.
     2. The Employer will separate the 401(k) plan for pilots covered by this agreement from other 401(k) plan participants.

48


 

Article 29. General & Miscellaneous
     1. Any pilot leaving the service of the Employer shall, upon written request to the Human Resources Department, be provided with a letter setting forth the Employer’s record of his job classification, length of service and rate of pay at the date of his termination.
     2. The pay period is currently every fourteen (14) days (bi-weekly). If the Employer wishes to change the pay period timing, it shall meet and discuss the change with the Union prior to implementation. The Employer shall continue to offer, on a voluntary basis, Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to the pilot’s bank of choice.
     3. When there is an error in the pay of a pilot, this error will be corrected as soon as possible, not to exceed five (5) business days following notification.
     4. If the Employer decides to place into service aircraft other than those already in service at the time of execution of this Agreement, the Employer will confer with the Union as soon as possible and prior to establishing rates of pay, rules and working conditions applicable to the new aircraft. If the Employer decides to place into service any aircraft of substantially different design, configuration (e.g., tiltrotor aircraft, CH54) or cargo/passenger capacity of twenty-two (22) or more passengers, either party may request a mediator from the National Mediation Board to participate in interest based bargaining discussions for a period of up to sixty (60) days prior to the Employer implementing rates of pay, rules and working conditions applicable to the new aircraft.
     5. A pilot’s personal items lost or damaged due to an aircraft accident or incident will be reimbursed by the Employer at the replacement costs of such items, provided, however, that the Employer reserves the right to require reasonable proof of loss and value of such personal items.
     6. In the event the Employer requires an off-hitch pilot to report in person for a meeting with management for any reason, except in cases where discipline is imposed following the meeting or as otherwise provided in the Training Article, the pilot will receive workover pay for all hours spent in such meeting, with a minimum of two hours workover and a maximum of a full day of workover for each day spent in such meetings. Except in cases where discipline is imposed following the meeting or as described in Article 17. Training, the Employer will also reimburse the pilot for mileage, lodging and per diem at rates described in this Agreement.
     7. Pilots shall not engage in business activities which are in competition with the Employer or interfere with the pilot’s performance of his Employer duties, without first obtaining the written approval of the Employer. This section shall not be construed to prohibit pilots from affiliating with or performing duties for the Armed Forces of the United States of America.
     8. Pilots will be required to ensure the aircraft is secure (e.g.- tie down kit installed), engine(s) rinsed and dried, and a reasonably clean and orderly cockpit. To the extent that such

49


 

duties would interfere with the pilot’s availability for duty on the following day, the pilot will be excused from these duties.
     9. Pilot duty positions are as follows: Captain, IFR; First Officer, IFR; and Captain, VFR.

50


 

Article 30. Safety/Accident Prevention
     1. The Employer and the Union recognize their duty and responsibility to ensure the safety of our customers and employees. It is agreed that:
  A.   Safety is the primary consideration in all aspects of the job;
 
  B.   Safe working conditions, proper training, proper equipment and appropriate protective devices are essential elements in this safety and accident prevention effort;
 
  C.   The Employer will train pilots in any new aircraft, its components or on any new procedures which pilots may be required to utilize;
 
  D.   All pilots must follow PHI safety policies and procedures, including safety practices as published and taught. Following safe work practices is a condition of employment.
 
  E.   Both PHI and the pilots shall adhere to all applicable Federal Aviation, or other controlling Regulations.
 
  F.   The Employer will ensure the continuation of the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) system and weather reporting system.
     2. The parties agree to create a joint Safety Committee, which shall consist of two representatives designated by the Employer and two pilots designated by the Union. The role of the Safety Committee shall be to jointly review pilot recommendations on safety and accident prevention measures. Pilot representatives shall function in an advisory capacity. The Safety Committee will meet periodically as necessary, but no less than once each quarter.
     3. The Union agrees to encourage pilots to engage in safe work practices and to communicate safety issues to the designated management representative identified in Section 4 below.
     4. The Employer designates the Director of Safety as the management representative to be responsible for receiving safety complaints.
     5. The Employer and the Union shall cooperate in seeking feasible solutions to help reduce accident frequency and severity rates.
     6. The Employer will endeavor to equip its fleet of domestic aircraft with Traffic Alert Systems by seeking customer participation in the funding of such equipment.
     7. The Employer will endeavor to equip all aircraft operated under instrument flight rules (IFR) with approved flight directors by seeking customer participation in the funding of such equipment.

51


 

Article 31. Sexual and Workplace Harassment Policy
     1. It is agreed that the Employer, as a responsible corporate citizen, is committed to maintaining a hospitable, cooperative work environment that promotes professionalism, common courtesy and mutual respect among all levels of employees, supervisors, managers, and executives. To advance that commitment, the Employer has adopted and will communicate to employees the Sexual and Workplace Harassment Policy (attached as Appendix A) that strictly prohibits sexual and workplace harassment on the basis of race, color, creed, gender, religion, national origin, age, sexual orientation or disability. This policy shall not be amended during the term of this agreement unless required by law.
     2. The Union agrees to support the provisions of the PHI Corporate Sexual and Workplace Harassment Policy. Each pilot will be required to read, understand and sign an acknowledgement of this policy, which will be placed in his personnel file.

52


 

Article 32. Environmental Compliance
     1. It is agreed that the Employer, as a responsible corporate citizen, is committed to protecting human health, natural resources and the environment. This commitment is an important aspect of daily corporate operation and administration, and reaches further than mere compliance with the law — it encompasses the incorporation of sound environmental practices into all of our business decisions. To advance this commitment, the Employer has adopted and will communicate to employees the Corporate Environmental Policy (attached as Appendix B) that defines the responsibilities of the Employer and the employees. This policy shall not be amended during the term of this agreement unless required by law.
     2. The Union agrees to support the provisions of the PHI Corporate Environmental Policy. Each pilot will be required to read, understand and sign an acknowledgement of this policy, which will be placed in his personnel file.

53


 

Article 33. No Strike, No Lockout
     1. The Union agrees it will not, under any circumstances or for any reason, call, encourage, authorize or engage in any strike, slow down or other concerted activity or hindrance to work during the term of this Agreement.
     2. Any Pilot who engages in any activity described in section one of this Article will be subject to discharge, and such discharge will not be subject to the grievance procedure and System Board of Adjustment provisions of this Agreement, except as to the question of whether the Pilot engaged in such a violation.
     3. The Employer agrees not to lock out Pilots during the term of this Agreement.
     4. If the Employer knows that one of its customers is being picketed, the employer will notify the Pilot about the picket line before dispatching the Pilot to the location of the picket line.
     5. A Pilot may refuse to take an assignment to cross a picket line if he has reasonable safety concerns. In any such case, the Company will be permitted to service the customer the best way possible.

54


 

Article 34. Management Rights
     1. The Employer reserves and retains, solely and exclusively, all of the rights, privileges and prerogatives which it had or possessed prior the execution of this Agreement, regardless of the frequency or infrequency with which such rights have been exercised in the past, except to the extent that such rights, privileges and prerogatives are specifically abridged by the expressed provisions of this Agreement.
     2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the sole and exclusive rights of management which are not abridged by this Agreement include, but are not confined to, the full and exclusive control, direction and supervision of the workforce; the hire, promotion, demotion, transfer, layoff or reassignment of pilots; the discipline and discharge for cause of pilots; the selection of pilots and the determination of the qualifications for pilot selection; the determination of the size and composition of the workforce; the determination of schedules; the determination of pilot job content and the amount and types of flight duties required; the scheduling of the hours and days to be worked on each job and each shift; the selection and determination of the number of pilots required, and the assignment of work to pilots; the contracting out or subcontracting of work; the equipment to be utilized; the establishment and enforcement of standards for the quality and quantity of work required to be performed by pilots; the right to require physical exams and testing of pilots; the right to introduce new or improved methods or facilities and/or the discontinuance of existing methods or facilities; the discretion to suspend or cease its operations or any phase or part of its business or operations; the right to make, amend and enforce work and safety rules and regulations; and the right to discontinue, transfer or assign all or any part of its operations, and to establish new jobs and abolish or change existing jobs.

55


 

Article 35. Discipline & Discharge
     1. Pilots may be subject to disciplinary actions, up to and including discharge for just cause including violation or infraction of company rules or policies, or for violating this Agreement. The severity of the infraction will determine the nature of the disciplinary action, which can range from a verbal warning to a written warning, suspension or discharge.
     2. In case a pilot is called into a meeting to discuss possible disciplinary action against him, the pilot may request to be accompanied by his Steward, and such a request will be granted by the Employer, if the Steward or his alternate is available within a reasonable time, not to exceed twenty four (24) hours.
     3. Upon his request, a pilot’s personnel file shall be open for his inspection during normal office hours in the presence of an employer representative, upon reasonable notice. Nothing of a derogatory nature will be placed in the pilot’s personnel file unless a copy is provided to the pilot. Upon receipt of such a document, the pilot shall have the option of responding by submitting a written rebuttal that will be placed in his personnel file. It the Employer determines that the pilot’s comments invalidate the document in question, the document will be removed from the pilot’s personnel file.
     4. Customer complaints or correspondence of a derogatory nature shall not serve as the basis for discipline after twelve (12) months from the date of issuance unless within the 12 month period there has been a recurrence of the same or similar nature.
     5. Disciplinary records involving the performance of his duties as a pilot shall not serve as the basis for any discipline after five (5) years from the date of issuance unless within the five (5) year period there has been a recurrence of the same or similar nature.
     6. In any case in which a pilot receives a formal reprimand or is discharged, a Human Resources Representative will ask the pilot if he desires that a copy of the disciplinary document be sent to a representative designated by the Union. If the pilot does so desire, the Human Resources Representative will promptly forward a copy of the document to the designated Union representative.

56


 

Article 36. Grievance Procedure
     1. Disputes relating to the interpretation or application of this Agreement may be the subject of a grievance. A grievance shall mean a dispute between an employee(s) or the Union and the Employer with respect to the interpretation or application of this Agreement.
     2. Any such grievance shall be processed in the following matter:
     
    Step 1. 
  The pilot shall first attempt to resolve the grievance with his immediate supervisor within seven (7) calendar days from the date of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the grievance, or within seven (7) calendar days of the date the pilot knew or should have known of such event not to exceed twenty eight (28) calendar days from the date of the event. The supervisor shall give his answer within seven (7) calendar days from that date.
 
   
    Step 2.
  If the grievance is not resolved at Step 1 to the satisfaction of the grievant, the grievance shall be reduced to writing and presented to the designated representative of the Employer within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the immediate supervisor’s answer. The written grievance must state the nature of the grievance, the circumstances out of which it arose, the remedy or correction requested and the specific provisions of the Agreement alleged to have been violated. The Employer representative will give his answer to the grievant in writing with a copy to the Union within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the grievance.
 
   
    Step 3.
  In the event the decision by the Employer representative is unacceptable to the aggrieved party, it may be appealed in writing to the designated representative of the Employer with seven (7) days of the receipt of the decision. The appeal must include a statement of the reasons the grievant believes the decision was erroneous. The Employer’s representative shall render a decision on the appeal in writing within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of the appeal. In the event the decision at Step 3 is unacceptable to the grievant, the Union may appeal to the System Board of Adjustment in accordance with Article 37 of this agreement.
     3. In the event a non-probationary pilot who has been discharged wishes to grieve such discharge, the grievance must be presented at Step 2 within seven (7) calendar days after the termination.
     4. All provisions of this Article shall apply to Employer and Union grievances except that such grievances shall be presented to the designated representative of the other party at Step 2.
     5. Any grievance not presented and processed in the manner, and within the time limits set forth above, shall be waived provided, however, at any time in advance of the expiration of

57


 

such time limit the parties may agree, by mutual written consent, to extend any time limit for a specified period of time. Compliance with all time limits specified in this Article shall be determined by the date of mailing as established by postmark, or by the date of hand delivery.
     6. No grievance, the basis for which occurred prior to the execution of this Agreement, shall be considered.
     7. The Employer and the Union agree to furnish to the other party the names of their designated representatives charged with administration of the grievance procedure within thirty (30) calendar days after the execution of this Agreement. Any changes in these representatives shall be furnished to the other party in writing.
     8. In the event a pilot is suspended pending an investigation of alleged misconduct, the pilot shall be informed of the nature of the alleged misconduct at the time of suspension.
     9. The Union and the Employer may, by mutual agreement in writing, elect to bypass any or all steps in this Article and proceed to the System Board of Adjustment in accordance with Article 37 of this Agreement.

58


 

Article 37. System Board of Adjustment
     1. In compliance with Section 204, Title II of the Railway Labor Act, as amended, this Agreement establishes a System Board of Adjustment, which shall be called the Petroleum Helicopters Pilots’ System Board of Adjustment, hereinafter called “the Board.”
     2. The Board has jurisdiction over timely filed and appropriately processed grievances arising out of the interpretation and application of this Agreement relating to rates of pay, rules, working conditions, discipline and discharge. The procedures set forth in this Article are the exclusive and mandatory forum for all such disputes.
     3. The Board does not have jurisdiction over any dispute unless all of the procedures required by the Grievance Procedure provided for in this Agreement have been timely and completely exhausted in the dispute, and the dispute has been properly submitted to the Board pursuant to the provisions of this Article.
     4. The Board has no jurisdiction to modify, add to or otherwise alter or amend any of the terms of this Agreement.
     5. The Board shall consist of four members, two of whom shall be selected and appointed by the Employer and two of whom shall be selected and appointed by the President of the Local Union. A Board member appointed by the Union shall serve as chairman and a Board member appointed by the Employer shall serve as vice-chairman in even years, and a Board member appointed by the Employer shall serve as chairman and a Board member appointed by the Union shall serve as vice-chairman in odd years. The vice-chairman shall act as chairman in his absence. Each Board member has a vote in connection with all actions taken by the Board. In the event the four Board members cannot reach a decision with respect to a particular dispute, the Board will select a neutral member who will decide the dispute. In the event the Board cannot agree on a neutral member, within ten (10) calendar days thereafter either party may request that the American Arbitration Association (AAA) submit a list of seven potential neutrals, and the neutral shall be selected in accordance with the rules of AAA.
     6. The Board will meet quarterly in Lafayette (unless a different location is agreed upon by the members of the Board), provided that at such time there are cases on file with the Board for its consideration.
     7. Any expenses incurred by Board member s appointed by one of the parties to this Agreement will be paid by that party. Any pilot called as a witness by the neutral will suffer no loss of pay as a result of testifying at any hearing before the neutral. The fees and expenses of any neutral member of the Board shall be borne equally by the Employer and the Union
     8. Disputes may only be submitted to the Board by the President of the Local Union or a duly designated officer of the Union or the Employer.
     9. Decisions by the Board are final and binding on the Employer, the Union and the affected pilots.

59


 

     10. The party appealing a final decision under the Grievance Procedure in this Agreement shall submit the dispute for consideration by the Board, including all papers and exhibits, within fourteen (14) calendar days of that decision. If the appeal is not made with this fourteen day period, the Board does not have jurisdiction over the dispute.
     11. All disputes referred to the Board shall be sent to the Director of Human Resources of the Employer and his office shall assign a docket number according to the order in which the dispute is received.
     12. The appealing party will ensure that a copy of the petition is served on the members of the Board.
     13. Each case submitted to the Board must state:
  A.   The question or questions at issue;
 
  B.   a statement of the facts with supporting documents;
 
  C.   a reference to the applicable provisions of the Agreement alleged to have been breached;
 
  D.   the position of the aggrieved party;
 
  E.   the remedy requested; and
 
  F.   the position of the opposing party.
     14. Decisions by the Board shall be rendered no later than thirty (30) days after the close of the hearing.
     15. The Employer and the Union shall, in good faith, attempt to make a joint submission of their dispute to the Board. If the parties are unable to agree on a joint submission, the appealing party shall file a submission with the Board containing all of the information described in Section 13 of this Article, and the responding party may do the same. Any party filing a submission with the Board pursuant to this Article shall serve a copy of its submission with the other party.
     16. The parties agree that each Board member is free to discharge his duties in an independent manner without fear of retaliation from the Employer or the Union because of any action taken by him in good faith in his capacity as a Board member.

60


 

Article 38. Union Representation
     1. In the event it is necessary for a Union representative to enter the Employer’s premises to discuss the application of this Agreement, the Union representative shall notify the manager for the particular location, and they shall arrange a mutually satisfactory time, date and place for the visit within a ten (10) day period thereafter. The Union representative shall not take any action that would interrupt or in any way interfere with the Employer’s operations or the job duties of any employee. A representative of the Employer may accompany the Union representative, if the Employer desires.
     2. The Employer will not be obligated to deal with any Union representative who has not been designated in writing to be an authorized representative of the Union.
     3. The Union may elect or appoint Pilots to be primary job steward(s) and alternate(s) to conduct Union business and shall notify the employer, in writing, of their election, appointment or removal. Pilots who have been designated as primary stewards (and the alternate steward in the absence of the primary steward) shall be granted reasonable time to investigate, present and process grievances during their own duty hours without loss of pay to the extent such activity does not interfere with the performance of their duties or the duties of other employees. Stewards who serve their fellow pilots shall be considered Union representatives.
     4. The Employer and the Union desire that complaints and grievances shall be settled whenever possible with supervisors at the location where the complaint or grievance originates. It is understood and agreed that a steward’s activities shall fall within the scope of the following functions:
  A.   To consult with a pilot(s) regarding a presentation of a complaint or grievance which the pilot(s) desires to present. Stewards shall be permitted to present grievances to management and attempt to resolve any grievance.
 
  B.   To present a grievance or complaint to a pilot’s immediate supervisor in an attempt to settle the matter. To the extent that it doesn’t interfere with the Employer’s operations, Stewards shall be granted the right to consult with pilots at their base for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this agreement.
 
  C.   To investigate a complaint or grievance of record in accordance with the Grievance Procedure.
     5. Stewards and alternate stewards shall be considered union representatives. The Employer and the Union agree that a minimum amount of time shall be spent in the performance of steward duties.
     6. Effective on the date of the execution of this Agreement, the Union may designate one pilot who will be permitted to act as a full-time Union Officer during his normal shift without loss of pay; provided, however, that this Section of this Article shall expire on the 31st day of May, 2004. The normal shift for this pilot will be Monday through Friday each week and he will be required to submit a monthly time sheet approved by the Union. Any sick days or vacation days shall be charged against the pilot’s appropriate VSTO or STO bank. This pilot will be permitted to perform workovers to the extent necessary to maintain his pilot currency and

61


 

proficiency and may also bid on other workover on his days off in accordance with Article 24 of this Agreement. Any workover requested by the Employer during his regular shift will be compensated at a rate of 50% above his base rate of pay, and all workovers outside his shift shall be compensated at 150% of his base rate of pay. Such pilot shall be eligible for the 5&2 Pilot Bonus but will not be eligible for other bonuses except when he actually works as a pilot. This pilot will continue to accrue seniority and will be entitled to all wage adjustments and benefits provided for in this Agreement.

62


 

Article 39. Union Bulletin Boards & Communications
     1. The Employer shall permit the Union to display an unlocked bulletin board at each base that is company owned. The Union shall purchase the bulletin boards and shall be responsible for their installation. The bulletin board shall be a maximum of four (4) feet by five (5) feet. The bulletin boards shall only be placed in areas that have been agreed to by the Employer in advance.
     2. The bulletin boards used by the Union and Pilots covered by this agreement shall be for posting notices of Union social and recreational affairs, meetings and elections.
     3. General distributions, posted notices and official business will bear the seal or signature of an officer of the Union or a Pilot representative and will not contain anything defamatory, derogative, inflammatory, negative, or of a personal nature attacking the Employer or its representatives.
     4. The Employer may refuse to permit any posting that would violate any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any notices posted that are not in accordance with this Article shall be removed by the Union or by the Employer upon notice to the Union.

63


 

Article 40. Union Membership, Dues, Agency Fees & Checkoff
     1. Membership in the Union is not compulsory for any pilot employed as of the date of this agreement or any pilot subsequently hired through May 30, 2004. These pilots have the right to join, not join, maintain, or drop their membership in the Union as they see fit. Neither party shall exert any pressure on, or discriminate against a pilot as regards such matters.
     2. Each pilot covered by this agreement who is hired on or after May 31, 2004, shall become a member of the union or an agency fee payer within sixty (60) days after his/her date of hire, and shall be required as a condition of continued employment by the Employer to maintain his/her membership in the Union or pay an equivalent agency fee, so long as this Agreement remains in effect. The agency fee referred to in this Section shall be equal to the Union’s regular and usual initiation fee and its regular, uniform and usual monthly dues. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to be in violation of or in conflict with the provisions of the Railway Labor Act.
     3. During the life of this Agreement, the Employer agrees that upon receipt of a properly executed Authorization of Payroll Deduction, voluntarily executed by a pilot, it will make bi-weekly deductions from the pilot’s earnings after other deductions authorized by the pilot or are required by law have been made, to cover his current standard bi-weekly union dues, assessments and/or initiation fees or agency fees uniformly levied in accordance with the Constitution and bylaws of the Union as set forth in the Railway Labor Act.
     4. Any authorizations for payroll deductions under this Article shall be effective the first day of the month following its receipt by the Payroll Department and shall apply to the next paycheck for which dues deduction or agency fees is made.
     5. The Employer remittance to the union will be accompanied by a list of the names of the pilots for whom the deductions have been made in that particular month and the individual amounts deducted.
     6. Collection of dues or agency fees not deducted because of insufficient current earnings, dues or agency fees missed because of clerical error or inadvertent error in the accounting procedure, or dues or agency fees missed due to delay in receipt of the Authorization for Payroll Deductions, shall be the responsibility of the Union and shall not be the subject of payroll deductions from subsequent paychecks, and the Employer shall not be responsible in any way for such missed collections. It shall be the Union’s responsibility to verify apparent errors with the individual Pilot prior to contacting the Payroll Department. The total or balance of unpaid dues, assessments and/or initiation fees or agency fees due and owing the Union at the time a Pilot terminates his employment shall be deducted from the final paycheck in accordance with applicable law.
     7. An Authorization for Payroll Deduction under this Article shall be irrevocable for the term of this Agreement, or for a period of one (1) year from the date the Authorization is first executed, whichever occurs sooner. Revocation shall become effective when the pilot serves

64


 

written notice on the Payroll Department to revoke such Authorization for payroll deduction. An Authorization for Payroll Deduction shall automatically be revoked if:
A.   the Pilot transfers to a position with the Employer not covered by the agreement;
  B.   the Pilot’s service with the Employer is terminated;
 
  C.   the Pilot is furloughed; or
 
  D.   the Pilot is on an authorized leave of absence.
     8. The Union agrees to hold the Employer harmless and to indemnify the Employer against any suits, claims, liabilities, and reasonable and customary attorneys’ fees which arise out of or by reason of any action taken by the Employer under the terms of this Article.

65


 

Article 41. Savings Clause
     1. Should any part of this Agreement be rendered or declared invalid by reason of any existing or subsequently enacted legislation, act of government agency, or by any decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidation of such part or portion of this Agreement shall not invalidate the remaining portions hereof, and they shall remain in full force and effect.
     2. In the event that any provisions of this Agreement are in conflict with or are rendered inoperative or unlawful by virtue of any duly enacted law or regulation or any governmental agency or commission having jurisdiction over the Employer, the Union and Employer will meet and attempt to negotiate changes necessary, pertaining only to those provisions so affected or directly related thereto.

66


 

Article 42. Duration
     1. This Agreement shall be effective from the 1 ST day of June, 2001 through the 31 ST day of May, 2004 and shall automatically renew itself from year to year thereafter, unless written notice of intended change is served in accordance with Section 6, Title I of the Railway Labor Act, by either party at least sixty days prior to the termination date or any anniversary thereof.
Dated this 12 th day of July , 2001.
                 
OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL
EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL
UNION
  PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Jack Bowers   By:   /s/ Richard Rovinelli    
 
               
 
               
OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL
EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL
UNION, LOCAL 108
  PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin   By:   /s/ Michael Hurst    
 
               
 
               
OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL
EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL
UNION
  PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Mike Dorsett   By:   /s/ Carlin Craig    
 
               
 
               
OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL
EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL
UNION
  PETROLEUM HELICOPTERS, INC.    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Herbert J. Jenssen   By:   /s/ Edward Gatza    
 
               
 
               
OFFICE AND PROFESSIONAL .
EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL
UNION
           
 
               
By:
  Paul Bohelski            
 
               

67


 

Letter of Agreement #1
April 27, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
Both parties recognize the importance of disability benefits to employees; therefore, it is agreed that the Employer and the Union will form a joint labor management committee that will initially meet no later than September 1, 2001. The Committee will explore alternatives for short-term disability benefits and consider the possibility of rapid reaccrual as part of sick time off (STO).
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

68


 

Letter of Agreement #2
April 27, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
Within thirty (30) days after the execution of this Agreement, the parties will meet for the purpose of establishing a “Joint Implementation/Resolution Committee.”
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

69


 

Letter of Agreement #3
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree under Article 6, that the floppy disk version of the seniority list would be sent to the Secretary/Treasurer of the OPEIU Local 108, and that such seniority lists shall contain all represented pilots with the following information for each: 1) seniority number (based on bidding seniority), 2) pilot name, 3) bidding seniority date, 4) company seniority date, and 5) status of the pilot (including highlighting new hire pilots for the first seniority report subsequent to their employment).
The parties also agree under Article 6, Seniority List, Section 3, that the pilots’ right to protest to the Employer any omission or incorrect posting of the seniority list shall mean that a pilot shall have a single protest for any unique seniority date, and will have no further protests rights as long as the Employer does not change that date in future seniority postings.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

70


 

Letter of Agreement #4
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree under Article 12, Paid Days Off and Banked Days, that both VSTO and STO accrual banks will be calculated and accrued to a pilot by the Employer on a bi-weekly (pay period) basis instead of a monthly basis.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

71


 

Letter of Agreement #5
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree under Article 22, Pilot Bonuses, that all pilot bonuses shall be effective June 4, 2001 and will be paid to pilots as soon as practical.
The parties also agree under Article 22, that Air Evac operations shall have no Lead Pilots. However, each base may have a Pilot Base Coordinator, who will be responsible for some, but not all, duties of a Lead Pilot, and the Employer shall pay such designated Pilot Base Coordinator a bonus of $200 per month.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

72


 

Letter of Agreement #6
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree under Article 24, Workover, that reference to “the greatest length of time since his last workover at that base” in Section 3 will be modified to “the greatest length of time since his last workover date.” In order to maintain an accurate last workover date for each pilot, the parties agree that a pilot will be required to resubmit a workover request each time he performs a workover (continuous workover without a day off shall be considered a single workover) if he desires additional workover.
The parties also agree for Air Evac, Cleveland EMS, Lexington EMS and Acadian Ambulance EMS operations, under Article 24, that these operations shall be considered one base for the determination and award of workover(s).
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

73


 

Letter of Agreement #7
Jul 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
Both parties recognize the likelihood of increased grievance activity during the initial implementation of this Agreement and desire to avoid unnecessary added costs and time commitments of the normal grievance procedure and System Board of Adjustment during this time. Therefore, the parties agree under Article 36, Grievance Procedure, that until the end of September 2001 (or at the end of December 2001 if the parties agree as described below), grievances (except those grievances as defined in Sections 3, 4, and 9) shall first be processed through Section 2, Step 1. If the grievance is unresolved at that step (and for grievances defined in Sections 3 and 4), the grievance will then be presented to the Joint Implementation/ Resolution Committee (“Committee”) in an attempt to resolve the complaint as quickly and as fairly as possible. The Committee shall review grievances only with a full and equal complement of standing members or their designees from both the Employer and the Union, and shall respond in writing to the grievance within thirty (30) days. If the Committee is unable to resolve the grievance, the grievance may then proceed through the remaining steps of the grievance procedure. Until the end of September 2001 (or at the end of December 2001 if the parties agree as described below), the ten (10) calendar day time requirement to proceed to Section 2, Step 3 shall begin after the Committee has determined in writing that it is unable to resolve the grievance.
The parties agree that upon mutual written agreement, this Letter of Agreement may be extended from the end of September 2001 until the end of December 2001.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

74


 

Letter of Agreement #8
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree under Article 40, Union Membership, Dues, Agency Fees & Checkoff, that reference to “Authorization for Payroll Deduction” in Section 3 shall mean the Union’s “Dues/Agency Fees Payroll Deduction Authorization” form.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

75


 

Letter of Agreement #9
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
The parties agree to modify Article 28, Section 2, to provide that the Employer’s 401(k) Plan shall include pilots covered by this Agreement consistent with the terms of that Plan. Should business conditions warrant, or if required by law, the Employer reserves the right to separate the 401(k) Plan for pilots covered by this Agreement from other Plan participants as originally provided for under the Agreement, however the Employer agrees to discuss with the Union any such change prior to implementation.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

76


 

Letter of Agreement #10
July 12, 2001
Dear Captain Ragin:
Both parties recognize that in the Employer’s IHTI operations, pilots have cooperated in rotating their 14&14 work schedule each year such that the pilots have every second year off-duty with their families for the Thanksgiving and Christmas holidays. The parties agree that this practice may continue under Article 10, Schedules of Service.
         
Very truly yours,
  Agreed:    
 
       
/s/ Richard Rovinelli
  /s/ Stephen D. Ragin    
 
Richard Rovinelli
 
 
Stephen D. Ragin
   

77

 

Exhibit 21
PHI, Inc.
Subsidiaries of the Registrant at December 31, 2006
         
    PLACE OF   % OF VOTING
COMPANY   INCORPORATION   STOCK OWNED
International Helicopter Transport, Inc.
  Louisiana   100%
PHI Tech Services, Inc.
  Louisiana   100%
Air Evac Services, Inc.
  Louisiana   100%
PHI Air Medical Services, Inc.
  Louisiana   100%
Petroleum Helicopters International, Inc.
  Louisiana   100%
Helicopter Management, LLC
  Louisiana   100%
Helicopter Leasing, LLC
  Louisiana   100%
HELEX, LLC
  Florida   100%
Sky Leasing
  Montana   100%
Petroleum Helicopters Angola Limitada
  Angola   49%
PHI International, LTD
  Cayman   100%
Energy Risk LTD
  Bermuda   100%

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-02025 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 16, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of PHI, Inc. and its subsidiaries and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PHI, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2006.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
March 16, 2007

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S
CERTIFICATION UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Al A. Gonsoulin, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PHI, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 16, 2007
         
     
  By:   /s/ Al A. Gonsoulin    
    Al A. Gonsoulin   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S
CERTIFICATION UNDER
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael J. McCann, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PHI, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: March 16, 2007
         
     
  By:   /s/ Michael J. McCann    
    Michael J. McCann   
    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Al A. Gonsoulin, Chief Executive Officer of PHI, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
  1.   the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the period covered by such Report.
Dated: March 16, 2007
         
     
  By:   /s/ Al A. Gonsoulin    
    Al A. Gonsoulin   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Michael J. McCann, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of PHI, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
  1.   the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the period covered by such Report.
Dated: March 16, 2007
         
     
  By:   /s/ Michael J. McCann    
    Michael J. McCann   
    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer